EZ PMI - Rev K PDF

EZ-ZONE PM ®
User’s Guide
Integrated Controller Models

TOTAL
CUSTOMER
SATISFACTION
3 Year Warranty
ISO 9001
1241 Bundy Boulevard., Winona, Minnesota USA 55987 Registered Company

Winona, Minnesota USA
Phone: +1 (507) 454-5300, Fax: +1 (507) 452-4507 http://www.watlow.com
0600-0059-0000 Rev. K Made in the U.S.A.
August 2011
Safety Information Unit is a Listed device per Un-
derwriters Laboratories®. It has
We use note, caution and warning symbols through-
been evaluated to United States
out this book to draw your attention to important and Canadian requirements for
operational and safety information. Hazardous Locations Class 1
Division II Groups A, B, C and
A “NOTE” marks a short message to alert you to D. ANSI/ISA 12.12.01-2007. File
an important detail. E184390 QUZW, QUZW7. See:
www.ul.com
A “CAUTION” safety alert appears with informa-
tion that is important for protecting your equip- Unit is compliant with European
Union directives. See Declaration
ment and performance. Be especially careful to of Conformity for further details
read and follow all cautions that apply to your on Directives and Standards used
application. for Compliance.
A “WARNING” safety alert appears with infor- Unit has been reviewed and ap-
proved by Factory Mutual as a
mation that is important for protecting you,
Temperature Limit Device per FM
others and equipment from damage. Pay very Class 3545 standard. See: www.
close attention to all warnings that apply to your fmglobal.com
application. Unit has been reviewed and ap-
The electrical hazard symbol, Ó (a lightning bolt proved by CSA International for
use as Temperature Indicating-
in a triangle) precedes an electric shock hazard Regulating Equipment per CSA
CAUTION or WARNING safety statement. C22.2 No. 24. See: www.csa-inter-
national.org
Symbol Explanation Unit has been reviewed and ap-
CAUTION – Warning or Hazard proved by ODVA for compliance
that needs further explanation with DeviceNet communications
than label on unit can provide. protocol. See: www.odva.org
Consult User's Guide for further
Unit has been reviewed and ap-
information.
proved by ODVA for compliance
with Ethernet/IP communications
ESD Sensitive product, use proper protocol. See: www.odva.org
grounding and handling tech-
niques when installing or servic-
ing product. Warranty
The EZ-ZONE® PM is manufactured by ISO
Unit protected by double/rein- 9001-registered processes and is backed by a three-
forced insulation for shock hazard year warranty to the first purchaser for use, provid-
prevention. ing that the units have not been misapplied. Since
Watlow has no control over their use, and some-
Do not throw in trash, use proper times misuse, we cannot guarantee against failure.
recycling techniques or consult Watlow’s obligations hereunder, at Watlow’s option,
manufacturer for proper disposal. are limited to replacement, repair or refund of pur-
chase price, and parts which upon examination prove
Enclosure made of Polycarbonate to be defective within the warranty period specified.
material. Use proper recycling This warranty does not apply to damage resulting
techniques or consult manufac-
from transportation, alteration, misuse or abuse. The
turer for proper disposal.
purchaser must use Watlow parts to maintain all
Unit can be powered with either
listed ratings.
alternating current (ac) voltage or
direct current (dc) voltage. Technical Assistance
Unit is a Listed device per Un- If you encounter a problem with your Watlow control-
derwriters Laboratories®. It has ler, review your configuration information to verify
been evaluated to United States that your selections are consistent with your applica-
and Canadian requirements for
Process Control Equipment. UL
tion: inputs, outputs, alarms, limits, etc. If the prob-
61010 and CSA C22.2 No. 61010. lem persists, you can get technical assistance from
File E185611 QUYX, QUYX7. your local Watlow representative (see back cover), by
See: www.ul.com e-mailing your questions to wintechsupport@watlow.
com or by dialing +1 (507) 494-5656 between 7 a.m.
and 5 p.m., Central Standard Time (CST). Ask for for
an Applications Engineer. Please have the following
information available when calling:
• Complete model number
• All configuration information
• User's Guide
• Factory Page
Return Material Authorization (RMA)

1. Call Watlow Customer Service, (507) 454-5300, for a
Return Material Authorization (RMA) number before
returning any item for repair. If you do not know why
the product failed, contact an Application Engineer or
Product Manager. All RMA’s require:
• Ship-to address
• Bill-to address
• Contact name
• Phone number
• Method of return shipment
• Your P.O. number
• Detailed description of the problem
• Any special instructions
• Name and phone number of person returning the
product.
2. Prior approval and an RMA number from the Customer
Service Department is required when returning any
product for credit, repair or evaluation. Make sure the
RMA number is on the outside of the carton and on all
paperwork returned. Ship on a Freight Prepaid basis.
3. After we receive your return, we will examine it and try
to verify the reason for returning it.
4. In cases of manufacturing defect, we will enter a repair
order, replacement order or issue credit for material
returned. In cases of customer mis-use, we will provide
repair costs and request a purchase order to proceed
with the repair work.
5. To return products that are not defective, goods must
be be in new condition, in the original boxes and they
must be returned within 120 days of receipt. A 20 per-
cent restocking charge is applied for all returned stock
controls and accessories.
6. If the unit is unrepairable, you will receive a letter of
explanation. and be given the option to have the unit
returned to you at your expense or to have us scrap the
unit.
7. Watlow reserves the right to charge for no trouble found
(NTF) returns.
The EZ-ZONE PM User's Guide is copyrighted by Watlow

Winona, Inc., © August 2011 with all rights reserved.
EZ-ZONE PM is covered by U.S. Patent Numbers:
6005577; D553095; D553096; D553097; D560175; D55766;
and OTHER PATENTS PENDING
TC Table of Contents
Chapter 1: Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Standard Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Optional Features and Benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
A Conceptual View of the PM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Getting Started Quickly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Chapter 2: Install and Wire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Chapter 3: Keys and Displays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Attention Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Chapter 4: Home Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Conventions Used in the Menu Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Chapter 5: Operations Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Analog Input Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Linearization Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Process Value Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Digital Input/Output Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Limit Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Monitor Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Control Loop Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Alarm Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Current Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Math Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Special Output Function Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Profile Status Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Chapter 6: Setup Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Analog Input Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Linearization Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Process Value Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Digital Input / Output Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Limit Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Control Loop Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 1 • Table of Contents

TC Table of Contents (cont.)
Output Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Alarm Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Current Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Math Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Special Output Function Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Function Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Global Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Communications Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Real Time Clock Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Chapter 7: Profiling Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

How to Setup and Start a Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Profiling Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Chapter 8: Factory Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Custom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Lock Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Unlock Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Diagnostics Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Calibration Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Chapter 9: Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Saving and Restoring User Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Tuning the PID Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Resetting a Tripped Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Control Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Current Sensing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Open Loop Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Programming the EZ Key/s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Using Password Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Modbus - Using Programmable Memory Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
CIP - Communications Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
CIP Implicit Assemblies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Compact Assembly Class. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Modifying Implicit Assembly Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
®
Watlow EZ-ZONE PM Integrated Controller • 2 • Table of Contents
TC Table of Contents (cont.)
Profibus DP - (Decentralized Peripherals) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Software Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Chapter 10: Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Example 1: Single Loop Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Example 2: Sensor Backup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Example 3: Square Root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Example 4: Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Example 5: Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Example 6: Cascade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Example 7: Wet Bulb / Dry Bulb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Example 8: Vaisala. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Example 9: Motorized Valve Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Chapter 11: Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Troubleshooting Alarms, Errors and Control Issues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Modbus - Programmable Memory Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
CIP Implicit Assembly Structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Compact Class Assembly Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Ordering Information for PM Integrated Controller Models. . . . . . . . . 155
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
How to Reach Us. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 3 • Table of Contents

1 Chapter 1: Overview
The EZ-ZONE ® PM takes the pain out of solving Programmable Menu System
your thermal loop requirements. • Reduces set up time and increases operator effi-
Watlow’s EZ-ZONE PM controllers offer options ciency
to reduce system complexity and the cost of control-
loop ownership. You can order the EZ-ZONE PM as Three-year warranty
a PID controller or an over-under limit controller, or • Demonstrates Watlow’s reliability and product
you can combine both functions in the PM Integrat- support
ed Limit Controller. You now have the option to in-
tegrate a high-amperage power controller output, an Touch-safe Package
over-under limit controller and a high-performance • IP2X increased safety for installers and operators
PID controller all in space-saving, panel-mount P3T Armor Sealing System
packages. You can also select from a number of se-
rial communications options to help you manage sys- • NEMA 4X and IP66 offers water and dust resis-
tem performance. tance, can be cleaned and washed down (indoor
use only)
It just got a whole lot easier to solve the thermal
requirements of your system. Because the EZ-ZONE • Backed up by UL 50 independent certification to
PM controllers are highly scalable, you only pay for NEMA 4X specification
what you need. So if you are looking for a PID con- Removable cage clamp wiring connectors
troller, an over-under limit controller or an integrat-
ed controller, the EZ-ZONE PM is the answer. • Reliable wiring, reduced service calls
• Simplified installation
Standard Features and Benefits Heat-Cool Operation
Advanced PID Control Algorithm • Provides application flexibility with accurate tem-
• TRU-TUNE+ ® Adaptive tune provides tighter con- perature and process control
trol for demanding applications.
• Auto Tune for fast, efficient start ups Optional Features and Benefits
EZ-ZONE configuration communications and High-amperage Power Control Output
software
• Drives 15 amp resistive loads directly
• Saves time and improves the reliability of control- • Reduces component count
ler set up
• Saves panel space and simplifies wiring
FM Approved Over-under Limit with Auxiliary • Reduces the cost of ownership
Outputs
Integrated PID and Limit Controller
• Increases user and equipment safety for over-
under temperature conditions • Reduces wiring time and termination complexity
compared to connecting discrete products
• To meet agency requirements, output 4 is the
fixed limit output. Other outputs can be config- • Decreases required panel space
ured to mirror the limit output (4). • Lowers installation costs
• Increases user ad equipment safety for over/under
Parameter Save & Restore Memory temperature conditions
• Reduces service calls and down time Current Monitoring
Agency approvals: UL Listed, CSA, CE, RoHS, • Detects heater current flow and provides alarm
W.E.E.E. FM, SEMI F47-0200, Class 1, Div 2 rat- indication of a failed output device or heater load
ing on selected models
Serial Communications Capabilities
• Assures prompt product acceptance
• Provides a wide range of protocol choices includ-
• Reduces end product documentation costs ing Modbus® RTU, EtherNet/IPTM , PCCC (Pro-
grammable Controller Communications Com-
EZ-Key/s
mands), DeviceNetTM , Modbus® TCP, and Profibus
• Programmable EZ-Key enables simple one-touch DP
operation of repetitive user activities • Supports network connectivity to a PC or PLC
Wat low EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 4 • Chapter 1 Over view
Dual Channel Controller
• For selected models provides two PID controllers
in one space saving package
Enhanced Control Capabilities
• Easily handle complex process problems such as
cascade, ratio, differential, square-root, motorized
valve control without slidewire feedback, wet-bulb/
dry-bulb and compressor control
Full-featured Alarms
• Improves operator recognition of system faults
• Control of auxiliary devices
Ten Point Linearization Curve

• Improves sensor accuracy
Remote Set Point Operation

• Supports efficient set point manipulation via a
master control or PLC
Retransmit Output
• Supports industry needs for product process re-
cording
Profile Capability
• Preprogrammed process control
• Ramp and soak programming with four files and
40 total steps
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 5 • Chapter 1 Over view

A Conceptual View of the PM an alarm may be set to respond to either analog in-
put 1 or 2 (instance 1 or 2, respectively).
The flexibility of the PM’s software and hardware al-
lows a large range of configurations. Acquiring a bet-
ter understanding of the controller’s overall function- Output Functions
ality and capabilities while at the same time plan- Outputs can perform various functions or actions in
ning out how the controller can be used will deliver response to information provided by a function, such
maximum effectiveness in your application. as operating a heater, driving a compressor, turning
It is useful to think of the controller in terms of a light on or off, unlocking a door etc...
functions; there are internal and external functions. Assign an output to a Function in the Output
An input and an output would be considered external Menu or Digital Input/Output Menu. Then select
functions where the PID calculation or a logic func- which instance of that function will drive the select-
tion would be an internal function. Information flows ed output. For example, you might assign an output
from an input function to an internal function to an to respond to alarm 4 (instance 4) or to retransmit
output function when the controller is properly con- the value of analog input 2 (instance 2).
figured. A single PM controller can carry out several
You can assign more than one output to respond
functions at the same time, for instance closed-loop
to a single instance of a function. For example, alarm
control, monitoring for several different alarm situ-
2 could be used to trigger a light connected to output
ations, performing logical operations and operating
1 and a siren connected to digital output 5.
switched devices, such as lights and motors. Each
process needs to be thought out carefully and the
controller’s various functions set up properly. Input Events and Output Events
Input and output events are internal states that are
Input Functions used exclusively by profiles. The source of an event
input can come from a real-world digital input or an
The inputs provide the information that any given
output from another function. Likewise, event out-
programmed procedure can act upon. In a simple
puts may control a physical output such as an output
form, this information may come from an operator
function block or be used as an input to another func-
pushing a button or as part of a more complex pro-
tion.
cedure it may represent a remote set point being re-
ceived from another controller.
Each analog input typically uses a thermocouple,
thermistor or RTD to read the temperature of some-
thing. It can also read volts, current or resistance, al-
lowing it to use various devices to read humidity, air
pressure, operator inputs and others values. The set-
tings in the Analog Input Menu (Setup Page) for each
analog input must be configured to match the device
connected to that input.
Each digital input reads whether a device is ac-
tive or inactive. A PM with digital input-output (DIO)
hardware can include up to eight DIO each of which
can be used as either an input or an output. Each
DIO must be configured to function as either an in-
put or output with the Direction parameter in the
Digital Input/Output Menu (Setup Page).
The Function or EZ Key on the front panel of the
PM also operates as a digital input by toggling the
function assigned to it in the Digital Input Function
parameter in the Function Key Menu (Setup Page).
Internal Functions
Functions use input signals to calculate a value. A
function may be as simple as reading a digital input
to set a state to true or false, or reading a tempera-
ture to set an alarm state to on or off. Or, it could
compare the temperature of a process to the set point
and calculate the optimal power for a heater.
To set up an internal function, it’s important to
tell it what source, or instance, to use. For example,

Getting Started Quickly the default value of 75 °F to the desired value. As the
The PM control has a page and menu structure that Set Point increases above the Process Value, output 1
is listed below along with a brief description of its will come on and it will now begin driving your out-
purpose. put device. The PV function as shown in the graphic
below is only available with PM4/8/9 models.
Setup Page Once received, a user
would want to setup Note:
Push and hold the up
their control prior to op- The output cycle time will have a bearing on the
and down keys (¿ ¯) life of mechanical relay outputs and can be differ-
for 6 seconds to enter. eration. As an example,
define the input type ent based on the type of output ordered. The output
(See the Setup Page for cycle time can be changed in the Setup Page under
further information) and set the output cycle
time. the Output Menu.
Operations Page After setting up the EZ-ZONE PM Default Configuration

Push and hold the up control to reflect your Input Process Output
and down keys (¿ ¯) equipment, the Op- Function Value PID

Controller
Function
for 3 seconds to enter. erations Page would Input Sensor Analog Input 1
Thermocouple Type J
(PV)
Function
Heat Output 1 Heat
(See the Operations be used to monitor or Off

Loop 1
Page for further infor- change runtime settings.

mation) As an example, the user
may want to see how
much time is left in a
profile step or perhaps
change the limit high
set point.
Factory Page For the most part the
Push and hold the In- Factory Page has no
finity and the green bearing on the con-
Advance keys (ˆ ‰) for trol when running. A
6 seconds to enter. (See user may want to en-
the Factory Page for fur- able password protec-
ther information) tion, view the control
part number or perhaps
create a custom Home
Page.
Home Page Pushing the green
The control is at the Advance key ‰ will al-
Home Page when ini- low the user to see and
tially powered up. change such parameters
as the control mode, en-
able autotune and idle
set point to name a few.
Profile Page If equipped with this
Push and hold the the feature a user would
green Advance key ‰ for want to go here to con-
6 seconds to enter. (See figure a profile.
the Profile Page for fur-
ther information)
The default PM loop configuration out of the box is
shown below:
• Analog Input functions set to thermocouple, type
J
• Heat algorithm set for PID, Cool set to off
• Output 1 set to Heat
• Control mode set to Auto
• Set point set to 75 °F
If you are using the input type shown above, simply
connect your input and output devices to the control.
Power up the control and push the up arrow ¿ on
the face of the control to change the set point from
EZ-ZONE® PM Integrated Model 1/16 DIN System Diagram
With a Current Transformer, Without Communications Card (Slot B)
Input Output
Functions PID
Output 1
Functions
Controller
none, switched dc/open collector, 5A off, heat, cool
alarm, retransmit,
mechanical relay (form C), process duplex, event
Analog Input 1
(Optional - (V, mA), or 0.5A SSR (form A)
none, Thermocouple, RTD (100Ω,
1kΩ), Thermistor 5kΩ, 10kΩ, 20kΩ, Ramp/Soak max 4
Input Sensor files, 40 steps)
40kΩ) Process (V, mV, mA) or 1k
Potentiometer
Output 2
none, 15A NO-ARC, switched dc, off, heat, cool
5A mechanical relay (form A), or alarm, event
- None Slot A
- Idle set point (Optional) 0.5A SSR (form A)
- Tune
- Alarm clear, request
- Force alarm
- Silence alarm
- Manual/auto mode
- Control outputs off Modbus
- Remote set point Address
enable Digital Input (or Output) 5 & 6 1 - 247
- Lock keypad (optional) none, switch, volts dc off, heat, cool
- TRU-TUNE+® disable Digital Output (or Input) 5 & 6
alarm, event
- Loop & alarms off Standard Bus (optional) none, switched dc
- Profile disable Zone Address
- Profile hold/resume EZ Key 1 - 16
- Profile start Programmable Event
- Profile start/stop
- Restore user settings Supervisory &
- Event inputs Power Board
RUI, EZ-ZONE EIA-485 Communication Slot C

Controllers, PLC, PC Standard Bus
or HMI (optional Modbus RTU)
Current Output 3
Transformer none, switched dc/open collector, 5A off, heat, cool
Board alarm, retransmit,
(optional) (V, mA), or 0.5A SSR (form A)
Current Analog Input 2

Transformer Output 4
Current Transformer off, heat, cool
none, 15A NO-ARC, switched dc,
alarm, event
5A mechanical relay (form A), or
Slot B 0.5A SSR (form A)
Zone
Output Status Address
1 2 Indicates Zone
Address
3 4
Indicates I/O
5 6 Status
Note:
Number of inputs and outputs and various combinations of the same will vary
depending upon part number; see ordering matrix for more detail.
Current Monitoring
• detects heater current flow
• provides an alarm indication of a failed-load issue.

With Auxillary Input, Without Communications Card (Slot B)
Input Output
Functions PID Output 1
Functions
Controller off, heat, cool
none, switched dc/open collector, 5A
alarm, retransmit,
Analog Input 1
(V, mA), or 0.5A SSR (form A)
none, Thermocouple, RTD (100Ω, (Optional -
Potentiometer
Output 2
- None Slots A
- Tune
- Force alarm
- Silence alarm
- Manual/auto mode
- Remote set point Address 1 - 247
enable Digital Input (or Output) 5 & 6
Standard Bus alarm, event
- Loop & alarms off Zone Address (optional) none, switched dc
- Profile disable 1 - 16
- Profile hold/resume EZ Key
- Restore user settings Supervisory &
- Event inputs Power Board
RUI, EZ-ZONE EIA-485 Communication Slot C

Controllers, PLC, PC Standard Bus
Auxillary
Output 3
Input off, heat, cool
(optional)
alarm, retransmit,
Analog Input 2 (V, mA), or 0.5A SSR (form A)
none, CT, Thermocouple, RTD (100
Input Sensor Ω, 1kΩ), Thermistor 5kΩ, 10kΩ,
20kΩ, 40kΩ) Process (V, mV, mA)
or 1k Potentiometer
Output 4
alarm, event
5A mechanical relay (form A), or
Slot B 0.5A SSR (form A)
Zone
1 2 Indicates Zone
Address
3 4
Indicates I/O
5 6 Status
Note:
Remote Set Point Operation

• Supports efficient set point manipulation from a remote device, such as a master control or PLC.

EZ-ZONE® PM Integrated Model 1/16 DIN With Limit, System Diagram
Without Communications Card (Slot B)
Input Output
Functions PID Output 1
Functions
Controller off, heat, cool
alarm, retransmit,
Analog Input 1
(V, mA), or 0.5A SSR (form A)
none, Thermocouple, RTD (100Ω, (Optional -
Potentiometer
Output 2
- None 5A mechanical relay (form A), or alarm, event
- Limit reset Slots A
- Tune
- Force alarm
- Silence alarm
- Manual/auto mode
- Remote set point Address 1 - 247
enable Digital Input (or Output) 5 & 6
- TRU-TUNE+® disable Standard Bus Digital Output (or Input) 5 & 6
alarm, event
- Loop & alarms off Zone Address (optional) none, switched dc
- Profile disable 1 - 16
- Profile hold/resume EZ Key
- Profile start/stop Supervisory &
- Restore user settings Power Board
- Event inputs
RUI, EZ-ZONE EIA-485 Communication

Controllers, PLC, PC Standard Bus Slot C
Limit Controller Output 3

off, heat, cool
Board none, switched dc/open collector, 5A alarm, retransmit,
(optional) mechanical relay (form C), process duplex or event
Analog Input 2 (V, mA), or 0.5A SSR (form A)
or 1k Potentiometer
Output 4
Limit
5A mechanical relay (form A)
Slot B
If Limit, this output must

be Limit
Zone
1 2 Indicates Zone
Address
3 4
Indicates I/O
5 6 Status
Note:
Integrated PID and Limit Controller

• Reduces wiring time and termination complexity compared to connecting separate products
• Reduces panel space
• Reduces installation costs
• Increases dependability with backup control sensor operation
• Increases user and equipment safety for over-under temperature conditions

with Expanded Communications (Slot B)
Input Output
Functions PID
Output 1
Functions
Controller
none, switched dc/open collector, 5A off, heat, cool
alarm, retransmit,
Analog Input 1
(Optional - (V, mA), or 0.5A SSR (form A)
Ω, 1kΩ), Thermistor 5kΩ, 10kΩ, Ramp/Soak max 4
or 1k Potentiometer
Output 2
- None Slot A
- Tune
- Force alarm
- Silence alarm
- Manual/auto mode
- Control outputs off
- Remote set point
Digital Input (or Output) 5 & 6 Modbus Address
enable
- Lock keypad 1 - 247
(optional) none, switch, volts dc off, heat, cool
Standard Bus alarm, event
- Loop & alarms off (optional) none, switched dc
- Profile disable Zone Address
- Profile hold/resume EZ Key 1 - 16
- Profile start/stop Supervisory &
- Restore user settings Power Board
- Event inputs
EIA-485 Communication Slot C

Standard Bus
(optional Modbus RTU)
RUI, EZ-ZONE
Controllers, PLC, PC
or HMI
Communications
Board
Communications
EIA 232/485 Modbus RTU/TCP,
EtherNet/IP, DeviceNet, Profibus
Slot B
Zone
1 2 Indicates Zone
Address
3 4
Indicates I/O
5 6 Status
Note:
Serial Communication Capabilities

• Supports network connectivity to a PC or PLC
• Available in a wide range of protocol choices, including Modbus RTU, EtherNet/IP™, Modbus TCP

EZ-ZONE® PM Integrated Model 1/8 and 1/4 DIN System Diagram
Without 6EZ-ZONE
Digital I/O
PM(slot D), Without
Integrated 8th DINCommunications
System Diagram (slot E)
Without 6-digital I/O (slot D), Without Comms Card (slot E)
Input Output
Function Function
PID Output 1
none, switched dc/open collector, off, heat, cool,
Controller retransmit, alarm,
Analog Input 1 5A mechanical relay (form C), duplex or event
none, Thermocouple, RTD (100Ω, process, or 0.5A SSR (form A)
Input Sensor 1kΩ), Thermistor 5kΩ, 10kΩ, 20kΩ,
40kΩ) Process (V, mV, mA) or 1k (Optional -
Potentiometer Ramp/Soak max 4
files, 40 steps)
Output 2
none, 15A NO-ARC, switched dc, off, heat, cool,
5A mechanical relay (form A), or alarm or event
Slots A 0.5A SSR (form A)

(Optional)
Output 3
PID Controller, off, heat, cool,
none, switched dc/open collector, retransmit, alarm,
Limit, or Current
5A mechanical relay (form C), duplex or event
Transformer Sense
process, or 0.5A SSR (form A)
Analog Input 2 (CT)
or 1k Potentiometer Output 4
Slots B 5A mechanical relay (form A), or alarm, event or
- None (Optional) limit
- Limit reset 0.5A SSR (form A)
- Idle set point If limit, this output
- Tune
- Alarm clear, request must be limit
- Silence alarm
- Manual/auto mode
- Control mode
- Remote set point
EZ Key 1 & 2
enable
- Lock keypad Programmable Functions Modbus
- Force alarm Address 1 - 247
Digital Output (or Input) 5 & 6 off, heat, cool,
- TRU-TUNE+® disable alarm, or event
- Loop & alarms off Digital Input (or Output) 5 & 6 (optional) (optional) none, switched dc
- Profile disable Programmable Functions
- Profile hold/resume Standard Bus
- Profile start Zone Address
- Profile start/stop 1 - 16
- Restore user settings LEDs
- Event inputs Output Status Zone
Channel
Address
- Math LEDs
Supervisory & 1 2 Indicates Zone

Power Board Address & Channel
3 4
Controllers, PLC, PC Indicates I/O
Standard Bus 5 6 Status
7 8
Power Supply 100 to 240Vac

20 to 28 Vac or 12 to 40Vdc Slot C
Note:

With 6 Digital
EZ-ZONEI/O PM
(slotIntegrated
D), Without Communications
8th DIN (slot E)
System Diagram
With 6-digital I/O (slot D), Without Comms Card (slot E)
Input Output
Function Function
PID Output 1
Controller none, switched dc/open collector, 5A off, heat, cool
Analog Input 1 alarm, retransmit,
mechanical relay (form C), process duplex or event
Input Sensor (Optional - (V, mA), or 0.5A SSR (form A)
1kΩ), Thermistor 5kΩ, 10kΩ, 20kΩ,
Ramp/Soak max
4 files, 40 steps)
Potentiometer
Output 2
alarm or event
Slots A 5A mechanical relay (form A), or
(Optional) 0.5A SSR (form A)
Output 3
PID Controller, none, switched dc/open collector, 5A off, heat, cool
Limit, or mechanical relay (form C), process
alarm, retransmit,
Current Trans- (V, mA), or 0.5A SSR (form A) duplex or event
Analog Input 2 former Sense
none, CT, Thermocouple, RTD (100 (CT)
Slots B 5A mechanical relay (form A), or alarm, event or limit
If limit, this output
must be limit
- None 6 - Digital
- Limit reset
- Idle set point Inputs / Outputs
Digital Output (or Input) 7-12 off, heat, cool
- Tune Digital Input (or Output) 7-12 (optional) alarm or event
- Alarm clear, request Programmable Functions (optional) none, switched dc
- Silence alarm
- Manual/auto mode Slot D
- Control mode
- Remote set point (Optional)
enable
- Lock keypad
- Force alarm
- TRU-TUNE+® disable
- Loop & alarms off
- Profile disable Modbus
- Profile hold/resume Digital Input (or Output) 5 & 6 (optional) Digital Output (or Input) 5 & 6 off, heat, cool
Address 1 - 247 alarm or event
- Profile start Programmable Functions (optional) none, switched dc
- Restore user settings
- Event inputs
- Math EZ Key 1 & 2 Standard Bus
Zone Address
Programmable Functions 1 - 16 LEDs
Output Status Zone
Address Channel
LEDs
RUI, EZ-ZONE 1 2 Indicates Zone

EIA-485 Communication Address & Channel
Controllers, PLC, PC Standard Bus Supervisory &
or HMI (optional Modbus RTU) Power Board 3 4
Indicates I/O
5 6 Status
Power Supply 100 to 240Vac 7 8

Note:

EZ-ZONE® PM Integrated Model 1/8 and 1/4 DIN with CT System Diagram
Without 6 Digital
EZ-ZONE PMI/O (slot D),
Integrated 8thWithout
DIN withCommunications (slot E)
CT System Diagram
Without 6-digital I/O (slot D), Without Comms Card (slot E)
Input Output
Function Function
PID Output 1
none, switched dc/open collector, off, heat, cool,
Controller retransmit, alarm,
Analog Input 1 5A mechanical relay (form C), duplex or event
none, Thermocouple, RTD (100Ω, process, or 0.5A SSR (form A)
files, 40 steps)
Output 2
Slots A 0.5A SSR (form A)

(Optional)
Output 3
Current Transformer off, heat, cool,
Sense (CT)
Analog Input 2
Current Current Transformer
Transformer
Slots B Output 4
(Optional) none, 15A NO-ARC, switched dc, off, heat, cool,
5A mechanical relay (form A), or alarm, event or
- None limit
- Idle set point 0.5A SSR (form A)
- Tune If limit, this output
- Silence alarm must be limit
- Manual/auto mode
- Control mode
- Remote set point
enable
EZ Key 1 & 2
- Lock keypad
- Force alarm Programmable Functions Modbus
- TRU-TUNE+® disable Address 1 - 247
- Loop & alarms off alarm, or event
- Profile disable Digital Input (or Output) 5 & 6 (optional) (optional) none, switched dc
- Profile hold/resume Programmable Functions
- Profile start Standard Bus
- Profile start/stop Zone Address
- Restore user settings 1 - 16
- Event inputs LEDs
- Math Output Status Zone
Channel
LEDs Address
Supervisory & 1 2 Indicates Zone

Power Board Address & Channel
3 4
Controllers, PLC, PC Indicates I/O
Standard Bus 5 6 Status
7 8
Power Supply 100 to 240Vac

Note:

WithoutEZ-ZONE
6 Digital PM
I/O Integrated
(slot D), With Communications
8th DIN System Diagram(slot E)
Without 6-digital I/O (slot D), With Comms Card (slot E)
Input Output
Function Function
Output 1
PID off, heat, cool,
Controller
Analog Input 1
files, 40 steps) Output 2
0.5A SSR (form A)
Slots A
(Optional)
Output 3
PID Controller, none, switched dc/open collector, off, heat, cool,
retransmit, alarm,
Limit, or Current 5A mechanical relay (form C), duplex or event
Transformer Sense process, or 0.5A SSR (form A)
Analog Input 2 (CT)
5A mechanical relay (form A), or alarm, event or
Slots B limit
If limit, this output
must be limit
Communications
Board
Communications
Modbus RTU/TCP, DeviceNet,
EtherNet/IP, Profibus Slots E
RUI, EZ-ZONE (Optional)
Controllers, PLC, PC
or HMI
EIA-485 Communication
Standard Bus
(optional Modbus RTU) Modbus
Address 1 - 247

100 to 240Vac (optional) none, switched dc alarm, or event
Power Supply
20 to 28 Vac or 12 to 40Vdc
Standard Bus
- None Zone Address
- Limit reset 1 - 16
- Idle set point LEDs
- Tune, TRU-TUNE+® Output Status Zone
Channel
- Alarm clear, request LEDs Address
- Silence alarm
- Manual/auto mode Supervisory & 1 2 Indicates Zone
Address & Channel
- Control mode Power Board
- Remote set point 3 4
EZ Key 1 & 2 Indicates I/O
enable
- Lock keypad Programmable Functions 5 6 Status
- Force alarm
- Loop & alarms off 7 8
- Profile disable Digital Input (or Output) 5 & 6 (optional) Slot C
- Profile hold/resume Programmable Functions
- Profile start
- Restore user settings Note:
- Event inputs Number of inputs and outputs and various combinations of the same will vary
- Math depending upon part number; see ordering matrix for more detail.

2 Chapter 2: Install and Wire
Dimensions
1/16 DIN (PM6)
15.8 mm
(0.62 in)
101.6 mm
(4.00 in) 53.3 mm
(2.10 in)
53.3 mm
(2.10 in)
Side Front
L1 L3 98
K1 K3 99
J1 J3 CF
51.2 mm L2 L4 CD
(2.02 in) K2 K4 CE
T1 T2 B5
S1 S2 D6
R1 R2 D5
Top Back
1/16 DIN (PM6) Recommended Panel Spacing

44.96 to 45.47 mm
(1.77 to 1.79 inches)
Recommended panel spacing
44.96 to 45.47 mm
(1.77 to 1.79 inches)
21.6 mm
panel thickness 1.53 to 9.52 mm
(0.85 in)
(0.060 to 0.375) minimum
21.6 mm
(0.85 in)
minimum
Wat low EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 16 • Chapter 2 Install and Wire

1/8 DIN (PM8) Vertical Dimensions
15.75 mm
53.34 mm (0.62 in)
(2.10 in) 1.52 mm
(0.06 in)
100.33 mm
(3.95 in)
10.16 mm
(0.40 in)
30.73 mm
54.8 mm
(1.21 in)
(2.16 in)
101.60 mm
(4.00 in)
1/8 DIN (PM8) Vertical Recommended Panel Spacing

44.96 to 45.60 mm
(1.77 to 1.79 inches)
92.00 to 92.80 mm
(3.62 to 3.65 inches)
21.6 mm
Panel thickness (0.060 in) 1.53 mm
(0.85 in)
to (0.375 in) 9.52 mm
Minimum
21.6 mm
(0.85 in)
Minimum
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 17 • Chapter 2 Install and Wire

1/8 DIN (PM9) Horizontal Dimensions
15.75 mm
(0.62 in)
1.52 mm
100.33 mm (0.06 in)
(3.95 in)
53.8 mm
53.34 mm (2.16 in)
(2.10 in)
10.16 mm
(0.40 in)
30.73 mm
(1.21 in)
101.60 mm
(4.00 in)
1/8 DIN (PM9) Horizontal Recommended Panel Spacing
92.00 to 92.80 mm
(3.62 to 3.65 inches)
44.96 to 45.60 mm
(1.77 to 1.79 inches)
21.6 mm
Panel thickness (0.060 in) 1.53 mm (0.85 in)
to (0.375 in) 9.52 mm Minimum
21.6 mm
(0.85 in)
Minimum

1/4 DIN (PM4) Dimensions
15.75 mm
(0.62 in)
100.33 mm 1.52 mm
(3.95 in) (0.06 in)
100.33 mm
(3.95 in)
12.70 mm
(0.50 in)
30.73 mm
(1.21 in)
100.84 mm
(3.97 in)
1/4 DIN (PM4) Recommended Panel Spacing

92.0 to 93.0 mm
(3.62 to 3.65 inches)
92.0 to 93.0 mm
(3.62 to 3.65 inches)
21.6 mm Panel thickness 1.53 to 9.52 mm

(0.85 inches) (0.060 to 0.375 inches)
Minimum
21.6 mm
(0.85 inches)

Installation
The tabs on each side of the mounting collar have
teeth that latch into the ridges on the sides of the
controller. Each tooth is staggered at a different
depth from the front so that only one of the tabs,
on each side, is locked onto the ridges at a time.
Note:
There is a graduated measurement difference be-
tween the upper and lower half of the display to
the panel. In order to meet the seal requirements
mentioned above, ensure that the distance from
the front of the top half of the display to the panel
is 16 mm (0.630 in.) or less, and the distance from
the front of the bottom half and the panel is 13.3
mm (0.525 in.) or less.
Removing the Mounted Controller from Its Case

1. From the controller's face, pull out the tabs on
each side until you hear it click.
1. Make the panel cutout using the mounting tem-
plate dimensions in this chapter.
Insert the case assembly into the panel cutout.
2. While pressing the case assembly firmly against

the panel, slide the mounting collar over the back
of the controller.
If the installation does not require a NEMA 4X
seal, simply slide together until the gasket is
compressed.
Pull out the tab on each side Grab the unit above and below
until you hear it click. the face and pull forward.
2. Grab the unit above and below the face with two
hands and pull the unit out. On the PM4/8/9 con-
trols slide a screwdriver under the pry tabs and
turn.
çWarning:
Slide the mounting collar over Place the blade of a screw- • This equipment is suitable for use in class 1, div.
the back of the controller. driver in any of the corner of 2, Groups A, B, C and D or Non-Hazardous loca-
the mounting collar assembly. tions only. Temperature Code T4A.
• WARNING – EXPLOSION HAZARD. Substitu-
tion of component may impair suitability for class
1, div. 2.
3. For a NEMA 4X (UL50, IP66) seal, alternately
• WARNING – EXPLOSION HAZARD. Do not
place and push the blade of a screwdriver against
disconnect equipment unless power has been
each of the the four corners of the mounting col- switched off or the area is known to be nonhaz-
lar assembly. Apply pressure to the face of the ardous.
controller while pushing with the screwdriver.
Don't be afraid to apply enough pressure to prop-
Returning the Controller to its Case
erly install the controller. The seal system is
compressed more by mating the mounting collar 1. Ensure that the orientation of the controller is
tighter to the front panel (see pictures above). If correct and slide it back into the housing.
you can move the case assembly back and forth Note:
in the cutout, you do not have a proper seal. The controller is keyed so if it feels that it will not

slide back in do not force it. Check the orientation
again and reinsert after correcting. ÓWarning:
2. Using your thumbs push on either side of the con- All electrical power to the controller and controlled
troller until both latches click. circuits must be disconnected before removing the
controller from the front panel or disconnecting
Chemical Compatibility other wiring.
Failure to follow these instructions may cause an
This product is compatible with acids, weak alkalis, electrical shock and/or sparks that could cause an
alcohols, gamma radiation and ultraviolet radiation. explosion in class 1, div. 2 hazardous locations.
This product is not compatible with strong alkalis,
organic solvents, fuels, aromatic hydrocarbons, chlo-
rinated hydrocarbons, esters and keytones.

Wiring
Slot A Slot B Slot D Slot E
Inputs Terminal Function Configuration
1 2 7 - 12
T1 T2 S2 (RTD) or current + Universal / Thermistor Input
S1 S2 S3 (RTD), thermocouple -, current - or volts input 1: all configurations
-, potentiometer wiper, thermistor input 2: PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ [R,L] _ _ _ _ _
R1 R2 S1 (RTD), thermocouple + or volts +,
thermistor
T2 mA ac Current Transformer
S2 mA ac PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ [T] _ _ _ _ _
B7 Common Digital Inputs
PM[4,8,9] _ _ _ _ - [C, D] _ _ _ _ _ _
D7 digital input or output
Z7 Internal Supply
Outputs Terminal Function Configuration
1 2 3 4 7 - 12
X1 X3 common (Any switched dc output can use Switched dc/open collector
this common.) output 1: PM _ _ _ [C] _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
W1 W3 dc- (open collector) output 3: PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ [C] _ _ _ _
Y1 Y3 dc+
W2 W4 dc- Switched dc
Y2 Y4 dc+ output 2: PM _ _ _ _ [C] - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
output 4: PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ [C] _ _ _
F1 F3 voltage or current - Universal Process
G1 G3 voltage + output 1: PM _ _ _ [F] _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
H1 H3 current + output 3: PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ [F] _ _ _ _
L1 L3 normally open Mechanical Relay 5 A, Form C
K1 K3 common output 1: PM _ _ _ [E] _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
J1 J3 normally closed output 3: PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ [E] _ _ _ _
L2 L4 normally open NO-ARC 15 A, Form A
K2 K4 common output 2: PM _ _ _ _ [H] - _ _ _ [H*] _ _ _
L2 L4 normally open Mechanical Relay 5 A, Form A
K2 K4 common output 2: PM _ _ _ _ [J] - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
output 4: PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ [J] _ _ _
L1 L2 L3 L4 normally open Solid-state Relay 0.5 A, Form A
K1 K2 K3 K4 common output 1: PM _ _ _ [K] _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
output 2: PM _ _ _ _ [K] - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
output 3: PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ [K] _ _ _ _
output 4: PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ [K] _ _ _
B7 Common Digital Outputs
PM[4,8,9] _ _ _ _ - [C, D] _ _ _ _ _ _
D7 switched dc/open collector output
Z7 Internal Supply
* Output 4, PM4, PM8 and PM9 only

Communications Terminal Function Configuration
CB CB Modbus RTU EIA-485 T+/R+ Modbus RTU 232/485 Communications
CA CA Modbus RTU EIA-485 T-/R- Slot B: PM6 _ _ _ _ - [2] A A A _ _ _
CC CC Modbus RTU EIA-485 common Slot E: PM[4,8,9] _ _ _ _ - [2] _ _ _ _ _ _
CB CB Modbus RTU EIA-485 T+/R+
CA CA Modbus RTU EIA-485 T-/R-
C5 C5 Modbus RTU EIA-232 common
C3 C3 Modbus RTU EIA-232 to DB9 pin 2
C2 C2 Modbus RTU EIA-232 to DB9 pin 3
V+ V+ DeviceNet™ power DeviceNet™ Communications
CH CH Positive side of DeviceNet™ bus Slot B: PM6 _ _ _ _ - [5] A A A _ _ _
SH SH Shield interconnect Slot E: PM[4,8,9] _ _ _ _ - [5] _ _ _ _ _ _
CL CL Negative side of DeviceNet™ bus
V- V- DeviceNet™ power return
E8 E8 EtherNet/IP™ and Modbus TCP unused Ethernet 10/100 supporting EtherNet/IP™
E7 E7 EtherNet/IP™ and Modbus TCP unused and Modbus TCP
E6 E6 EtherNet/IP™ and Modbus TCP receive - Slot B: PM6 _ _ _ _ - [3] A A A _ _ _
E5 E5 EtherNet/IP™ and Modbus TCP unused Slot E: PM[4,8,9] _ _ _ _ - [3] _ _ _ _ _ _
E4 E4 EtherNet/IP™ and Modbus TCP unused
E3 E3 EtherNet/IP™ and Modbus TCP receive +
E2 E2 EtherNet/IP™ and Modbus TCP transmit -
E1 E1 EtherNet/IP™ and Modbus TCP transmit +
VP VP Voltage Potential Profibus Communications
B B EIA-485 T+/R+ Slot B: PM6 _ _ _ _ - [6] A A A _ _ _
A A EIA-485 T-/R- Slot E: PM [4, 8, 9] _ _ _ _- [6] A A A A A A
DG DG Digital ground (common)
trB trB Termination resistor B
B B EIA-485 T+/R+
A A EIA-485 T-/R-
trA trA Termination resistor A
Terminal Definitions for Slot C.

Slot C Terminal Function Configuration
98 Power input: ac or dc+ all
99 Power input: ac or dc-
CC Standard Bus or Modbus RTU EIA-485 common Standard Bus or Modbus
CA Standard Bus or Modbus RTU EIA-485 T-/R- PM _ _ _ _ _ - [1] _ _ _ _ _ _
CB Standard Bus or Modbus RTU EIA-485 T+/R+
CF Standard Bus EIA-485 common PM _ _ _ _ _ - [A,D,2,3,5] _ _ _ _ _ _
CD Standard Bus EIA-485 T-/R-
CE Standard Bus EIA-485 T+/R+
B5 Digital input-output common PM _ _ [2] _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
D6 Digital input or output 6 PM _ _ [4] _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
D5 Digital input or output 5
Back View Back View

Slot Orientation 1/8 Slot Orientation
DIN Vertical PM8 1/8 DIN Horizontal PM9
Power
Output 1
Power
Output 1
Output 3
Communications Card
Communications Card
Dig I/O 5 & 6 485 Comms

Digital I/O 7 - 12
Output 2
Output 4
Output 2
Input 1
Input 2
Input 1
A E C
A B D E C
Output 3
Digital I/O 7 - 12
Output 4
Input 2
B D

Back View Back View
Slot Orientation Slot Orientation
1/4 DIN Horizontal PM4 1/16 DIN PM6
Power
Output 1
Power
Communications Card
Output 1
Output 3
Digital I/O 7 - 12

Output 2

Output 2
Output 4
Input 1
A D E C
Input 2
Input 1
Output 3
Output 4
A B C
Input 2
Note:
B Slot B above can also
be configured with a
communications card.
PM Integrated Isolation Block
Digital Inputs & Outputs

No Isolation
5-12
Controller Power Supply
12 to 40VÎ (dc)
Safety Isolation
20 to 28VÅ (ac)
100 to 240VÅ (ac)
Switched DC, Open Collector,
No Isolation
Process outputs
Safety Isolation
Controller
No Isolation Analog Input 1
Low Voltage Power Bus
Note:
Analog Input 1 can be optionally ordered as
an isolated input (see ordering information
in the back of this User’s Guide).
Mechanical Relay, Low-voltage

Solid-State Relay, Analog Input 2
Safety Isolation Isolation
NO-ARC Relay
Outputs
Low-voltage
Communications Ports
Isolation
Low-voltage Isolation: 42V peak

Safety Isolation: 2300VÅ (ac)

Low Power
Warning: Óç
Use National Electric (NEC) or other Slot C
country-specific standard wiring and power
98
safety practices when wiring and power
fuse
connecting this controller to a power 99 • Minimum/Maximum Ratings

source and to electrical sensors or CF • 12 to 40VÎ (dc)
peripheral devices. Failure to do so • 20 to 28VÅ (ac) Semi Sig F47
may result in damage to equipment CD
• 47 to 63 Hz
and property, and/or injury or loss CE • 14VA maximum power consumption (PM4, 8 and 9)
of life.
B5 • 10VA maximum power consumption (PM6)
Note: D6 PM_ _ [3,4] _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Maximum wire size termination and
torque rating: D5
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12
Power
AWG) single-wire termination or
two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.8 Nm (7.0 lb.-in.) torque
Note: High Power
Adjacent terminals may be labeled
differently, depending on the model Slot C
number. power
98 fuse
Note: power • Minimum/Maximum Ratings
99
To prevent damage to the control- • 85 to 264VÅ (ac)
ler, do not connect wires to unused CF • 100 to 240VÅ (ac) Semi Sig F47
terminals. CD • 47 to 63 Hz
Note: CE • 14VA maximum power consumption (PM4, 8 and 9)
Maintain electrical isolation between • 10VA maximum power consumption (PM6)
B5
analog input 1, digital input-outputs, PM_ _ [1,2] _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
switched dc/open collector outputs D6
and process outputs to prevent D5
ground loops.
Power
Note:
The control output common termi-
nal and the digital common terminal Digital Input 5 - 6
are referenced to different voltages
and must remain isolated. Slot C Digital Input Voltage Input
98 • Update rate 10 Hz
Note: • Dry contact or dc voltage
This Equipment is suitable for use in 99 common
B_
CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A, B,
C and D or Non-Hazardous locations CF DC Voltage
only. Temperature Code T4A CD • Input not to exceed 36V at 3 mA
Vdc
• Input active when > 3V @ 0.25 mA
CE
Warning: ç common
B5
• Input inactive when < 2V
Explosion Hazard - Dry contact clo- DC Input D_

sure Digital Inputs shall not be used D6 Dry Contact
in Class I Division 2 Hazardous Loca- DC Input • Input inactive when > 500 Ω
tions unless switch used is approved
D5
• Input active when < 100 Ω
for this application.
• maximum short circuit 13 mA
PM _ _ [2,4] _ _-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ Dry Contact
Warning: ç
common
B_
Explosion Hazard – Substitution of
component may impair suitability
for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard - Do not discon-
nect while the circuit is live or
unless the area is known to be free D_
of ignitable concentrations of flam-
mable substances.
24 Vdc

Digital Input 7 - 12 Voltage Input
Warning: Óç Slot E
Use National Electric (NEC) or other Common
B7 common
country-specific standard wiring and
DC Input B_
safety practices when wiring and D7
connecting this controller to a power DC Input
Digital Input Event Conditions
source and to electrical sensors or D8 • Dry Contact
peripheral devices. Failure to do so DC Input - Input inactive when > 100KΩ Vdc
may result in damage to equipment D9 - Input active when < 50Ω
and property, and/or injury or loss DC Input
D10 • Voltage
of life. DC Input
D11
- Input inactive when < 2V
D_
Note: - Input active when > 3V
DC Input
Maximum wire size termination and D12
torque rating: Internal Supply • Six user configurable digital in-
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 Z7 puts/outputs per slot
AWG) single-wire termination or Dry Contact
- Slot E DIO 7-12
two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
PM [4,6,8] _ _ _ _- [C,D] _ _ _ _
__
Note:
differently, depending on the model
number. D_
Note: 24 Vdc
To prevent damage to the control-
ler, do not connect wires to unused
terminals.
Z_
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation between
analog input 1, digital input-outputs,
switched dc/open collector outputs
and process outputs to prevent Input 1, 2 Thermocouple
ground loops. Slot A,B
Note: • 2K Ω maximum source resistance
The control output common termi- • >20 MΩ input impedance
nal and the digital common terminal • 3 microampere open-sensor detection
are referenced to different voltages • Thermocouples are polarity sensitive. The negative lead (usually
and must remain isolated. red) must be connected to S1.
• To reduce errors, the extension wire for thermocouples must be
Note: of the same alloy as the thermocouple.
This Equipment is suitable for use in Input 1: PM _ [C,R,B*] _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (S1/R1)
C and D or Non-Hazardous locations Input 2: PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ [C,R,L] _ _ _ _ _ (S2/R2)
-
only. Temperature Code T4A S_
+ *PM(4, 8 and 9) only
R_
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard - Dry contact clo-
sure Digital Inputs shall not be used
in Class I Division 2 Hazardous Loca- Input 1, 2 RTD
for this application. Slot A,B Slot A, B
• platinum, 100 and 1,000 Ω @ 0°C
• calibration to DIN curve (0.00385 Ω/Ω/°C)
Warning: ç • 20 Ω total lead resistance
Explosion Hazard – Substitution of • RTD excitation current of 0.09 mA typical. Each ohm of lead
component may impair suitability resistance may affect the reading by 0.03°C.
for CLASS I, DIVISION 2. • For 3-wire RTDs, the S1 lead (usually white) must be con-
nected to R1.
S2
T_
Warning: ç
S3
• For best accuracy use a 3-wire RTD to compensate for lead-
S_ S3 S_ length resistance. All three lead wires must have the same
Explosion Hazard - Do not discon- S1
R_ resistance.
S1 R_
nect while the circuit is live or 2-wire Input 1: PM _ [C,R,B*] _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (S1/R1),(T1/S1/R1)
3-wire
unless the area is known to be free Input 2: PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ [C,R,L] _ _ _ _ _ (S2/R2),(T2/S2/R2)
mable substances. *PM(4, 8 and 9) only

Input 1, 2 Process
Warning: Óç Slot A, B Slot A, B
Use National Electric (NEC) or other
safety practices when wiring and • 0 to 20 mA @ 100 Ω input impedance
connecting this controller to a power • 0 to 10VÎ (dc) @ 20 kΩ input impedance
source and to electrical sensors or
• 0 to 50 mVÎ (dc) @ 20 kΩ input impedance
peripheral devices. Failure to do so
may result in damage to equipment • scalable
and property, and/or injury or loss Input 1: PM _ [C,R,B*] _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (-S1/+R1),(+T1/-S1)
+ T_ Input 2: PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ [C,R,L] _ _ _ _ _ (-S2/+R2),(+T2/-S2)
of life.
-
Note: - S_ S_ *PM(4, 8 and 9) only
Maximum wire size termination and + R_
torque rating:
amperes
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 volts
two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
Input 1,2 Potentiometer
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled Slot A, B
number.
Note: • Use a 1 kΩ potentiometer.
Input 1: PM _ [C,R,B*] _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (S1/R1),(T1/S1/R1)
terminals. Input 2: PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ [C,R,L] _ _ _ _ _ (S1/R1),(T1/S1/R1)
Note: *PM(4, 8 and 9) only

CW
analog input 1, digital input-outputs, S_
and process outputs to prevent R_
CCW
ground loops.
Note:
nal and the digital common terminal Input 1, 2 Thermistor
Slot A, B
and must remain isolated.
Note:
This Equipment is suitable for use in
• >20 MΩ input impedance
C and D or Non-Hazardous locations • 3 microampere open-sensor detection
only. Temperature Code T4A Input 1: PM _ [J,N,E] _ _ _ _-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ (S1/R1)
Input 2: PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ [J,P,M] _ _ _ _ _ (S2/R2)
Warning: ç Note:
S_ For input 1, option E is available with PM4, 8
and 9 models only.
in Class I Division 2 Hazardous Loca- R_
Warning: ç Input 2 Current Transformer

Slot B
Warning: ç • Input range is 0 to 50 mA.

• current transformer part number: 16-0246
Explosion Hazard - Do not discon- • 100 Ω input impedance
nect while the circuit is live or • response time: 1 second maximum
T2
unless the area is known to be free • accuracy +/-1 mA typical
of ignitable concentrations of flam- S2
PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ [T] _ _ _ _ _
mable substances.
current transformer
(input 2)

Example: Using a Current Transformer
Warning: Óç Is = IpT/R = 50mA
Use National Electric (NEC) or other CSC = Ip(full scale) = 50mA(R)/T
country-specific standard wiring and CSI = Output N
safety practices when wiring and L2 L1 Is = Current in secondary of current transformer
connecting this controller to a power Ip = Current in primary of current transformer
source and to electrical sensors or T = Number of turns through the primary of the transformer
Fuse
peripheral devices. Failure to do so R = Number of turns in the secondary of the current
may result in damage to equipment transformer (Turns ratio, assuming one primary turn)
and property, and/or injury or loss SSR
CSC = Current Scaling (parameter found in Current Menu
of life. 3A x 4 of Setup Page)
CSI = Current Source Instance (parameter found in Current
Note: Menu of Setup Page)
torque rating: Turns around CT Output N
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 12A Controller

two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG) CT Input
CT Ratio R = 1000:1
Note:
number. 12A x 4 = 48A : 48mA 48mA
Note:
CT Secondary Current
ler, do not connect wires to unused CT Primary Current
terminals.
Turns around CT
Note: Total current
and process outputs to prevent
ground loops.
Digital Output 5 - 6
Note:
The control output common termi- Slot C Digital Output switched dc outputs
nal and the digital common terminal • Update rate 10 Hz
are referenced to different voltages 98
• Output voltage 24V
and must remain isolated. 99
• Current limit, Output 5, 24 D5
CF mA maximum VDC
Note:
This Equipment is suitable for use in CD • Current limit, Output 6, D6
CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, 10 mA maximum driving
C and D or Non-Hazardous locations
CE single pole DIN-A-MITE
common B5
only. Temperature Code T4A B5 • *Capable of driving a 3-pole Internal Circuitry
DIN-A-MITE
D6 switched dc
Warning: ç D5
switched dc • Open-circuit voltage 22 to
32VÎ (dc)
Explosion Hazard - Dry contact clo- PM _ _ [2,4] _ _-_ _ _ _ _ _ _
in Class I Division 2 Hazardous Loca-
* Output 5 only
Warning: ç
Warning: ç
unless the area is known to be free
mable substances.
Quencharc Note:
Switching pilot duty inductive loads
(relay coils, solenoids, etc.) with the
mechanical relay, solid state relay or
open collector output options requires
use of an R.C. suppressor.
Switched DC Wiring Example Using DO 5-6
Warning: Óç switched dc outputs
safety practices when wiring and
connecting this controller to a power Htr 1
source and to electrical sensors or D5 +
VDC -
peripheral devices. Failure to do so Htr 2
+
may result in damage to equipment -
and property, and/or injury or loss D6
of life.
Note: B5
Maximum wire size termination and Internal Circuitry DC80-60C0-0000
torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12
two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
Note:
number.
Note:
To prevent damage to the control- Digital Output 7 - 12
terminals. Slot E • Maximum switched volt- Open Collector Outputs
B7
Common age is 32VÎ (dc)
Note: Collector out • Internal supply provides B7 Common
D7
Maintain electrical isolation between Collector out a constant power out-
analog input 1, digital input-outputs, D8
Collector out
put of 750mW D7
switched dc/open collector outputs D9 • Maximum output sink
and process outputs to prevent D10
Collector out
current per output is D8
ground loops. Collector out

1.5A (external class 2 or
D11
*SELV supply required)
D9
Note: D12
Collector out
The control output common termi- Internal Supply • Total sink current for all D10
Z7
nal and the digital common terminal outputs not to exceed 8A
are referenced to different voltages • Do not connect outputs D11
and must remain isolated. in parallel D12
PM [4,6,8] _ _ _ _- [C,D] _
Note: _____
Z7 Internal Supply
This Equipment is suitable for use in *Saftey Extra Low Voltage

C and D or Non-Hazardous locations Internal Circuitry
only. Temperature Code T4A
Switched DC Wiring Example Using DO 7-12
Warning: ç
Warning: ç
Warning: ç
mable substances.
Quencharc Note: Internal Supply

Note:
Warning: Óç As a switched DC output; this output is a constant current output delivering
Use National Electric (NEC) or other 750 mW, current limited to 400 mA. The internal supply does have a maxi-
country-specific standard wiring and mum open circuit voltage of 22 VDC and minimum open circuit voltage of
safety practices when wiring and 19 VDC. Pin Z7 is shared to all digital outputs. This type of output is meant
connecting this controller to a power to drive solid state relays, not mechanical relays.
source and to electrical sensors or As an open collector output, use an external power supply with the negative
peripheral devices. Failure to do so wired to B7, the positive to the coil of a pilot mechanical relay and the other
may result in damage to equipment
and property, and/or injury or loss
side of the coil wired to D_. Each open collector output can sink 1.5 A with
of life. the total for all open collector outputs not exceeding 8 amperes. Ensure that
a kickback diode is reversed wired across the relay coil to prevent damage
Note:
to the internal transistor.
torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 Open Collector Wiring Example Using DO 7-12
two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
Note:
number.
Note:
terminals.
Note:
ground loops.
Note:
nal and the digital common terminal
are referenced to different voltages Internal Supply
Note:
Warning: ç
Warning: ç
Warning: ç
mable substances.
Quencharc Note:

Output 1, 3 Switched DC/Open Collector
Warning: Óç Slot A, B Switched DC Switched DC
Use National Electric (NEC) or other common
X_ • 30 mA dc maximum supply cur-
country-specific standard wiring and dc - (open collector) rent X_ common
W_
safety practices when wiring and dc + • Short circuit limited to <50 mA
connecting this controller to a power Y_ dc -
• 22 to 32VÎ (dc) open circuit volt- W_
source and to electrical sensors or age
peripheral devices. Failure to do so 24V
• Use dc- and dc+ to drive exter-
may result in damage to equipment Y_
dc +
nal solid-state relay.
• DIN-A-MITE compatible
of life.
• Single-pole: up to 4 in parallel or
Note: 4 in series
Maximum wire size termination and • 2-pole: up to 2 in parallel or 2 in
torque rating: series Open Collector
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 • 3-pole: up to 2 in series Power Supply
two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG) Open Collector common
• 0.8 Nm (7.0 lb.-in.) torque • 100 mA maximum output cur- X_
rent sink
Note: dc -
• 30VÎ (dc) maximum supply volt- W_
age 24V
differently, depending on the model Load
number. • Any switched dc output can use Y_
the common terminal.

Note: • Use an external power supply to
To prevent damage to the control- control a dc load, with the load
ler, do not connect wires to unused positive to the positive of the
terminals. power supply, the load negative
to the open collector and com-
Note: mon to the power supply nega-
Maintain electrical isolation between tive.
analog input 1, digital input-outputs, Output 1: (X1,-W1,+Y1)
switched dc/open collector outputs PM _ _ _ [C] _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Output 3: (X3,-W3,+Y3)
ground loops.
PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ [C] _ _ _ _
Note:
and must remain isolated. Output 1, 3 Mechanical Relay, Form C
Note: Slot A, B • 5 A at 240VÅ (ac) or 30VÎ (dc)
normally open maximum resistive load
This Equipment is suitable for use in L_
CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, common • 20 mA at 24V minimum load
C and D or Non-Hazardous locations K_ • 125 VA pilot duty at 120/240VÅ
normally closed
only. Temperature Code T4A J_ (ac), 25 VA at 24VÅ (ac)
L_
• 100,000 cycles at rated load
Warning: ç • Output does not supply power.

• for use with ac or dc K_
normally open
Explosion Hazard - Dry contact clo- See Quencharc note. common

sure Digital Inputs shall not be used Output 1: (L1,K1,J1)
in Class I Division 2 Hazardous Loca- PM _ _ _ [E] _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
tions unless switch used is approved J_
Output 3: (L3,K3,J3)
for this application. normally closed
PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ [E] _ _ _ _
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution of Output 1, 3 Universal Process
Slot A, B • 0 to 20 mA into 800 Ω maxi-
for CLASS I, DIVISION 2. F_
volts or current - mum load
F_ • 0 to 10VÎ (dc) into 1 kΩ mini-
negative
Warning: ç volts +
G_ mum load
• scalable
0 to 10 V
Explosion Hazard - Do not discon- current +

H_ • output supplies power
nect while the circuit is live or 4 to 20 mA G_
unless the area is known to be free • cannot use voltage and current volts +
of ignitable concentrations of flam- outputs at same time
mable substances. • Output may be used as re-
transmit or control. H_
Quencharc Note:
Output 1: (F1,G1,H1) current +
PM _ _ _ [F] _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
mechanical relay, solid state relay or Output 3: (F3,G3,H3)
open collector output options requires PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ [F] _ _ _ _

Output 1, 3 Solid-State Relay, Form A
Warning: Óç Slot A, B • 0.5 A at 20 to 264VÅ (ac) maxi-
Use National Electric (NEC) or other normally open
country-specific standard wiring and L_ mum resistive load
safety practices when wiring and common • 20 VA 120/240VÅ (ac) pilot duty
K_ L_
connecting this controller to a power • opto-isolated, without contact
source and to electrical sensors or suppression
peripheral devices. Failure to do so • maximum off state leakage of
may result in damage to equipment 105 microamperes K_
and property, and/or injury or loss • output does not supply power
of life. • Do not use on dc loads.
Note: • See Quencharc note.
Maximum wire size termination and Output 1: (L1, K1)
torque rating: PM _ _ _ [K] _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 Output 3: (L3, K3)
AWG) single-wire termination or PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ [K] _ _ _ _
two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
Note: 1 Amp SSR Derating Curve
Adjacent terminals may be labeled 1.1
1
number.
0.9
Note:
To prevent damage to the control- 0.8
Safe Operating Area

0.7
Amps RMS
terminals. 0.6
Note: 0.5
Maintain electrical isolation between 0.4
0.3
and process outputs to prevent 0.2
ground loops. 0.1
Note: 0
The control output common termi- -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40
o
50 60 70
Ambient Temperature ( C)
Note: Output 2, 4 Switched DC

CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, Slot A, B • 10 mA DC maximum supply cur-
C and D or Non-Hazardous locations rent
only. Temperature Code T4A • short circuit limited to <50 mA
• 22 to 32VÎ (dc) open circuit volt- common
Warning: ç
age
dc- • use dc- and dc+ to drive external W_
dc -
Explosion Hazard - Dry contact clo- W_ solid-state relay
sure Digital Inputs shall not be used dc+ • DIN-A-MITE compatible
24V
dc +
in Class I Division 2 Hazardous Loca- Y_ • single-pole: up to 2 in series, none
Y_

in parallel
Output 2: (-W2, +Y2)
PM _ _ _ _ [C] - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Warning: ç Output 4: (-W4, +Y4)
PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ [C] _ _ _
Warning: ç
mable substances.

Output 2, 4 NO-ARC Relay, Form A
Warning: Óç Slot A, B • 15 A at 85 to 264VÅ (ac) resis-
Use National Electric (NEC) or other tive load only
country-specific standard wiring and • 2,000,000 cycle rating for NO-
safety practices when wiring and ARC circuit L_
connecting this controller to a power
• 100 mA minimum load
peripheral devices. Failure to do so normally open • 2 mA maximum off state leakage
L_ • Do not use on dc loads.
may result in damage to equipment common
and property, and/or injury or loss K_ • Output does not supply power.
of life. Output 2: (L2, K2) K_
PM _ _ _ _ [H] - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Note:
Output 4: (L4, K4)
PM [4, 8, 9] _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ [H] _ _ _
torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12
two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
Output 2, 4 Mechanical Relay, Form A
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled • 5 A at 240VÅ (ac) or 30VÎ (dc)
Slot A, B
differently, depending on the model maximum resistive load
number. • 20 mA at 24V minimum load
L_
Note: • 125 VA pilot duty @ 120/240VÅ
To prevent damage to the control- (ac), 25 VA at 24VÅ (ac)
ler, do not connect wires to unused normally open • 100,000 cycles at rated load
terminals. L_ • Output does not supply power. K_
common
K_ • for use with ac or dc
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation between See Quencharc note.
analog input 1, digital input-outputs, Output 2: (L2, K2)
switched dc/open collector outputs PM _ _ _ _ [J] - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
and process outputs to prevent Output 4: (L4, K4)
ground loops. PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ [J] _ _ _
Note:
nal and the digital common terminal Output 2, 4 Solid-State Relay, Form A
and must remain isolated. Slot A, B • 0.5 A at 20 to 264VÅ (ac) maxi-
mum resistive load
Note:
• 20 VA 120/240VÅ (ac) pilot duty
CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, • opto-isolated, without contact
C and D or Non-Hazardous locations suppression
• maximum off state leakage of L_
only. Temperature Code T4A normally open
L_ 105 microamperes
• Output does not supply power.
Warning: ç common
K_ • Do not use on dc loads. K_
Explosion Hazard - Dry contact clo- See Quencharc note.
sure Digital Inputs shall not be used Output 2: (L2, K2)
in Class I Division 2 Hazardous Loca- PM _ _ _ _ [K] - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
tions unless switch used is approved Output 4: (L4, K4)
for this application. PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ [K] _ _ _
Warning: ç 1.1
1 Amp SSR Derating Curve
Explosion Hazard – Substitution of 1

component may impair suitability 0.9
0.8
ç
Safe Operating Area
0.7
Amps RMS
Warning: 0.6
Explosion Hazard - Do not discon- 0.5
unless the area is known to be free 0.4
of ignitable concentrations of flam- 0.3

mable substances. 0.2
0.1
0
-20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
o
Ambient Temperature ( C)

Quencharc Wiring Example
Warning: Óç
Use National Electric (NEC) or other In this example the Quencharc circuit (Watlow User Load
country-specific standard wiring and part# 0804-0147-0000) is used to protect PM L_ N
safety practices when wiring and internal circuitry from the counter electro-
connecting this controller to a power magnetic force from the inductive user load Quencharc
when de-engergized. It is recommended that
peripheral devices. Failure to do so K_
this or an equivalent Quencharc be used when
and property, and/or injury or loss connecting inductive loads to PM outputs.
of life.
Note:
torque rating: Standard Bus EIA-485 Communications
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 • Wire T-/R- to the A terminal of • Maximum network length:
AWG) single-wire termination or Slot C the EIA-485 port. 1,200 meters (4,000 feet)
two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG) • Wire T+/R+ to the B terminal of • 1/8th unit load on EIA-485 bus
• 0.8 Nm (7.0 lb.-in.) torque 98
the EIA-485 port. PM [4,6,8,9] _ _ _ _ - [*] _ _ _ _ _ _
Note: 99 • Wire common to the common
Adjacent terminals may be labeled CF common terminal of the EIA-485 port. * All models include Standard Bus
differently, depending on the model T-/R- • Do not route network wires communications (instance 1)
number. CD with power wires. Connect net-
T+/R+ work wires in daisy-chain fash-
Note: CE
ion when connecting multiple
To prevent damage to the control- devices in a network.
B5
• Do not connect more than 16
terminals. D6 EZ-ZONE PM controllers on a
Note: D5 network.
and process outputs to prevent Note:
ground loops. Do not leave a USB to EIA-485 converter connected to Standard Bus with-
Note: out power (i.e., disconnecting the USB end from the computer while leaving
The control output common termi- the converter connected on Standard Bus). Disturbance on the Standard
nal and the digital common terminal Bus may occur.
Note:
This Equipment is suitable for use in Modbus RTU or Standard Bus EIA-485 Communications
C and D or Non-Hazardous locations • Wire T-/R- to the A terminal of • Only one protocol per port is
Slot C the EIA-485 port. available at a time: either Mod-
• Wire T+/R+ to the B terminal of bus RTU or Standard Bus.
98 the EIA-485 port. • Do not connect more than 16
Warning: ç 99 • Wire common to the common EZ-ZONE controllers on a Stan-
terminal of the EIA-485 port. dard Bus network.
CC common • Do not route network wires • Maximum number of EZ-ZONE
T-/R- with power wires. Connect net- controllers on a Modbus net-
in Class I Division 2 Hazardous Loca- CA work wires in daisy-chain fash- work is 247.
tions unless switch used is approved T+/R+
for this application. CB ion when connecting multiple • maximum network length:
devices in a network. 1,200 meters (4,000 feet)
B5 • A termination resistor may be • 1/8th unit load on EIA-485 bus.
Warning: ç D6
required. Place a 120 Ω resistor
across T+/R+ and T-/R- of last
• Communications instance 1
Explosion Hazard – Substitution of PM [4,6,8,9] _ _ _ _ - [1] _ _ _ _
D5 controller on network. __
Warning: ç Note:
Explosion Hazard - Do not discon- Do not leave a USB to EIA-485 converter connected to Standard Bus with-
nect while the circuit is live or out power (i.e., disconnecting the USB end from the computer while leaving
the converter connected on Standard Bus). Disturbance on the Standard
mable substances. Bus may occur.

EIA-232/485 Modbus RTU Communications
Warning: Óç
Use National Electric (NEC) or other Slot B, E • Wire T-/R- to the A termi- • Do not connect more than
485 T+/R+
CB nal of the EIA-485 port. one EZ-ZONE PM control-
safety practices when wiring and 485 T-/R- • Wire T+/R+ to the B termi- ler on an EIA-232 network.
CA
connecting this controller to a power 485 common
nal of the EIA-485 port. • Do not connect more than
source and to electrical sensors or CC • Wire common to the com- 16 EZ-ZONE controllers on
485 T+/R+
peripheral devices. Failure to do so CB mon terminal of the EIA- a Standard Bus EIA-485
may result in damage to equipment 485 T-/R- 485 port. network.
CA
and property, and/or injury or loss 232 common • Do not route network wires • Maximum number of EZ-
C5 ZONE controllers on a
of life. 232 (TX) to DB9 pin 2 (RD)
with power wires. Connect
C3 network wires in daisy- Modbus network is 247.
Note: 232 (RD) to DB9 pin 3 (TX) chain fashion when con- • maximum EIA-232 network
Maximum wire size termination and C2
necting multiple devices in length: 15 meters (50 feet)
torque rating: a network. • maximum EIA-485 network
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12
• A termination resistor may length: 1,200 meters (4,000
AWG) single-wire termination or be required. Place a 120 Ω feet)
two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG) resistor across T+/R+ and • 1/8th unit load on EIA-485
• 0.8 Nm (7.0 lb.-in.) torque T-/R- of last controller on bus.
Note: network. • Communications instance 2
Adjacent terminals may be labeled • Do not wire to both the Slot B
differently, depending on the model EIA-485 and the EIA-232
PM [6] _ _ _ _ - [2] _ _ _ _ _ _
number. pins at the same time.
• Two EIA-485 terminals of
Note: T/R are provided to assist Slot E
To prevent damage to the control- in daisy-chain wiring. PM [4,8,9] _ _ _ _ - [2] _ _ _
ler, do not connect wires to unused ___
terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation between Modbus-IDA EIA/TIA-485 Watlow Terminal Function
analog input 1, digital input-outputs, Terminal Name Label
DO A CA or CD T-/R-
ground loops. D1 B CB or CE T+/R+
Note:
The control output common termi- common common CC or CF common
Note:
EtherNet/IP™, PCCC and Modbus TCP Communications
This Equipment is suitable for use in Slot B, E • Do not route network
CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, RJ-45 T568B wire Signal Slot
unused wires with power wires.
C and D or Non-Hazardous locations E8 pin color B, E
• Connect one Ethernet
only. Temperature Code T4A unused 8 brown unused E8
E7 cable per controller to
receive - 7 brown & white unused E7 a 10/100 Mbps ethernet
E6
Warning: ç unused
E5 6 green receive - E6
switch. Both Modbus TCP
and EtherNet/IP™ are
Explosion Hazard - Dry contact clo- 5 white & blue unused E5 available on the network.
unused
sure Digital Inputs shall not be used E4 • Communications instance
in Class I Division 2 Hazardous Loca- receive + 4 blue unused E4 2
E3
tions unless switch used is approved 3 white & green receive + E3 Slot B
transmit -
for this application. E2 PM [6] _ _ _ _ - [3] _ _ _ _
2 orange transmit - E2
transmit +
E1 __
Warning: ç 1 white & orange transmit + E1 Slot E

EtherNet/IP™ and Modbus TCP communica- PM[4,8,9] _ _ _ _ - [3] _ _ _
Explosion Hazard – Substitution of ___
component may impair suitability tions to connect with a 10/100 switch.
for CLASS I, DIVISION 2. Note:
When changing the fixed IP address cycle module power for new address to
take effect.
Warning: ç
nect while the circuit is live or Ethernet LED Indicators
of ignitable concentrations of flam- Viewing the control from the front and then looking on top four LEDs can be
mable substances. seen aligned vertically front to back. The LEDs are identified accordingly:
closest to the front reflects the Network (Net) Status, Module (Mod) Status is
next, Activity status follows and lastly, the LED closest to the rear of the con-
trol reflects the Link status.

Note:
Warning: Óç When using Modbus TCP, the Network Status and Module Status LEDs are
Use National Electric (NEC) or other not used.
safety practices when wiring and Network Status
source and to electrical sensors or Indicator State Summary Requirement
peripheral devices. Failure to do so If the device does not have an IP address (or is
may result in damage to equipment Not powered,
Steady Off powered off), the network status indicator shall
and property, and/or injury or loss no IP address
be steady off.
of life.
If the device has no established connections, but
Note: Flashing Green No connections has obtained an IP address, the network status
Maximum wire size termination and indicator shall be flashing green.
torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 If the device has at least one established connec-
AWG) single-wire termination or Steady Green Connected tion (even to the Message Router), the network
two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG) status indicator shall be steady green.
• 0.8 Nm (7.0 lb.-in.) torque If one or more of the connections in which this
Note: device is the target has timed out, the network
Connection
Adjacent terminals may be labeled Flashing Red status indicator shall be flashing red. This shall
timeout
differently, depending on the model be left only if all timed out connections are rees-
number. tablished or if the device is reset.
Note: If the device has detected that its IP address is

To prevent damage to the control- Steady Red Duplicate IP already in use, the network status indicator shall
ler, do not connect wires to unused be steady red.
terminals. While the device is performing its power up test-
Flashing Green /
Note: Self-test ing, the network status indicator shall be flash-
Red
Maintain electrical isolation between ing green / red.
and process outputs to prevent Module Status
ground loops. Indicator State Summary Requirement
Note: If no power is supplied to the device, the mod-
The control output common termi- Steady Off No power
ule status indicator shall be steady off.
are referenced to different voltages Module Status (cont.)
and must remain isolated. Indicator State Summary Requirement
Note: Device If the device is operating correctly, the module
This Equipment is suitable for use in Steady Green
operational status indicator shall be steady green.
C and D or Non-Hazardous locations If the device has not been configured, the
only. Temperature Code T4A Flashing Green Standby module status indicator shall be flashing
green.
Warning: ç If the device has detected a recoverable minor

fault, the module status indicator shall be
Explosion Hazard - Dry contact clo- Flashing Red Minor fault flashing red.
sure Digital Inputs shall not be used NOTE: An incorrect or inconsistent configura-
in Class I Division 2 Hazardous Loca- tion would be considered a minor fault.
for this application. If the device has detected a non-recoverable
Steady Red Major fault major fault, the module status indicator shall
be steady red.
Warning: ç While the device is performing its power up
Explosion Hazard – Substitution of Flashing Green / Red Self-test testing, the module status indicator shall be
component may impair suitability flashing green / red.
Link Status
Warning: ç Indicator State Summary Requirement
Explosion Hazard - Do not discon- If the device cannot determine link speed
nect while the circuit is live or Not powered,
Steady Off or power is off, the network status indicator
unless the area is known to be free unknown link speed
shall be steady off.
mable substances. If the device is communicating at 10 Mbit, the
Red Link speed = 10 Mbit
link LED will be red.
Link speed = 100 If the device is communicating at 100 Mbit,
Green
Mbit the link LED will be green.

Warning: Óç Activity Status
Use National Electric (NEC) or other Indicator State Summary Requirement
If the MAC detects activity, the LED will be
safety practices when wiring and Flashing Green Detects activity
flashing green.
source and to electrical sensors or If the MAC detects a collision, the LED will
peripheral devices. Failure to do so Red Link speed = 10Mbit
be red.
of life.
DeviceNet™ Communications
Note:
Maximum wire size termination and Slot B, E Terminal Signal Function
torque rating: V+
V+ V+ V+ DeviceNet™ power
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12
AWG) single-wire termination or CAN_H positive side of Devi-
CH CH CAN_H
two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG) ceNet™ bus
shield
• 0.8 Nm (7.0 lb.-in.) torque SH SH shield shield interconnect
CAN_L
Note: CL negative side of Devi-
Adjacent terminals may be labeled V- CL CAN_L
V- ceNet™ bus
number. T2
Note: S2 V- V-
DeviceNet™ power
To prevent damage to the control- return
ler, do not connect wires to unused R2
terminals.
Note: • Communications instance 2
analog input 1, digital input-outputs, Slot B (PM [6] _ _ _ _ _ - [5] _ _ _ _ _ _ )
switched dc/open collector outputs Slot E (PM [4,8,9] _ _ _ _ _ - [5] _ _ _ _ _ _ )
ground loops.
Note:
DeviceNet LED Indicators
nal and the digital common terminal Viewing the control from the front and then looking on top two LEDs can be
are referenced to different voltages seen aligned vertically front to back. The LED closest to the front is identi-
and must remain isolated. fied as the network (Net) LED where the one next to it would be identified as
Note: the module (Mod) LED.
CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, Network Status
Indicator LED Description
The device is not online and has not completed the duplicate MAC ID test
Off
Warning: ç
yet. The device may not be powered.
The device is online and has connections in the established state (allcated
Explosion Hazard - Dry contact clo- Green
to a Master).
in Class I Division 2 Hazardous Loca- Failed communication device. The device has detected an error that has
tions unless switch used is approved Red rendered it incapable of communicating on the network (duplicate MAC ID
for this application. or Bus-off).
The device is online, but no connection has been allocated or an explicit
Flashing Green
Warning: ç connection has timed out.
Flashing Red A poll connection has timed out.
for CLASS I, DIVISION 2. Module Status
Indicator LED Description
Warning: ç Off No power is applied to the device.
Flashing Green-Red The device is performing a self-test.
unless the area is known to be free Flashing Red Major Recoverable Fault.
Red Major Unrecoverable Fault.
mable substances.
Green The device is operating normally.

Profibus DP Communications
Warning: Óç • Wire T-/R- to the A termi- • If external termination is
Use National Electric (NEC) or other Slot B & E
+5Vdc Voltage Potential nal of the EIA-485 port. to be used with a 150 Ω
country-specific standard wiring and VP
• Wire T+/R+ to the B termi- cable place a 390 Ω resis-
safety practices when wiring and 485 T+/R+
B nal of the EIA-485 port. tor across pins VP and B, a
485 T-/R- • Wire Digital Ground to the 220 Ω resistor across pins
source and to electrical sensors or A B and A, and lastly, place a
peripheral devices. Failure to do so Digital ground
common terminal of the
DG EIA-485 port. 390 Ω resistor across pins
may result in damage to equipment DG and A.
and property, and/or injury or loss Termination resistor B
trB • Do not route network wires
with power wires. Connect • Do not connect more than
of life. 485 T+/R+ 32 EZ-ZONE PM control-
B network wires in daisy-
Note: 485 T-/R- chain fashion when con- lers on any given segment.
Maximum wire size termination and A necting multiple devices in • Maximum EIA-485 network
torque rating: Termination resistor A length: 1,200 meters (4,000
trA a network.
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 • A termination resistor feet)
AWG) single-wire termination or should be used if this con- • 1/8th unit load on EIA-485
two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG) trol is the last one on the bus.
• 0.8 Nm (7.0 lb.-in.) torque network. • Communications instance 2
Note: • If using a 150 Ω cable Wat- Slot B: PM [6] _ _ _ _-[6] _ _
Adjacent terminals may be labeled low provides internal termi- ____
differently, depending on the model nation. Place a jumper Slot E: PM [4, 8, 9] _ _ _ _-[6]
number. across pins trB and B and ______
trA and A.
Note:
ler, do not connect wires to unused Watlow Terminal
terminals. Profibus Terminal EIA/TIA-485 Name Function
Label
Note: VP (Voltage Potential) ---- VP +5Vdc
B-Line B B T+/R+
switched dc/open collector outputs A-Line A A T-/R-
DP-GND common DG common
ground loops.
Note: Profibus DP LED Indicators
The control output common termi- Viewing the unit from the front and then looking on top of the RUI/GTW two
are referenced to different voltages bi-color LEDs can be seen where only the front one is used. Definition follows:
Closest to the Front
Note:
This Equipment is suitable for use in Indicator LED Description
CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, Red Profibus network not detected
only. Temperature Code T4A Red Indicates that the Profibus card is waiting for data
Flashing exchange.
Warning: ç Green Data exchange mode
Warning: ç
Warning: ç
mable substances.

Wiring a Serial EIA-485 Network
Warning: Óç Do not route network wires with pow- T+/R+ and T-/R- of the last controller
Use National Electric (NEC) or other er wires. Connect network wires in on a network.
daisy-chain fashion when connecting Only one protocol per port is avail-
multiple devices in a network. able at a time: either Modbus RTU or
A termination resistor may be re- Standard Bus.
peripheral devices. Failure to do so quired. Place a 120 Ω resistor across
A network using Watlow's Standard Bus and an RUI/Gateway.
of life. Power
EZ-ZONE ST
Supply
Note: ST_ _ - (B or F) _ M _ -_ _ _ _
EZ-ZONE RM
torque rating: fuse
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12
CD
CE
CF
D5
D6
B5
99
98
two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG) power
+B
-A
power
• 0.8 Nm (7.0 lb.-in.) torque common
Note:
number. 98
99
power
com
CF
Note: EZ-ZONE PM CD
-A
+B
To prevent damage to the control- CE
B5
ler, do not connect wires to unused D6
Slot C
terminals. D5
CD
CX
CZ
CY
CE
98
99
CF
Note:
power
RUI/Gateway
Maintain electrical isolation between EZKB-_ A _ _- _ _ _ _
analog input 1, digital input-outputs, 98
power
switched dc/open collector outputs 99
CF
common
common
-A
and process outputs to prevent CD
-A
+B
+B
CE
ground loops.
Note:
Note: A network with all devices configured using Modbus RTU.

CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, Power
EZ-ZONE ST
C and D or Non-Hazardous locations ST_ _ - (B or F) _ M _ -_ _ _ _
Supply
fuse
EZ-ZONE RM
Warning: ç
CC
CB
CA
D5
D6
B5
99
98
Explosion Hazard - Dry contact clo- power

+B
-A
power
sure Digital Inputs shall not be used common

power
98
power
ç
99
com
CC
Warning:
-A
EZ-ZONE PM CA
+B
CB
Explosion Hazard – Substitution of B5
Slot C
D6
component may impair suitability D5

CX
CZ
CC
CY
CB
CA
98
99
power
Warning: ç power
power
common
Explosion Hazard - Do not discon- PLC common
-A
-A
+B
nect while the circuit is live or +B

mable substances.

Connecting a Computer to PM Controls Using B&B 485 to USB Converter
Warning: Óç Address 1 Address 2

peripheral devices. Failure to do so USB
may result in damage to equipment Port
Slot A
Slot B
Slot C
Slot A
Slot B
Slot C
of life.
Note:
Data Format
Maximum wire size termination and 38,400 baud
torque rating: PC Software Protocol - Standard Bus
8 data bits
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 EZ-ZONE Configurator software no parity
1 start bit
AWG) single-wire termination or 1 stop bit
two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled 0847-0326-0000 Use twisted pair wires such as Cat 5 cabling. Do not route with power carrying
conductors. Daisy chain wire up to 16 EZ-ZONE devices.
number.
Note: Note:
Do not leave a USB to EIA-485 converter connected to Standard Bus with-
terminals. out power (i.e., disconnecting the USB end from the computer while leaving
the converter connected on Standard Bus). Disturbance on the Standard
Note: Bus may occur.
analog input 1, digital input-outputs, Note:
When connecting the USB converter to the PC it is suggested that the La-
ground loops. tency Timer be changed from the default of 16 msec to 1 msec. Failure to
make this change may cause communication loss between the PC running
Note: ZE-ZONE Configurator software and the control.
are referenced to different voltages To modify Latency Timer settings follow the steps below:
1. Navigate to Device Manager.
Note:
This Equipment is suitable for use in 2. Double click on Ports.
3. Right click on the USB serial port in use and select Properties.
only. Temperature Code T4A 4. Click the tab labeled Port settings and then click the Advance button.
Warning: ç
Warning: ç
Warning: ç
mable substances.

3 Chapter 3: Keys and Displays
Upper Display: 1/8 DIN (PM9) Horizontal Temperature Units:
In the Home Page, displays the process ® Indicates whether the temperature
value, otherwise displays the value of is displayed in Fahrenheit or Cel-
the parameter in the lower display. sius.
Zone Display: Percent Units:

Indicates the controller zone. Lights when the controller is dis-
playing values as a percentage or
1 to 9 = zones 1 to 9 when the open-loop set point is dis-
A = zone 10 E = zone 14 played.
b = zone 11
C = zone 12
F = zone 15
h = zone 16
1/16 (PM6) DIN Output Activity:
®
d = zone 13 Number LEDs indicate activity of

outputs. A flashing light indicates
Lower Display: output activity.
Indicates the set point or output power Profile Activity:
value during operation, or the param-
eter whose value appears in the upper Lights when a profile is running.
display. Flashes when a profile is paused.
EZ Key/s:
This key can be programmed to do
1/8 DIN (PM8) Vertical Communications Activity
®
various tasks, such as starting a pro- Flashes when another device is
file. communicating with this control-
ler.
Channel Display:
Indicates the channel for any given
EZ-ZONE module.
Up and Down Keys ¿ ¯
- Available with the PM4, 8 and 9
only. In the Home Page, adjusts the set
point in the lower display. In other
pages, changes the upper dis-
play to a higher or lower value, or
changes a parameter selection.
Advance Key ‰
1/4 DIN (PM4) Infinity Key ˆ
Advances through parameter
prompts. ® Press to back up one level, or
press and hold for two seconds to
return to the Home Page. From
the Home Page clears alarms and
errors if clearable.
Note:
If integrated limit, the Infin-
ity Key is labeled Reset RESET
Note:
Upon power up, the upper or left display will briefly indicate the firmware revision and the
lower or right display will show PM representing the model.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 41 • Chapter 3 Keys and Displays
Responding to a Displayed Message the condition no longer exists by simply pushing the
Infinity ˆ or the Reset key or alternatively by fol-
RESET
Attention Codes lowing the steps below. If an alarm has silencing en-
An active message (see Home Page for listing) will abled, it can also be silenced.
cause the display to toggle between the normal set- Push the Advance Key ‰ to display Ignore [ignr]
tings and the active message in the upper display in the upper display and the message source (such
and Attention [Attn] in the lower display. as Limit High [Li;h1] in the lower display. Use the
Your response will depend on the message and the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys to scroll through possible
controller settings. Some messages, such as Ramp- responses, such as Clear [`CLr] or Silence [`SiL]
ing and Tuning, indicate that a process is underway. Then push the Advance ‰ or Infinity ˆ key to exe-
If the message was generated by a latched alarm cute the action. See the Home Page for further infor-
or limit condition, the message can be cleared when mation on the Attention Codes.
Display Parameter Name Setting Range Default Appears If

Description
[Attn] Attention [AL;L1] [AL;L2] [AL;L3] [AL;L4] Alarm an alarm or er-
An active message will cause the Low 1 to 4 ror message is
display to toggle between the nor- [AL;h1] [AL;h2] [AL;h3] [AL;h4] Alarm active.
mal settings and the active message High 1 to 4
in the upper display and [Attn] in [AL;E1] [AL;E2] [AL;E3] [AL;E4] Alarm
the lower display. Error 1 to 4
Your response will depend on the [Er;i1] [Er;i2] Error Input 1 or 2
message and the controller settings. [Li;L1] Limit Low 1
Some messages, such as Ramping [Li;h1] Limit High 1
and Tuning, indicate that a process [Li;E1] Limit Error 1
is underway. If the message was [tUn1] [tUn2] Tuning 1 or 2
generated by a latched alarm or [`rP1] [`rP2] Ramping 1 or 2
limit condition, the message can be [LP;o1] [LP;o2] Loop Open Error 1 or 2
cleared when the condition no lon- [LP;r1] [LP;r2] Loop Reversed Error 1 or 2
ger exists. If an alarm has silencing [C;Er1] Current Error
enabled, it can be silenced. [h;Er1] Heater Error
1. Push the Advance Key ‰ to dis- [uAL;h] Value to high to be displayed in 4
play [ignr] in the upper display digit LED display
and the message source (such as [uAL;L] Value to low to be displayed in 4
[Li;h1]) in the lower display. digit LED display
Note:
If the limit is tripped and the trip
condition is no longer present
the limit can be reset by pressing
the Reset Key RESET
(Infinity Key is
labeled Reset).
2. Use the Up ¿ and Down ¯
keys to scroll through possible
responses, such as Clear [`CLr]
or Silence [`SiL].
3. Push the Advance ‰ or Infinity
ˆ key to execute the action.
Alternatively, rather than scrolling
through all messages simply push
the Infinity ˆ button to generate
a clear.
Wat low EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 42 • Chapter 3 Keys and Displays

Navigating the EZ-ZONE PM Integrated Controller
® ®
[`Ài] [``70]
[`Set] [``72]
Home Page from anywhere: Press the Infinity Key ˆ for two seconds to return to the Home Page.
® ®
[``70] [`Ài]
[``72] [oper]
Operations Page from Home Page: Press both the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys for three seconds.
® ®
[``70] [`Ài]
[``72] [`Set]
Setup Page from Home Page: Press both the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys for six seconds.
® ®
[``70] [``p1]
[``72] [prof]
Profiling Page from Home Page: Press the Advance Key ‰ for three seconds
® ®
[``70] [Cust]
[``72] [fCty]
Factory Page from Home Page: Press both the Advance ‰ and Infinity ˆ keys for six
seconds.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 43 • Chapter 3 Keys and Displays

4 Chapter 4: Home Page
Default Home Page Parameters
Watlow’s patented user-defined menu system im- 1. Push and hold the Advance ‰ key and the Infinity
proves operational efficiency. The user-defined Home ˆ key for approximately six seconds.
Page provides you with a shortcut to monitor or Upon entering the Factory Page the first menu
change the parameter values that you use most of- will be the Custom Menu [Cust] .
ten. The default Home Page is shown on the follow- 2. Push the Advance ‰ key where the lower display
ing page. When a parameter normally located in the will show [Cust] and the upper display will show
Setup Page or Operations Page is placed in the Home [1] .
Page, it is accessible through both. If you change 3. Push the Advance ‰ button where the prompt for
a parameter in the Home Page, it is automatically the Process Value [aC; p u] will be displayed on top
changed in its original page. If you change a param- and Parameter [`par] in the bottom.
eter in its original page it is automatically changed
There are twenty positions available that can be
in the Home Page.
customized.
The Attention [Attn] parameter appears only if
there is an active message. An example of an active 4. Pushing the Up ¿ or Down ¯ arrow keys will
message could be a Current Error [C;Er1], or it could allow for a customized selection to be made (see
be for information only like Autotune [tUN1] taking list of available parameters below).
place. Custom Menu Parameter Options
Use the Advance Key ‰to step through the other Description Prompt *
parameters. When not in pairs the parameter prompt
will appear in the lower display, and the parameter If 4th or 9th digit of part number is L or M
value will appear in the upper display. You can use Limit Set Point Low [ll; s1]
the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys to change the value of Limit Set Point High [lh; s1]
writable parameters, just as you would in any other
menu. Limit Hysteresis [l; hy1]
Limit Status [l; s t1]
Note:
If a writable value is placed on the upper display All Models
and is paired with another read only parameter on None Blank
the lower display, the arrow keys affect the setting
of the upper display. If two writable parameters are Analog Input Value [Ain1] [Ain2]
paired, the arrow keys affect the lower display. Cal In Offset [i;Ca1] [i;Ca2]
If Control Mode is set to Auto, the Process Value Display Units [C_F1]
is in the upper display and the Closed Loop Set Point Load Parameter Set [Usr;1] [Usr;2]
(read-write) is in the lower display.
Alarm Low Set Point [a ; lo1] [a ; lo2]
If a profile is running, the process value is in the [a ; lo3] [a ; lo4]
upper display and the Target Set Point (read only) is
in the lower display. If Control Mode is set to Manu- Alarm High Set Point [a ; hi1] [a ; hi2]
al, the Process Value is in the upper display and the [a ; hi3] [a ; hi4]
output power level (read-write) is in the lower display. Alarm Hysteresis [a ; hy1] [a ; hy2]
If Control Mode is set to Off, the Process Value is [a ; hy3] [a ; hy4]
in the upper display and [òFF] (read only) is in the If 4th digit of part number is B, E, C, R, J, or N
lower display.
Closed Loop Set Point [C; s p1] [C; s p2]
If a sensor failure has occurred, [----] is in the
upper display and the output power level (read-write) Active Process Value [aC; p1] [aC; p2]
is in the lower display. Active Set Point [aC; s1] [aC; s2]
Changing the Set Point Open Loop Set Point [o; s p1] [o; s p2]
You can change the set point by using the Up ¿ or Autotune [aut1] [aut2]
Down ¯ keys when a profile is not running. Control Mode [C; m1] [C; m2]
Modifying the Home Page Heat Power [ h; p r1] [ h; p r2]
Follow the steps below to modify the Home Page: Cool Power [C; p r1] [C; p r2]
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 44 • Chapter 4 Home Page

Custom Menu Parameter Options the Advance key ‰ is pushed two times from the
Home Page the upper display will reflect the current
Description Prompt * control mode and the bottom display would show the
Time Integral [`ti1] [`ti2] output power. When configuring the Custom Menu to
Time Derivative [`td1] [`td2] your liking it should be noted that if a writable value
is placed on the upper display and is paired with an-
Dead Band [`d b1] [`d b2] other read only parameter on the lower display, the
Heat Prop Band [ h; p b1] [ h; p b2] arrow keys will affect the setting of the upper display.
Heat Hysteresis [ h; hy1] [ h; hy2] Also, if 2 changeable (writable) prompts are displayed
in a Pair, i.e., Control Mode on top and Idle Set Point
Cool Prop Band [C; p b1] [C; p b2] on the bottom, only the lower display (Idle Set Point)
Cool Hysteresis [C; hy1] [C; hy2] can be changed.
If 4th digit of part number is B, E, C, R, J, or N The display can be configured to scroll custom-
ized pairs by going to the Factory Page under the
Ramp Rate [r; rt1] [r; rt2] Diagnostic Menu and changing the Display Time
TRU-TUNE+ Enable [ t; tu1] [ t; tu2] [`d ; ti] prompt to something greater than 0 and
Idle Set Point [id ; s1] [id ; s2] by changing the Display Pairs [d;prs] to something
greater than 1. If the Display Time [`d ; ti] is set
If 4th digit of part number is B, E, R or N to 2, the display will toggle every 2 seconds from the
Profile Start [ p ; s t1] first display pair to the second and then the third,
Profile Action Request [ p ; a C1] etc... If the control has more than one channel and
one of the configured pairs is set as instance 2, the
Guarnteed Soak Deviation 1 [gsd1] channel indicator (LED) will change from 1 to 2 re-
If 9th digit of part number is T flecting the channel of the pair being displayed. The
Current Read [CU; r1] display will continue to toggle through all of the cus-
tom pairs at the specified time interval.
* The numerical digit shown in the prompts above
(last digit), represents the parameter instance and
can be greater than one.
Modifying the Display Pairs
The Home Page, being a customized list of as many
as 20 parameters can be configured in pairs of up to
10 via the Display Pairs [d;prs] prompt found in the
Diagnostic Menu [diag] (Factory Page). The listing
in the table that follows is what one may typically
find in the Home Page as defaults based on control-
ler part numbers. It is important to note that some
of the prompts shown may not appear simply because
the feature is not being used or is turned off. As an
example, the prompt shown in position 7 (loop 1) and
position 12 (loop 2) [`C; p r] will not appear unless
the Cool algorithm [`C; a g ] is turned on in the Setup
Page under the Loop menu.
If the ninth digit of the part number is C, J, L or M
(PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ [C, J, L, M] _ _ _ _ _) the Display
Pairs [d;prs] prompt will default to 2; otherwise, it
will be equal to one.
As stated above, the user can define pairs of
prompts to appear on the display every time the Ad-
vance ‰ key is pushed. The first pair will always
be as defined in the Custom Menu and as stated
will default (factory settings) to the Active Process
Value loop 1 [aC;pu], and the Active Set Point loop 1
[aC;sp]. If two channels are present the first 2 pairs
will be the same in that the first pair will represent
channel 1 Active Process Value and Active Set Point
and the second being the same for channel 2. If an-
other pair is created where the Display Pairs [d;prs]
prompt is equal to 3 using the default prompts, when

Possible
Home Page
Home Page Defaults Parameter Page and Menu
Display
(Dependent on Part Number)
All Models
1 Active Process Value (1) Numerical Operations Page, Monitor Menu

value
2 Active Set Point (1) Numerical Operations Page, Monitor Menu

value
If 9th digit of part number is equal to: PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ [L, M] _ _ _ _ _
3 Process Value (2) Numerical Operations Page, Monitor Menu

value
[safe]
4 Limit Status or Home Page
[fail]
If 9th digit of part number is equal to: PM _ _ _ _ _ - _ [A, C, J, R, P, T] _ _ _ _ _
3 Active Process Value (2) [pu;a2] Operations Page, Monitor Menu

4 Closed Loop Set Point (2) [C;sp2] Operations Page, Monitor Menu
5 Control Mode (1) [C;M1] Operations Page, Monitor Menu
6 Heat Power (1) [h;pr1] Operations Page, Monitor Menu
7 Cool Power (1) [C;pr1] Operations Page, Monitor Menu
8 Autotune (1) [aut1] Operations Page, Loop Menu
9 Idle Set Point(1) [id;s1] Operations Page, Loop Menu
10 Control Mode (2) [C;m2] Operations Page, Monitor Menu
11 Heat Power (2) [h;pr2] Operations Page, Monitor Menu
12 Cool Power (2) [C;pr2] Operations Page, Monitor Menu
13 Autotune (2) [aut2] Operations Page, Loop Menu
14 Idle Set Point (2) [id;s2] Operations Page, Loop Menu
15 Limit Low Set Point [ll;s1] Operations Page, Limit Menu
16 Limit High Set Point [lh;s1] Operations Page, Limit Menu
17 Profile Start [p;st1]
18 Action Request [p;aC1]
19 None
20 None
Note:
The numerical digit shown in the prompts (last digit) and within the parenthesize above, represents the pa-
rameter instance and can be greater than one.

Conventions Used in the Menu Pages [1] = 1 [0] = 0 [i] = i [r] = r
To better understand the menu pages that follow [2] = 2 [a] = A [j ] = J [S] = S
review the naming conventions used. When encoun- [3] = 3 [ b] = b [H] = K [ t] = t
tered throughout this document, the word "default"
implies as shipped from the factory. Each page (Op- [4] = 4 [c] , [C] = c [l] = L [U] = u
erations, Setup, Profile and Factory) and their asso- [5] = 5 [d ] = d [m] = M [u] = v
ciated menus have identical headers defined below:
[6] = 6 [ e] = E [n] = n [w] = W
Header Name Definition [7] = 7 [ f] = F [o] = o [y ] = y
Visually displayed infor- [8] = 8 [g ] = g [ p] = P [2] = Z
Display
mation from the control. [9] = 9 [ h] = h [q ] = q
Describes the function of
Parameter Name
the given parameter. Range
Defines options available Within this column notice that on occasion there will
for this prompt, i.e., min/ be numbers found within parenthesis. This number
Range max values (numerical), represents the enumerated value for that particular
yes/no, etc... (further ex- selection. Range selections can be made simply by
planation below). writing the enumerated value of choice using any of
Values as delivered from the available communications protocols. As an ex-
Default ample, turn to the Setup Page and look at the Analog
the factory.
Input [Ài] menu and then the Sensor Type [Sen]
Identifies unique param-
prompt. To turn the sensor off using Modbus sim-
eters using either the
Modbus Relative Ad- ply write the value of 62 (off) to register 400368 and
Modbus RTU or Modbus
dress send that value to the control.
TCP protocols (further ex-
planation below). Communication Protocols
Identifies unique param- When using a communications protocol in conjunc-
eters using either the De- tion with the EZ-ZONE PM there are two possible
CIP (Common Indus-
viceNet or EtherNet/IP ports (instances) used. Port 1 or instance 1 is always
trial Protocol)
protocol (further explana- dedicated to Standard Bus communications. This
tion below). same instance can also be used for Modbus RTU if
Identifies unique param- ordered. Depending on the controller part number
eters using Profibus DP port 2 (instance 2) can be used with Modbus, CIP
Profibus Index and Profibus. For further information read through
protocol (further explana-
tion below). the remainder of this section.
Identifies unique param- Modbus Introduction to the Modbus Protocol
Parameter ID eters used with other soft-
Gould Modicon, now called AEG Schneider, first cre-
ware such as, LabVIEW.
ated the protocol referred to as "Modbus RTU" used
uint = Unsigned 16 bit in process control systems. Modbus provides the ad-
integer vantage of being extremely reliable in exchanging
dint = Signed 32-bit, information, a highly desirable feature for industrial
long data communications. This protocol works on the
principle of packet exchanges. The packet contains
string = ASCII (8 bits the address of the controller to receive the informa-
per character) tion, a command field that says what is to be done
Data Type R/W
float = IEEE 754 32-bit with the information, and several fields of data. Each
RWES = Readable PM parameter has a unique Modbus address and
they can be found in the following Operations, Setup,
Writable Profiling, and Factory Pages.
EEPROM (saved) All Modbus registers are 16-bits and as displayed
in this User's Guide are relative addresses (actual).
User Set (saved)
Some legacy software packages limit available Mod-
bus registers to 40001 to 49999 (5 digits). Many ap-
Display plications today require access to all available Mod-
Visual information from the control is displayed to bus registers which range from 400001 to 465535 (6
the observer using a fairly standard 7 segment dis- digits). The PM controller supports 6 digit Modbus
play. Due to the use of this technology, several char- registers. For parameters listed as float, notice that
acters displayed need some interpretation, see the only one (low order) of the two registers is listed; this
list below: is true throughout this document. By default, the low

order word contains the two low bytes of the 32-bit The CIP communications instance will always be in-
parameter. As an example, look in the Operations stance 2.
Page for the Analog Input Value. Find the column
Data Types Used with CIP
identified in the header as Modbus and notice that it
lists register 360. Because this parameter is a float int = Signed 16-bit integer
it is actually represented by registers 360 (low order
uint = Signed 16-bit integer
bytes) and 361 (high order bytes). The Modbus speci-
fication does not dictate which register should be dint = Signed 32-bits, long
high or low order therefore, Watlow provides the user real = Float, IEEE 754 32-bit
the ability to swap this order (Setup Page, [Com ]
string = ASCII, 8 bits per character
Menu) from the default low/high [lohi] to high/low
[ hilo] . sint = Signed 8 bits , byte
Note: To learn more about the DeviceNet and EtherNet/IP

With the release of firmware revision 7.00 and protocol point your browser to http://www.odva.org.
above new functions where introduced into this Profibus DP
product line. With the introduction of these new
functions there was a reorganization of Modbus To accommodate for Profibus DP addressing the fol-
registers. Notice in the column identified as Mod- lowing menus contain a column identified as Profibus
bus the reference to Map 1 and Map 2 registers for Index. Data types used in conjunction with Profibus
each of the various parameters. If the new func- DP can be found in the table below.
tions, namely; Math, Linearization, Process Value, The Profibus communications instance will always be
Real Time Clock and the Special Output Function instance 2.
are to be used than use Map 2 Modbus registers.
If the new functions of this product line are not real = Float, IEEE 754 32-bit
to be used, Map 1 (legacy PM controls) Modbus reg- int = Signed 16-bit integer
isters will be sufficient. The Modbus register map- byte = 8-bits
ping [map] can be changed in the Setup Page un-
der the [Com] Menu. This setting will apply across To learn more about the Profibus DP protocol point
the control. your browser to http://www.profibus.org
It should also be noted that some of the cells in
the Modbus column contain wording pertaining to
an offset. Several parameters in the control contain
more than one instance; such as, profiles (4), alarms
(4), analog inputs (2), etc... The Modbus register
shown always represents instance one. Take for an
example the Alarm Silence parameter found in the
Setup Page under the Alarm Menu. Instance one of
Map 1 is shown as address 1490 and +50 is identified
as the offset to the next instance. If there was a de-
sire to read or write to instance 3 simply add 100 to
1490 to find its address, in this case, the instance 3
address for Alarm Silence is 1590.
The Modbus communications instance can be ei-
ther 1 or 2 depending on the part number.
Instance 1:
PM _ _ _ _ _ - [1] _ _ _ _ _ _
Instance 2:
PM _ _ _ _ _ - [2] _ _ _ _ _ _
To learn more about the Modbus protocol point your
browser to http://www.modbus.org.
Common Industrial Protocol (CIP) Introduction to CIP
Both DeviceNet and EtherNet/IP use open object
based programming tools and use the same address-
ing scheme. In the following menu pages notice the
column header identified as CIP. There you will find
the Class, Instance and Attribute in hexadecimal,
(decimal in parenthesis) which makes up the address-
ing for both protocols.
5 Chapter 5: Operations Page
Navigating the Operations Page
To navigate to the Operations Page, follow the steps the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to select and then press
below: the Advance Key ‰ to enter.
1. From the Home Page, press both the Up ¿ and 5. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to move through
Down ¯ keys for three seconds. [`Ài] will appear available menu prompts.
in the upper display and [oPEr] will appear in the 6. Press the Infinity Key ˆ to move backwards
lower display. through the levels: parameter to submenu; submenu
2. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to view available to menu; menu to Home Page.
menus. 7. Press and hold the Infinity Key ˆ for two seconds to
3. Press the Advance Key ‰ to enter the menu of return to the Home Page.
choice. On the following pages, top level menus are identified
4. If a submenu exists (more than one instance), press with a yellow background color.
Note:
Some of these menus and parameters may not appear, depending on the controller's options. See model
number information in the Appendix for more information. If there is only one instance of a menu, no sub-
menus will appear.
Note:
Some of the listed parameters may not be visible. Parameter visibility is dependent upon controller part
number.
[`Ài] [LiM] [``td] Time Derivative

[oPEr] Analog Input Menu [oPEr] Limit Menu [``db] Dead Band
[```1] [`LL;S] Limit Low Set Point [ò;SP] Open Loop Set Point
[`Ài] Analog Input (1 to 2) [`Lh;S] Limit High Set Point
[ALM]
[Àin] Analog Input Value [`LCr] Limit Clear Request
[oPEr] Alarm Menu
[ì;Er] Input Error [`L;st] Limit State
[```1]
[ì;Ca] Calibration Offset [Mon] [ALM] Alarm (1 to 4)
[`Lnr]* [oPEr] Monitor Menu [À;Lo] Alarm Low Set Point
[oPEr] Linearization Menu [```1] [À;hi] Alarm High Set Point
[```1] [mon] (1 to 2) [a;Clr] Alarm Clear Request
[`Lnr] Linearization (1 to 2) [C;MA] Control Mode Active [a;sir] Alarm Silence Request
[`Su;A] Source Value A [`h;Pr] Heat Power [à;st] Alarm State
[oFSt] Offset [`C;Pr] Cool Power
[CUrr]
[`ò;u] Output Value [`C;SP] Closed Loop Set Point
[oPEr] Current Menu
[`Pu;A] Process Value Active
[``Pu]* [`C;hi] Current High Set Point
[oPEr] Process Value Menu [Loop] [`C;Lo] Current Low Set Point
[```1]] [oPEr] Control Loop Menu [`CU;r] Current Read
[``Pu] Process Value (1 to 2) [```1] [`C;Er] Current Error
[`Su;A] Source Value A [Loop] Control Loop (1 to 2) [`h;Er] Heater Error
[`Su;b] Source Value B [`r;En] Remote Enable
[MAt]*
[oFSt] Offset [`C;M] Control Mode
[oPEr] Math Menu
[`ò;u] Output Value [A;tSP] Autotune Set Point
[`Su;A] Source Value A
[ÀUt] Autotune
[`dio] [`Su;b] Source Value B
[`C;SP] Closed Loop Set Point
[oPEr] Digital Input/Output Menu [`Su;E] Source Value E
[ìd;S] Idle Set Point
[```5] [oFSt] Offset
[`h;Pb] Heat Proportional Band
[`dio] Digital I/O (5 to 12) [`ò;u] Output Value
[`h;hy] Heat Hysteresis
[`do;S] Output State [`C;Pb] Cool Proportional Band
[`di;S] Input State [`C;hy] Cool Hysteresis
[èi;S] Event Status [``ti] Time Integral
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 49 • Chapter 5 Operations Page

[`SoF]*
[oPEr] Special Output Function
[`Su;A] Source Value 1
[`Su;b] Source Value 2
[òu;1] Output Value 1
[òu;2] Output Value 2
P;StA]
[oPEr] Profile Status Menu
[P;Str] Profile Start
[PACr] Profile Action Request
[`StP] Current Step
[S;tyP] Step Type
[t;SP1] Target Set Point Loop 1
[t;SP2] Target Set Point Loop 2
[AC;SP] Produced Set Point 1
[P;SP2] Produced Set Point 2
[hour] Hours
[min] Minutes
[`seC] Seconds
[Ent1] Event 1
[Ent2] Event 2
[``JC] Jump Count Remaining
* Available with PM4, 8 and 9 only with
9th digit of part number equal to "C" or
"J" AND with 12th digit equal to "C".
PM[4,8,9] _ _ _ _ _ - _ [C, J] _ _ [C] _ _
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controlle r • 50 • Chapter 5 Operations Page

Operations Page
CIP
Data
Modbus Class
Dis- Parameter name Profibus Param- Type
Range Default Relative Ad- Instance
play Description Index eter ID & Read/
dress Attribute
Write
hex (dec)
[`Ài]
[oPEr]
Analog Input Menu
[Àin] Analog Input (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F Instance 1 0x68 (104) 0 4001 float
[ Ain] Analog Input Value or units Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 R
View the process value. -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C 360 360 1
Note: Instance 2
Ensure that the Input Map 1 Map 2
Error (below) indicates 440 450
no error (61) when
reading this value us-
ing a field bus protocol.
If an error exists, the
last known value prior
to the error occurring
will be returned.
[ì;Er] Analog Input (1 to 2) [nonE] None (61) None Instance 1 0x68 (104) 1 4002 uint
[ i.Er] Input Error [OPEn] Open (65) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 R
View the cause of the [FAiL] Fail (32) 362 362 2
most recent error. If [Shrt] Shorted (127) Instance 2
the [Attn] message is [È;M] Measurement Er- Map 1 Map 2
[Er;i1] or [Er;i2], this ror (140) 442 452
parameter will display [E;CAL] Bad Calibration
the cause of the input Data (139)
error. [Er;Ab] Ambient Error (9)
[E;;Rtd] RTD Error (141)
[Nsrc] Not Sourced (246)
[ì;Ca] Analog Input (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F 0.0 Instance 1 0x68 (104) 2 4012 float
[ i.CA] Calibration Offset or units Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Offset the input reading -1,110.555 to 5,555.000°C 382 382 0xC (12)
to compensate for lead Instance 2
wire resistance or other Map 1 Map 2
factors that cause the in- 462 472
put reading to vary from
the actual process value.
[`Lnr]*
[oPEr]
Linearization Menu
[`Su;A] Linearization (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F Instance 1 0x86 (134) ---- 34004 float
[ Su.A] Source Value A or units Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 R
View the value of Source -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C - - - - 3566 4
A. Instance 2
Source A of Lineariza- Map 1 Map 2
tion 1 is connected to - - - - 3636
Analog Input 1
Source A of Lineariza-
tion 2 is connected to
Analog Input 2
[oFSt] Linearization (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F 0 Instance 1 0x86 (134) ---- 34006 float
[oFSt] Offset or units Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set an offset to be ap- -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C - - - - 3570 6
plied to this function's Instance 2
output. Map 1 Map 2
---- 3640
Note: R: Read
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display. Full values can W: Write
be read with other interfaces. E: EEPROM
S: User
* Available with PM4, PM8 and PM9 models only Set

Operations Page
CIP
Data
Modbus Class
dress Attribute
Write
hex (dec)
[`ò;u] Linearization (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F Instance 1 0x86 (134) ---- 34007 float
[ o.v] Output Value or units Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 R
View the value of this -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C - - - - 3572 7
function's output. Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3642
No Linearization (1 to 2) None (61) None Instance 1 0x86 (134) ---- 34028 uint
Dis- Output Error Open (65) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 R
play View reported cause for Shorted (127) - - - - 3614 0x1C (28)
Linearization output Measurement error (140) Instance 2
malfunction. Bad calibration data (139) Map 1 Map 2
Ambient error (9) - - - - 3684
RTD error (14)
Fail (32)
Math error (1423)
Not sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
Can't process (1659)
[``Pu]*
[oPEr]
Process Value Menu
[`Su;A] Process Value (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F Instance 1 0x7E (126) ---- 26016 float
[ Sv.A] Source Value A or units Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 R
View the value of Source -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C - - - - 3310 0x10 (16)
A. Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
Linearization 1 is con- - - - - 3380
nected to Source A of
Process Value 1
Linearization 2 is con-
nected to Source A of
Process Value 2
[`Su;b] Process Value (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F Instance 1 0x7E (126) ---- 26017 float
[ Sv.b] Source Value B or units Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 R
View the value of Source -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C - - - - 3312 0x11 (17)
B. Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
Linearization 2 is con- - - - - 3382
nected to Source B of
Process Value 1
Linearization 1 is con-
nected to Source B of
Process Value 2
[oFSt] Process Value (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F 0 Instance 1 0x7E (126) ---- 26023 float
[oFSt] Offset or units Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set an offset to be ap- -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C - - - - 3324 0x17 (23)
plied to this function's Instance 2
output. Map 1 Map 2
---- 3394
[`ò;u] Process Value (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F 0.0 Instance 1 0x7E (126) ---- 26022 float
[ o.v] Output Value or units Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 R
View the value of this -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C - - - - 3322 0x16 (22)
function block's output. Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3392
Note: R: Read
S: User

Operations Page
CIP
Data
Modbus Class
dress Attribute
Write
hex (dec)
No Process Value (1 to 2) None (61) None Instance 1 0x86 (134) ---- 26027 uint
Dis- Output Error Open (65) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 R
play View reported cause for Shorted (127) - - - - 3332 0x1B (27)
Process output malfunc- Measurement error (140) Instance 2
tion. Bad calibration data (139) Map 1 Map 2
Ambient error (9) - - - - 3402
RTD error (14)
Fail (32)
Math error (1423)
Not sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
[`dio]
[oPEr]
Digital Input/Output Menu
[`do;S] Digital Output (5 to 12) [òff] Off (62) Instance 1 0x6A (106) 90 6007 uint
[ do.S] Output State [`òn] On (63) Map 1 Map 2 5 to C (12) R
View the state of this 1012 1132 7
output. Offset to next
instance equals
+30
[`di;S] Digital Input (5 to 12) [òff] Off (62) ---- Instance 1 0x6A (106) ---- 6011 uint
[ di.S] Input State [`òn] On (63) Map 1 Map 2 5 to C (12) R
View this event input 1020 1140 0xB (11)
state. Offset to next
instance equals
+30
[èi;S] Digital Input (5 to 6) [ìact] Inactive (41) Instance 1 0x6E (110) 140 10005 uint
[ Ei.S] Event Status [`àct] Active (5) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 R
View this event input 1328 1568 5
instance equals
+20
[èi;S] Digital Input (7 to 12) [ìact] Inactive (41) Instance 1 0x6E (110) 140 10005 uint
[ Ei.S] Event Status [`àct] Active (5) Map 1 Map 2 5 to 10 R
View this event input - - - - 1648 5
instance equals
+20
No Dis- EZ-Key/s (1 to 2) [ìact] Inactive (41) Off Instance 1 0x6E (110) 140 10005 uint
play Event Status [`àct] Active (5) Map 1 Map 2 3 to 4 R
View this event input 1368 1608 5
state. Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 1628
[LiM]
[oPEr]
Limit Menu
[`LL;S] Limit (1) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F 0.0°F or Instance 1 0x70 (112) 38 12003 float
[ LL.S] Limit Low Set Point or units units Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Set the low process -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C -18.0°C 684 724 3
value that will trigger
the limit.
Note: R: Read
S: User

Operations Page
CIP
Data
Modbus Class
dress Attribute
Write
hex (dec)
[`Lh;S] Limit (1) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F 0.0°F or Instance 1 0x70 (112) 39 12004 float
[ Lh.S] Limit High Set Point or units units Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Set the high process -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C -18.0°C 686 726 4
the limit.
No Limit (1) Off (62) ---- Instance 1 0x70 (112) ---- 12006 uint
Dis- Limit State None (61) Map 1 Map 2 1 R
play Clear limit once limit Limit High (51) 690 730 6
condition is cleared. Limit Low (52)
Error (225)
[`lCr] Limit (1) Clear (0) ---- Instance 1 0x70 (112) ---- 12001 uint
[ LCr] Limit Clear Request No Change (255) Map 1 Map 2 1 W
Clear limit once limit 680 720 1
condition is cleared.
[`l;st] Limit (1 to 4) Fail (32) ---- Instance 1 0x70 (112) ---- 12013 uint
[ L.St] Limit Status Safe (1667) Map 1 Map 2 1 R
Reflects whether or not - - - - 744 0x0D (13)
the limit is in a safe or
failed mode.
[Mon]
[oPEr]
Monitor Menu
[C;MA] Monitor (1 to 2) [òff] Off (62) Instance 1 0x97 (151) ---- 8002 uint
[C.MA] Control Mode Active [AUto] Auto (10) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 R
View the current control [MAn] Manual (54) 1882 2362 2
mode. Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
1952 2432
[`h;Pr] Monitor (1 to 2) 0.0 to 100.0% 0.0 Instance 1 0x97 (151) ---- 8011 float
[ h.Pr] Heat Power Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 R
View the current heat 1904 2384 0xD (13)
output level. Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
1974 2454
[`C;Pr] Monitor (1 to 2) -100.0 to 0.0% 0.0 Instance 1 0x97 (151) ---- 8014 float
[ C.Pr] Cool Power Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 R
View the current cool 1906 2386 0xE (14)
output level. Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
1976 2456
[`C;SP] Monitor (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F Instance 1 0x6B (107) ---- 8029 float
[ C.SP] Closed Loop Set Point or units Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 R
View the set point cur- -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C 2172 2652 7
rently in effect. Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
2252 2732
[`Pu;A] Monitor (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F Instance 1 0x68 (104) ---- 8031 float
[ Pv.A] Process Value Active or units Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 R
View the current filtered -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C 402 402 0x16 (22)
process value using the Instance 2
control input. Map 1 Map 2
482 492
Note: R: Read
S: User

Operations Page
CIP
Data
Modbus Class
dress Attribute
Write
hex (dec)
No Dis- Monitor (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F Instance 1 0x6B (107) ---- 7018 float
play Set Point Active or units Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 R
Read the current active -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C 2172 2652 7
set point. Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
2252 2732
No Dis- Monitor (1 to 2) Off (62) Instance 1 0x97 (151) ---- 8027 uint
play Autotune Status Waiting for cross 1 positive Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 R
Read the present status (119) 1932 2412 27
of Autotune. Waiting for cross 1 nega- Instance 2
tive (120) Map 1 Map 2
Waiting for cross 2 positive 2002 2482
(121)
Waiting for cross 2 nega-
tive (122)
Waiting for cross 3 positive
(123)
Waiting for cross 3 nega-
tive (150)
Measuring maximum peak
(151)
Measuring minimum peak
(152)
Calculating (153)
Complete (18)
Timeout (118)
[Loop]
[oPEr]
Control Loop Menu
[`r;En] Control Loop (1 to 2) [``no] No (59) No Instance 1 0x6B (107) 48 7021 uint
[ r.En] Remote Enable [`YES] Yes (106) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Enable this loop to 2200 2680 0x15 (21)
switch control to the re- Instance 2
mote set point. Map 1 Map 2
2280 2760
[`r;ty] Control Loop (1 to 2) [auto] Auto (10) Auto Instance 1 0x6B (107) ---- 7022 uint
[ r.ty] Remote Set Point [man] Manual (54) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Type 2202 2682 0x16 (22)
Enable this loop to Instance 2
switch control to the re- Map 1 Map 2
mote set point. 2282 2762
[`C;M] Control Loop (1 to 2) [òff] Off (62) Auto Instance 1 0x97 (151) 63 8001 uint
[ C.M] Control Mode [AUto] Auto (10) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Select the method that [MAn] Manual (54) 1880 2360 1
this loop will use to Instance 2
control. Map 1 Map 2
1950 2430
[A;tSP] Control Loop (1 to 2) 50.0 to 200.0% 90.0 Instance 1 0x97 (151) ---- 8025 float
[A.tSP} Autotune Set Point Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the set point that 1918 2398 0x14 (20)
the autotune will use, as Instance 2
a percentage of the cur- Map 1 Map 2
rent set point. 1988 2468
Note: R: Read
S: User

Operations Page
CIP
Data
Modbus Class
dress Attribute
Write
hex (dec)
[ÀUt] Control Loop (1 to 2) [``no] No (59) No Instance 1 0x97 (151) 64 8026 uint
[ AUt] Autotune [`YES] Yes (106) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RW
Start an autotune. While 1920 2400 0x15 (21)
the autotune is active, Instance 2
the Home Page will Map 1 Map 2
display [Attn] [tUn1] 1990 2470
or [tun2]. When the
autotune is complete, the
message will clear auto-
matically.
[`C;SP] Control Loop (1 to 2) Low Set Point to High Set 75.0°F Instance 1 0x6B (107) 49 7001 float
[ C.SP] Closed Loop Set Point Point (Setup Page) or Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the set point that units 2160 2640 1
the controller will auto- 24.0°C Instance 2
matically control to. Map 1 Map 2
2240 2720
[ìd;S] Control Loop (1 to 2) Low Set Point to High Set 75.0°F Instance 1 0x6B (107) 50 7009 float
[ id.S] Idle Set Point Point (Setup Page) or Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set a closed loop set units 2176 2656 9
point that can be trig- 24.0°C Instance 2
gered by an event state. Map 1 Map 2
2197 2736
[`h;Pb] Control Loop (1 to 2) 0.001 to 9,999.000°F or 25.0°F Instance 1 0x97 (151) 65 8009 float
[ h.Pb] Heat Proportional units or Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Band -1,110.555 to 5,555.000°C units 1890 2370 6
Set the PID proportional 14.0°C Instance 2
band for the heat out- Map 1 Map 2
puts. 1960 2440
[`h;hy] Control Loop (1 to 2) 0.001 to 9,999.000°F or 3.0°F or Instance 1 0x97 (151) 66 8010 float
[ h.hy] Heat Hysteresis units units Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the control switch- 0.001 to 5,555.000°C 2.0°C 1900 2380 0xB (11)
ing hysteresis for on-off Instance 2
control. This determines Map 1 Map 2
how far into the “on” 1970 2450
region the process value
needs to move before the
output turns on.
[`C;Pb] Control Loop (1 to 2) 0.001 to 9,999.000°F or 25.0°F Instance 1 0x97 (151) 67 8012 float
[ C.Pb] Cool Proportional units or Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Band 0.001 to 5,555.000°C units 1892 2370 7
Set the PID proportional 14.0°C Instance 2
band for the cool out- Map 1 Map 2
puts. 1962 2442
[`C;hy] Control Loop (1 to 2) 0.001 to 9,999.000°F or 3.0°F or Instance 1 0x97 (151) 68 8013 float
[ C.hy] Cool Hysteresis units units Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the control switch- 0.001 to 5,555.000°C 2.0°C 1902 2382 0xC (12)
ing hysteresis for on-off Instance 2
control. This determines Map 1 Map 2
how far into the “on” 1972 2522
region the process value
needs to move before the
output turns on.
Note: R: Read
S: User

Operations Page
CIP
Data
Modbus Class
dress Attribute
Write
hex (dec)
[``ti] Control Loop (1 to 2) 0 to 9,999 seconds per 180.0 Instance 1 0x97 (151) 69 8006 float
[ ti] Time Integral repeat seconds Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the PID integral for per re- 1894 2374 8
the outputs. peat Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
1964 2444
[``td] Control Loop (1 to 2) 0 to 9,999 seconds 0.0 Instance 1 0x97 (151) 70 8007 float
[ td] Time Derivative seconds Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the PID derivative 1896 2376 9
time for the outputs. Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
1966 2446
[``dB] Control Loop (1 to 2) -1,000.0 to 1,000.0°F or 0.0 Instance 1 0x97 (151) 71 8008 float
[ db] Dead Band units Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the offset to the -556 to 556°C 1898 2378 0xA (10)
proportional band. With Instance 2
a negative value, both Map 1 Map 2
heating and cooling 1968 2448
outputs are active when
the process value is near
the set point. A positive
value keeps heating and
cooling outputs from
fighting each other.
[ò;SP] Control Loop (1 to 2) -100 to 100% (heat and 0.0 Instance 1 0x6B (107) 51 7002 float
[ o.SP] Open Loop Set Point cool) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set a fixed level of out- 0 to 100% (heat only) 2162 2642 2
put power when in man- -100 to 0% (cool only) Instance 2
ual (open-loop) mode. Map 1 Map 2
2242 2722
No Control Loop (1 to 2) None (61) ---- Instance 1 0x6C (108) ---- 8048 uint
Dis- Loop Error Open Loop (1274) Map 1 Map 2 1 R
play Open Loop detect devia- Reversed Sensor (1275) - - - - 1798 0x30 (48)
tion has been exceeded.
No Control Loop (1 to 2) Clear (129) ---- Instance 1 0x6C (108) ---- 8049 uint
Dis- Clear Loop Error Ignore (204) Map 1 Map 2 1 W
play Current state of limit - - - - 1800 0x31 (49)
output.
No Control Loop (1 to 2) -100.0 to 100.0 ---- Instance 1 0x97 (151) ---- 8033 float
Dis- Loop Output Power Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 R
play View the loop output 1908 2388 0x0F (15)
power. Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
1978 2458
Note: R: Read
S: User

Operations Page
CIP
Data
Modbus Class
dress Attribute
Write
hex (dec)
[ALM]
[oPEr]
Alarm Menu
[À;Lo] Alarm (1 to 4) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F 32.0°F Instance 1 0x6D 18 9002 float
[ A.Lo] Alarm Low Set Point or units or Map 1 Map 2 (109) RWES
If Alarm Type (Setup -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C units 1482 1882 1 to 4
Page, Alarm Menu) is 0.0°C 2
set to: Offset to next
process - set the process instance (Map
value that will trigger a 1) equals +50
low alarm.
deviation - set the span Offset to next
of units from the closed instance (Map
loop set point that will 2) equals +60
trigger a low alarm. A
negative set point rep-
resents a value below
closed loop set point. A
positive set point rep-
resents a value above
closed loop set point.
[À;hi] Alarm (1 to 4) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F 300.0°F Instance 1 0x6D 19 9001 float
[ A.hi] Alarm High Set Point or units or Map 1 Map 2 (109) RWES
If Alarm Type (Setup -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C units 1480 1880 1 to 4
Page, Alarm Menu) is 150.0°C 1
value that will trigger a 1) equals +50
high alarm.
trigger a high alarm.
[a;Clr] Alarm (1 to 4) [`Clr] Clear (0) ---- Instance 1 0x6D ---- 9013 uint
[A.Clr] Alarm Clear Request No Change (255) Map 1 Map 2 (109) W
Write to this register to 1504 1904 1 to 4
clear an alarm 0xD (13)
Offset to next
Note: instance (Map1
If an alarm is setup 1 equals +50,
to latch when active Map 2 equals
[a;Clr] will appear on +60)
the display.
[a;sir] Alarm (1 to 4) [`sil] Silence Alarm 0 Instance 1 0x6D ---- 9014 uint
[A.Sir] Alarm Silence Request (1010) Map 1 Map 2 (109) W
silence an alarm 0xE (14)
Offset to next
Note: instance (Map1
If an alarm is setup 1 equals +50,
to silence alarm when Map 2 equals
active [a;sir] will ap- +60)
pear on the display.
Note: R: Read
S: User

Operations Page
CIP
Data
Modbus Class
dress Attribute
Write
hex (dec)
[à;st] Alarm (1 to 4) Startup (88) Startup Instance 1 0x6D ---- 9009 uint
[ A.St] Alarm State None (61) Map 1 Map 2 (109) R
Current state of alarm Blocked (12) 1496 1896 1 to 4
Alarm low (8) 9
Alarm high (7) Offset to next
Error (28) instance [Map1
+50], [Map 2
+60]
No Alarm (1 to 4) [``no] No (59) Instance 1 0x6D ---- 9012 uint
Dis- Alarm Clearable [`YES] Yes (106) Map 1 Map 2 (109) R
play Indicates if alarm can be 1502 1902 1 to 4
cleared. 0xC (12)
Offset to next
instance (Map1
1 equals +50,
Map 2 equals
+60)
No Alarm (1 to 4) Yes (106) ---- Instance 1 0x6D ---- 9011 uint
Dis- Alarm Silenced No (59) Map 1 Map 2 (109) R
play Indicates if alarm is 1500 1900 1 to 4
silenced. 0x0B (11)
Offset to next
instance (Map1
1 equals +50,
Map 2 equals
+60)
No Alarm (1 to 4) Yes (106) ---- Instance 1 0x6D ---- 9010 uint
Dis- Alarm Latched No (59) Map 1 Map 2 (109) R
play Indicates if alarm is 1498 1898 1 to 4
latched. 0x0A (10)
Offset to next
instance (Map1
1 equals +50,
Map 2 equals
+60)
[CUrr]
[oPEr]
Current Menu
[`C;hi] Current (1) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 50.0 Instance 1 0x73 (115) ---- 15008 float
[ C.hi] Current High Set Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Point 1134 1374 8
Set the current value
that will trigger a high
heater error state.
[`C;Lo] Current (1) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 0.0 Instance 1 0x73 (115) ---- 15009 float
[ C.Lo] Current Low Set Point Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Set the current value 1136 1376 9
that will trigger a low
heater error state.
[`CU;r] RMS Current (1) 0 to 9,999.00 ---- Instance 1 0x73 (115) ---- 15007 float
[ CU.r] Current Read Map 1 Map 2 1 R
View the RMS current 1132 1372 7
value monitored by the
current transformer.
Note: R: Read
S: User

Operations Page
CIP
Data
Modbus Class
dress Attribute
Write
hex (dec)
[`C;Er] Current (1) [nonE] None (61) None Instance 1 0x73 (115) ---- 15002 uint
[ C.Er] Current Error [Shrt] Shorted (127) Map 1 Map 2 1 R
View the most recent [open] Open (65) 1160 1400 2
load status.
[`h;Er] Current (1) [nonE] None (61) None Instance 1 0x73 (115) ---- 15003 uint
[ h.Er] Heater Error [high] High (37) Map 1 Map 2 1 R
Determine if load cur- [Low] Low (53) 1124 1364 3
rent flow is within
the High and Low Set
Points.
No Current (1) None (61) ---- Instance 1 0x73 (115) ---- 15021 uint
Dis- Error Status Fail (32) Map 1 Map 2 1 R
play View the cause of the 1160 1400 21
most recent load fault
[MAt]*
[oPEr]
Math Menu
[`Su;A] Math (1) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F 0.0 Instance 1 0x7D ---- 25016 float
[ Sv.A] Source Value A or units Map 1 Map 2 (125) RWES
A or Linearization 1. 0x10 (16)
[`Su;b] Math (1) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F 0.0 Instance 1 0x7D ---- 25017 float
[ Sv.b] Source Value B or units Map 1 Map 2 (125) RWES
B or Linearization 2. 0x11 (17)
[`Su;E] Math (1) [òff] Off (62) 0 Instance 1 0x7D ---- 25020 uint
[ Su.E] Source Value E [`òn] On (63) Map 1 Map 2 (125) RWES
Disables Process/Devia- - - - - 3038 1
tion scale when on. 0x14 (20)
[oFSt] Math (1) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F 0.0 Instance 1 0x7D ---- 25023 float
[oFSt] Offset or units Map 1 Map 2 (125) RWES
Set an offset to be ap- -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C - - - - 3044 1
plied to this function's 0x17 (23)
output.
[`ò;u] Math (1) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F 0.0 Instance 1 0x7D ---- 25022 float
[ o.v] Output Value or units Map 1 Map 2 (125) RWES
View the value of this -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C - - - - 3042 1
function's output. 0x16 (22)
No Math (1) None (61) ---- Instance 1 0x7D ---- 25029 uint
Dis- Math Output Error Open (65) Map 1 Map 2 (125) R
play View reported cause for Shorted (127) - - - - 3056 1
math malfunction. Measurement error (140) 0x1D (29)
Bad calibration data (139)
Ambient error (9)
RTD error (14)
Fail (32)
Math error (1423)
Not sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
Note: R: Read
S: User

Operations Page
CIP
Data
Modbus Class
dress Attribute
Write
hex (dec)
[`SoF]*
[oPEr]
Special Output Function Menu
[`Su;A] Special Output Func- -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F ---- Instance 1 0x87 (135) ---- 35007 float
[ Sv.A] tion (1) or units Map 1 Map 2 1 R
Source Value 1 -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C - - - - 3852 7
View the value of Source
A which is connected to
Loop Power 1.
[`Su;b] Special Output Func- -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F ---- Instance 1 0x87 (135) ---- 35008 float
[ Su.b] tion (1) or units Map 1 Map 2 1 R
Source Value 2 -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C - - - - 3854 8
View the value of Source
B which is connected to
Loop Power 2.
[ò;u1] Special Output Func- -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F ---- Instance 1 0x87 (135) ---- 35010 float
[ o.v1] tion (1) or units Map 1 Map 2 1 R
Output Value 1 -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C - - - - 3858 0xA (10)
View the value of this
function's Output 1.
[ò;u2] Special Output Func- -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F ---- Instance 1 0x87 (135) ---- 35012 float
[ o.v2] tion (1) or units Map 1 Map 2 1 R
Output Value 2 -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C - - - - 3862 0xC (12)
View the value of this
function's Output 2.
No Special Output Func- None (61) ---- Instance 1 0x87 (135) ---- 35011 uint
Dis- tion (1) Open (65) Map 1 Map 2 1 R
play Output Error 1 Shorted (127) - - - - 3860 0x0B (11)
View reported cause for Measurement error (140)
output malfunction. Bad calibration data (139)
Ambient error (9)
RTD error (14)
Fail (32)
Math error (1423)
Not sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
No Special Output Func- None (61) ---- Instance 1 0x87 (135) ---- 35013 uint
Dis- tion (1) Open (65) Map 1 Map 2 1 R
play Output Error 2 Shorted (127) - - - - 3940 0x0D (13)
View reported cause for Measurement error (140)
output malfunction. Bad calibration data (139)
Ambient error (9)
RTD error (14)
Fail (32)
Math error (1423)
Not sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
Note: R: Read
S: User

Operations Page
CIP
Data
Modbus Class
dress Attribute
Write
hex (dec)
[P;Sta] * Available with PM8/9 only
[oPEr] * Some parameters in the Profile Status Menu can be changed for the
Profile Status Menu currently running profile, but should only be changed by knowledge-
able personnel and with caution. Changing parameters via the Pro-
Profile Menu appears if: file Status Menu will not change the stored profile but will have an
(PM _ [R, B*, N, E*] _ _ _-_ _ _ _ _ _ _) immediate impact on the profile that is running.
Changes made to profile parameters in the Profiling Pages will be
saved and will also have an immediate impact on the running profile.
[P;Str] Profile Status 1 to 40 1 Instance 1 0x7A (122) 204 22001 uint
[P.Str] Profile Start Map 1 Map 2 1 RW
Select step to act upon. 2520 4340 1
[P;ACr] Profile Status [nonE] None (61) None Instance 1 0x7A (122) 205 22011 uint
[PACr] Action Request [step] Step Start (89) Map 1 Map 2 1 RW
[Ènd] Terminate (148) 2540 4360 0xB (11)
[rESU] Resume (147)
[PAUS] Pause (146)
[ProF] Profile (77)
[`StP] Profile Status 1 to 40 0 (none) Instance 1 0x7A (122) ---- 22004 uint
[ StP] Step Map 1 Map 2 1 R
View the currently run- 2526 4346 4
ning step.
[S;typ] Profile Status UStP] Unused Step (50) Instance 1 0x7A (122) ---- 22013 uint
[S.typ] Active Step Type [Ènd] End (27) Map 1 Map 2 1 R
View the currently run- [``JL] Jump Loop (116) 2544 4364 0xD (13)
ning step type. [CloC] Wait For Time
(1543)
[W;bo] Wait For Both
(210)
[W;Pr] Wait For Process
(209)
[`W;E] Wait For Event
(144)
[SoAH] Soak (87)
[``ti] Time (143)
[rAtE] Rate (81)
[t;SP1] Profile Status -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F 0.0°F Instance 1 0x7A (122) ---- 22012 float
[tg.SP] *Target Set Point or units or Map 1 Map 2 1 RW
Loop 1 -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C units 2542 4362 0xC (12)
View or change the tar- -18.0°C
get set point of the cur-
rent step.
[t;SP2] Profile Status -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F 0.0°F Instance 1 0x7A (122) ---- 22048 float
[tg.SP] *Target Set Point or units or Map 1 Map 2 1 RW
Loop 2 -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C units - - - - 4434 0x30 (48)
View or change the tar- -18.0°C
get set point of the cur-
rent step.
[aC;sp] Profile Status -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F 0.0°F Instance 1 ---- ---- 22005 float
[AC. Produced Set Point 1 or units or Map 1 Map 2 R
SP] Display the current set -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C units - - - - ----
point, even if the profile -18.0°C
is ramping.
[p;sp2] Profile Status -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F 0.0°F Instance 1 ---- ---- 22051 float
[P.SP2] Produced Set Point 2 or units or Map 1 Map 2 R
Display the current set -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C units - - - - ----
point, even if the profile -18.0°C
is ramping.
Note: R: Read
S: User

Operations Page
CIP
Data
Modbus Class
dress Attribute
Write
hex (dec)
[hoUr] Profile Status 0 to 99 0 Instance 1 0x7A (122) ---- 22078 uint
[hoUr] Hours Map 1 Map 2 1 RW
Step time remaing in - - - - 4494 0x4E (78)
hours.
[min] Profile Status 0 to 59 0 Instance 1 0x7A (122) ---- 22077 uint
[ Min] Minutes Map 1 Map 2 1 RW
Step time remaing in - - - - 4492 0x4D (77)
minutes.
[`seC] Profile Status 0 to 59 0 Instance 1 0x7A (122) ---- 22076 uint
[ SEC] Seconds Map 1 Map 2 1 RW
Step time remaing in - - - - 4490 0x4C (76)
seconds.
[Ent1] Profile Status [òff] Off (62) Off Instance 1 0x7A (122) ---- 22014 uint
[Ent1] Event 1 [`òn] On (63) Map 1 Map 2 1 RW
View or change the 2546 4366 0xE (14)
event output states.
[Ent2] Profile Status [òff] Off (62) Off Instance 1 0x7A (122) ---- 22015 uint
[Ent2] Event 2 [`òn] On (63) Map 1 Map 2 1 RW
View or change the 2548 4368 0xF (15)
event output states.
[``JC] Profile Status 0 to 9,999 0 Instance 1 0x7A (122) ---- 22010 uint
[ JC] Jump Count Remain- Map 1 Map 2 1 R
ing 2538 4358 0xA (10)
View the jump counts
remaining for the cur-
rent loop. In a profile
with nested loops, this
may not indicate the
actual jump counts re-
maining.
No Profile Status Off (62) ---- Instance 1 0x7A (122) ---- 22002 uint
Dis- Profile State Running (149) Map 1 Map 2 1 R
play Read currentProfile Pause (146) 2522 4342 2
state.
No Profile Status 1 to 4 0 Instance 1 0x7A (122) ---- 22003 uint
Dis- Current File Map 1 Map 2 1 R
play Indicates current file be- 2524 4344 3
ing executed.
Note: R: Read
S: User

6 Chapter 6: Setup Page
Navigating the Setup Page
To navigate to the Setup Page, follow the steps below: the Advance Key ‰ to enter.
1. From the Home Page, press both the Up ¿ and 5. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to move through
Down ¯ keys for six seconds. [`Ài] will appear available menu prompts.
in the upper display and [`Set] will appear in the 6. Press the Infinity Key ˆ to move backwards
lower display. through the levels: parameter to submenu; submenu
2. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to view available to menu; menu to Home Page.
menus. 7. Press and hold the Infinity Key ˆ for two seconds to
3. Press the Advance Key ‰ to enter the menu of return to the Home Page.
choice. On the following pages, top level menus are identified
4. If a submenu exists (more than one instance), press with a yellow background color.
the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to select and then press
Note:
menus will appear.
Note:
number.
[`Ài] [òp;3] Output Point 3 [ò;hi] Output High Power Scale

[`Set] Analog Input Menu [ìp;4] Input Point 4 [`leu] Active Level
[```1] [òp;4] Output Point 4 [``Fn] Action Function
[`Ài] Analog Input (1 to 2) [ìp;5] Input Point 5 [``Fi] Function Instance
[`SEn] Sensor Type [òp;5] Output Point 5
[LiM]
[`Lin] TC Linearization [ìp;6] Input Point 6
[`Set] Limit Menu
[`rt;L] RTD Leads [òp;6] Output Point 6
[`L;SD] Limit Sides
[Unit] Units [ìp;7] Input Point 7
[`L;hy] Limit Hysteresis
[`S;Lo] Scale Low [òp;7] Output Point 7
[SP;Lh] Set Point High Limit
[`S;hi] Scale High [ìp;8] Input Point 8
[SP;LL] Set Point Low Limit
[`r;Lo] Range Low [òp;8] Output Point 8
[`Lh;S] Limit High Set Point **
[`r;hi] Range High [ìp;9] Input Point 9
[`LL;S] Limit Low Set Point **
[`P;EE] Process Error Enable [òp;9] Output Point 9
[SFn;A] Source Function A **
[`P;EL] Process Error Low Value [ip;10] Input Point 10
[`Si;A] Source Instance A **
[``t;C] Thermistor Curve [op;10] Output Point 10
[`l;Cr] Limit Clear Request **
[``r;r] Resistance Range [``Pu]* [`l;st] Limit Status **
[`FiL] Filter [`Set] Process Value Menu [`l;it] Integrate with System
[ì;er] Input Error Latching [```1]
[`dEC] Display Precision [``Pu] Process Value (1 to 2)
[Loop]
[`s;ba] Sensor Backup [`Set] Control Loop Menu
[``Fn] Function
[ì;Ca] Calibration Offset ** [P;unt] Pressure Units
[```1]
[Àin] Analog Input Value ** [Loop] Control Loop (1 to 2)
[A;unt] Altitude Units
[ì;Er] Input Error Status ** [`h;Ag] Heat Algorithm
[`b;pr] Barometric Pressure
[`C;Ag] Cool Algorithm
[`Lnr]* [`FiL] Filter
[`C;Cr] Cool Output Curve
[`Set] Linearization Menu [`dio]
[`h;Pb] Heat Proportional Band
[```1] [`Set] Digital Input/Output Menu
[`h;hy] Heat Hysteresis
[`Lnr] Linearization (1 to 2) [```5]
[`C;Pb] Cool Proportional Band
[``Fn] Function [`dio] Digital I/O (5 to 12)
[`C;hy] Cool Hysteresis
[Unit] Units [`dir] Direction
[``ti] Time Integral
[ìp;1] Input Point 1 [``Fn] Output Function
[``td] Time Derivative
[òp;1] Output Point 1 [``Fi] Output Function Instance
[``db] Dead Band
[ìp;2] Input Point 2 [ò;Ct] Output Control
[t;tUn] TRU-TUNE+ Enable
[òp;2] Output Point 2 [ò;tb] Output Time Base
[t;bnd] TRU-TUNE+ Band
[ìp;3] Input Point 3 [ò;Lo] Output Low Power Scale
* Available with PM4, PM8 and PM9 models only

** These parameters/prompts are available with firmware revisions 11.0 and above.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 64 • Chapter 6 Setup Page

[`t;gn] TRU-TUNE+ Gain [CUrr] [COM]
[A;tSP] Autotune Set Point [`Set] Current Menu [`Set] Communications Menu
[t;Agr] Autotune Aggressiveness [`C;Sd] Current Sides [```1]
[`P;dl] Peltier Delay [`C;Ur] Current Read Enable [COM] Communications (1 to 2)
[`r;En] Remote Set Point Enable [`C;dt] Current Detection [pCol] Protocol
[`r;ty] Remote Set Point Type Threshold [à;ds] Standard Bus Address
[ÙFA] User Failure Action [`C;SC] Input Current Scaling [bAUd] Baud Rate
[FAiL] Input Error Failure [C;ofs] Heater Current Offset [`PAr] Parity
[MAn] Fixed Power [`C;Si] Current Output Source [M;hL] Modbus Word Order
[`L;dE] Open Loop Detect Enable Instance [iP;m] IP Address Mode
[`L;dt] Open Loop Detect Time [ip;f1] IP Fixed Address Part 1
[`L;dd] Open Loop Detect Deviation [MAt]*
[ip;f2] IP Fixed Address Part 2
[``rp] Ramp Action [`Set] Math Menu
[`r;SC] Ramp Scale [``Fn] Function
[`r;rt] Ramp Rate [SFn;E] Source Function E
[`L;SP] Low Set Point [`Si;E] Source Instance E
[`h;SP] High Set Point [`S;Lo] Scale Low
[ip;51] IP Fixed Subnet Part 1
[`C;SP] Closed Loop Set Point [`S;hi] Scale High
[ìd;S] Idle Set Point [`r;Lo] Range Low
[SP;Lo] Set Point Open Limit Low [`r;hi] Range High
[SP;hi] Set Point Open Limit High [`FiL] Filter
[ip;s5] IP Fixed Subnet Part 5
[ò;SP] Open Loop Set Point [`SoF]* [ip;s6] IP Fixed Subnet Part 6
[`C;M] Control Mode [`Set] Special Output Function Menu [ip;g1] IP Fixed Gateway Part 1
[otpt] [``Fn] Function [ip;g2] IP Fixed Gateway Part 2
[`Set] Output Menu [SFn;A] Source Function A [ip;g3] IP Fixed Gateway Part 3
[```1] [`Si;A] Source Instance A [ip;g4] IP Fixed Gateway Part 4
[otpt] Output (1 to 4) [SFn;B] Source Function B [ip;g5] IP Fixed Gateway Part 5
[``Fn] Output Function [`Si;B] Source Instance B [ip;g6] IP Fixed Gateway Part 6
[``Fi] Output Function Instance [Pon;A] Power On Level 1 [mb;e] Modbus TCP Enable
[ò;Ct] Output Control [PoF;A] Power Off Level 1 [eip;e] EtherNet/IP Enable
[ò;tb] Output Time Base [Pon;b] Power On Level 2 [ao;nb] CIP Implicit Assembly
[ò;Lo] Output Low Power Scale [PoF;b] Power Off Level 2 Output Member Quantity
[ò;hi] Output High Power Scale [òn;t] On Time [ai;nb] CIP Implicit Assembly In-
[otpt] Output Process (1, 3) [òf;t] Off Time put Member Quantity
[ò;ty] Output Type [``t;t] Valve Travel Time [`C_f] Display Units
[``Fn] Output Function [``db] Dead Band [map] Data Map
[`r;sr] Retransmit Source [`t;dl] Time Delay [`nu;s] Non-Volatile Save
[``Fi] Output Function Instance [`fUn] [`rtC]*
[`S;Lo] Scale Low [`Set] Function Key Menu [`Set] Real Time Clock
[`S;hi] Scale High [```1] [hoUr] Hours
[`r;Lo] Range Low [`fUn] Function Key (1 to 2) [min] Minutes
[`r;hi] Range High [`leu] Active Level [dow] Day of Week
[ò;lo] Output Low Power Scale [``Fn] Action Function
[ò;ho] Output High Power Scale [``fi] Function Instance
[ò;CA] Calibration Offset
[ALM] [gLbL]
[`Set] Alarm Menu [`Set] Global Menu
[```1] [`C_F] Display Units
[ALM] Alarm (1 to 4) [AC;LF] AC Line Frequency
[À;ty] Alarm Type [r;typ] Ramping Type
[`sr;a] Alarm Source [p;typ] Profile Type
[ìs;;A] Alarm Source Instance [`gse] Guaranteed Soak Enable
[loop] Control Loop [gsd1] Guaranteed Soak Devia-
[À;hy] Alarm Hysteresis tion 1
[à;Lg] Alarm Logic [gsd2] Guaranteed Soak Devia-
[À;SD] Alarm Sides tion 2
[À;Lo] Alarm Low Set Point [`si;a] Source Instance A
[À;hi] Alarm High Set Point [`si;b] Source Instance B
[à;LA] Alarm Latching [poti] Power Off Time
[À;bL] Alarm Blocking [C;led] Communications LED Act-
[à;Si] Alarm Silencing ion
[A;dsp] Alarm Display [2one] Zone
[À;dL] Alarm Delay Time [Chan] Channel
[a;Clr] Alarm Clear Request [d;prs] Display Pairs
[a;sir] Alarm Silence Request [`d;ti] Display Time
[à;st] Alarm State [Usr;s] User Settings Save
[Usr;r] User Settings Restore

Setup Page
CIP Data
Modbus Rela- Class Pro- Type
Dis- Parameter Name Param-
Range Default tive Instance fibus &
play Description eter ID
Address Attribute Index Read/
hex (dec) Write
[`Ài]
[`Set]
Analog Input Menu
[`Sen] Analog Input (1 to 2) [òFF] Off (62) Off Instance 1 0x68 (104) 3 4005 uint
[ SEn] Sensor Type [``tC] Thermocouple (95) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the analog sensor [`mu] Millivolts (56) 368 368 5
type to match the device [uolT] Volts dc (104) Instance 2
wired to this input. [`MA] Milliamps dc (112) Map 1 Map 2
[r0;1H] RTD 100 Ω (113) 448 458
Note: [r1;0H] RTD 1,000 Ω (114)
There is no open-sensor [`Pot] Potentiometer 1 kΩ
detection for process inputs. (155)
[thEr] Thermistor (229)
[`Lin] Analog Input (1 to 2) [```b] B (11) [```H] K (48) J Instance 1 0x68 (104) 4 4006 uint
[ Lin] TC Linearization [```C] C (15) [```n] N (58) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the linearization to [```d] D (23) [```r] R (80) 370 370 6
match the thermocouple [``È] E (26) [```S] S (84) Instance 2
wired to this input. [```F] F (30) [```t] T (93) Map 1 Map 2
[```J] J (46) 450 460
[`Rt;L] Analog Input (1 to 2) [```2] 2 (1) 2 Instance 1 0x68 (104) ---- 4007 uint
[ rt.L] RTD Leads [```3] 3 (2) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set to match the num- 372 368 7
ber of leads on the RTD Instance 2
wired to this input. Map 1 Map 2
452 462
[Unit] Analog Input (1 to 2) [À;tP] Absolute Temperature Process Instance 1 0x68 (104) 5 4042 uint
[Unit] Units (1540) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the type of units the [``rh] Relative Humidity ---- 442 0x2A (42)
sensor will measure. (1538) Instance 2
[`Pro] Process (75) Map 1 Map 2
[PWr] Power (73) ---- 532
[`S;Lo] Analog Input (1 to 2) -100.0 to 1,000.0 0.0 Instance 1 0x68 (104) 6 4015 float
[ S.Lo] Scale Low Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the low scale for pro- 388 388 0xF (15)
cess inputs. This value, Instance 2
in millivolts, volts or mil- Map 1 Map 2
liamps, will correspond to 468 478
the Range Low output of
this function block.
[`S;hi] Analog Input (1 to 2) -100.0 to 1,000.0 20.0 Instance 1 0x68 (104) 7 4016 float
[ S.hi] Scale High Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the high scale for 390 390 0x10 (16)
process inputs. This Instance 2
value, in millivolts, volts Map 1 Map 2
or milliamps, will corre- 470 480
spond to the Range High
output of this function
block.
[`r;Lo] Analog Input (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 0.0 Instance 1 0x68 (104) 8 4017 float
[ r.Lo] Range Low Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the low range for this 392 392 0x11 (17)
function block's output. Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
472 482
Note: R: Read
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display. Full values can be read W: Write
E: EEPROM
with other interfaces.
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[`r;hi] Analog Input (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 9,999 Instance 1 0x68 (104) 9 4018 float
[ r.hi] Range High Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the high range for 394 394 0x12 (18)
this function block's Instance 2
output. Map 1 Map 2
474 484
[`P;EE] Analog Input (1 to 2) [òff] Off (62) Off Instance 1 0x68 (104) 10 4030 uint
[ P.EE] Process Error Enable [Low] Low (53) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Turn the Process Error 418 388 0x1E (30)
Low feature on or off. Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
498 508
[`P;EL] Analog Input (1 to 2) -100.0 to 1,000.0 0.0 Instance 1 0x68 (104) 11 4031 float
[ P.EL] Process Error Low Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Value 420 420 0x1F (31)
If the process value drops Instance 2
below this value, it will Map 1 Map 2
trigger an input error. 500 510
[``t;C] Analog Input (1 to 2) [``À] Curve A (1451) Curve A Instance 1 0x68 (104) ---- 4038 uint
[ t.C] Thermistor Curve [```b] Curve B (1452) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Select a curve to apply to [```C] Curve C (1453) 434 434 20x6 (38)
the thermistor input. [CUSt] Custom (180) Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
514 524
[``r;r] Analog Input (1 to 2) [```5] 5K (1448) 40K Instance 1 0x68 (104) ---- 4037 uint
[ r.r] Resistance Range [``10] 10K (1360) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the maximum resis- [``20] 20K (1361) 432 432 0x25 (37)
tance of the thermistor [``40] 40K (1449) Instance 2
input. Map 1 Map 2
512 522
[`FiL] Analog Input (1 to 2) 0.0 to 60.0 seconds 0.5 Instance 1 0x68 (104) 12 4014 float
[ FiL] Filter Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Filtering smooths out the 386 386 0xE (14)
process signal to both the Instance 2
display and the input. Map 1 Map 2
Increase the time to in- 466 476
crease filtering.
[ì;Er] Analog Input (1 to 2) [òff] Off (62) Off Instance 1 0x68 (104) ---- 4028 uint
[ i.Er] Input Error Latching [`òn] On (63) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Turn input error latching 414 414 0x1C (28)
on or off. If latching is on, Instance 2
errors must be manually Map 1 Map 2
cleared. 494 504
[`dEC] Analog Input (1 to 2) [```0] Whole (105) Whole Instance 1 0x68 (104) ---- 4020 uint
[ dEC] Display Precision [``0;0] Tenths (94) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the precision of the [`0;00] Hundredths (40) 398 398 0x14 (20)
displayed value. [0;000] Thousandths (96) Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
478 488
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[`s;ba] Analog Input (1 to 2) [òff] Off (62) Off Instance 1 0x68 (104) ---- 4026 uint
[ S.bA] Sensor Backup [`òn] On (63) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Enable sensor backup. 410 410 0x1A (26)
Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
490 500
[ì;Ca] Analog Input (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or 0.0 Instance 1 0x68 (104) 2 4012 float
[ i.CA] Calibration Offset units Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Offset the input reading -1,110.555 to 5,555.000°C 382 382 0x0C (12)
to compensate for lead Instance 2
wire resistance or other Map 1 Map 2
factors that cause the in- 462 472
put reading to vary from
the actual process value.
[Àin] Analog Input (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or ---- Instance 1 0x68 (104) 0 4001 float
[ Ain] Analog Input Value units Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 R
View the process value. -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C 360 360 1
Note: Instance 2
Ensure that the Input Map 1 Map 2
Error Status (below) 440 450
indicates no error (61)
when reading this
value using a field bus
protocol. If an error
exists, the last known
value prior to the er-
ror occurring will be
returned.
[ì;Er] Analog Input (1 to 2) [nonE] None (61) None Instance 1 0x68 (104) 1 4002 float
[ i.Er] Input Error Status [OPEn] Open (65) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 R
View the cause of the [Shrt] Shorted (127) 362 362 2
most recent error. If Instance 2
[È;M] Measurement Error
the [Attn] message is Map 1 Map 2
(149)
[Er;i1] or [Er;i2], this 442 452
parameter will display [E;CAL] Bad Calibration Data
the cause of the input (139)
error. [Er;Ab] Ambient Error (9)
[E;;Rtd] RTD Error (141)
[FAiL] Fail (32)
[Nsrc] Not Sourced (246)
[`Lnr]*
[`Set]
Linearization Menu
[``Fn] Linearization (1 to 2) [òFF] Off (62) Off Instance 1 0x86 (134) 155 34005 uint
[ Fn] Function [intr] Interpolated (1482) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set how this function - - - - 3568 5
will linearize Source A Instance 2
which is Analog Input 1. Map 1 Map 2
Source A of Linearization - - - - 3638
2 is Analog Input 2.
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[Unit] Linearization (1 to 2) [`Src] Source (1539) Source Instance 1 0x86 (134) 156 34029 uint
[Unit] Units [``rh] Relative Humidty Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the units of Source A (1538) ---- 3616 0x29 (41)
or Analog Input 1. Source [`pro] Process (75) Instance 2
A of Linearization 2 is [PWr] Power (73) Map 1 Map 2
Analog Input 2. [`r;tp] Relative Temperature - - - - 3686
(1541)
[À;tP] Absolute Temperature
(1540)
[nonE] None (61)
[ìP;1] Linearization (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 0.0 Instance 1 0x86 (134) 157 34008 float
[ ip.1] Input Point 1 Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the value that will be - - - - 3574 8
mapped to output 1. Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3644
[òP;1] Linearization (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 0.0 Instance 1 0x86 (134) 158 34018 float
[ op.1] Output Point 1 Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the value that will be - - - - 3594 0x12 (18)
mapped to input 1. Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3664
Set the value that will be ---- 3576 9
Map 1 Map 2
---- 3646
Set the value that will be ---- 3597 0x13 (19)
Map 1 Map 2
---- 3667
Set the value that will be ---- 3578 0xA (10)
Map 1 Map 2
---- 3648
Map 1 Map 2
---- 3668
Set the value that will be ---- 3581 0xB (11)
Map 1 Map 2
---- 3651
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3670
Set the value that will be - - - - 3582 0xC (12)
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3652
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3672
Set the value that will be ---- 3584 0xD (13)
Map 1 Map 2
---- 3654
Map 1 Map 2
---- 3674
Set the value that will be ---- 3586 0xE (14)
Map 1 Map 2
---- 3656
Map 1 Map 2
---- 3676
Set the value that will be ---- 3588 0xF (15)
Map 1 Map 2
---- 3658
Map 1 Map 2
---- 3678
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
Map 1 Map 2
---- 3660
Set the value that will be ---- 3610 0x1A (26)
Map 1 Map 2
- - - - 3680
[iP;10] Linearization (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 9.0 Instance 1 0x86 (134) 175 34017 float
[ip.10] Input Point 10 Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Map 1 Map 2
---- 3662
[oP;10] Linearization (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 9.0 Instance 1 0x86 (134) 176 34027 float
[op.10] Output Point 10 Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the value that will be ---- 3612 0x1B (27)
Map 1 Map 2
---- 3682
[``Pu]*
[`Set]
Process Value Menu
[``Fn] Process Value (1 to 2) [òFF] Off (62) Off Instance 1 0x7E (126) 123 26021 uint
[ Fn] Function [usla] Vaisala RH Compen- Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the function that will sation (1648) ---- 3320 0x15 (21)
be applied to the source [`W;b] Wet Bulb/Dry Bulb Instance 2
or sources. (1369) Map 1 Map 2
[`S;bA] Sensor Backup (1201) ---- 3390
Note: [rAti] Ratio (1374)
Differential and Ratio not [diFF] Differential (1373)
available using instance 2. [root] Square Root (1380)
[àlt] **Pressure to Altitude
(1649)
[p;unt] Process Value (1 to 2) [`psi] Pounds per Square PSI Instance 1 0x7E (126) ---- 26028 uint
[P.unt] Pressure Units Inch (1671) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the units that will be [pasc] Pascal (1674) ---- 3334 0x1C (28)
applied to the source. [atm] Atmosphere (1675) Instance 2
[mbr] Millibar (1672) Map 1 Map 2
[torr] Torr (1673) ---- 3404
[a;unt] Process Value (1 to 2) [`Hft] Kilofeet (1677) HFt Instance 1 0x7E (126) ---- 26029 uint
[A.unt] Altitude Units [``ft] Feet (1676) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the units that will be ---- 3336 0x1D (29)
applied to the source. Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
---- 3406
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set
** Pressure Altitude calculation is based on the International Standard Atmosphere 1976

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[`b;pr] Process Value (1 to 2) 10.0 to 16.0 14.7 Instance 1 0x7E (126) ---- 26030 float
[ b.Pr] Barometric Pressure Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the units that will be ---- 3338 0x1E (30)
applied to the source. Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
---- 3408
[`Fil] Process Value (1 to 2) 0.0 to 60.0 seconds 0.0 Instance 1 0x7E (126) ---- 26026 float
[ FiL] Filter Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Filtering smooths out ---- 3330 0x1A (26)
the output signal of this Instance 2
function block. Increase Map 1 Map 2
the time to increase fil- ---- 3400
tering.
[`dio]
[`Set]
Digital Input / Output Menu
[`dir] Digital Input/Output (5 [OtPt] Output (68) Output Instance 1 0x6A (106) 82 6001 uint
[ dir] to 12) [iCon] Input Dry Contact Map 1 Map 2 5 to 12 RWES
Digital I/O Direction (44) 1000 1120 1
Set this function to oper- [`ìn] Input Voltage (193)
ate as an input or output. Offset to next
instance (Map
1 & Map 2)
equals +30
[``Fn] Digital Output (5 to 12) [òFF] Off (62) Off Instance 1 0x6A (106) 83 6005 uint
[ Fn] Output Function [Ent;b] Profile Event Out B Map 1 Map 2 5 to 12 RWES
Select what function will (234) 1008 1128 5
drive this output. [Ent;A] Profile Event Out A
(233) Offset to next
[SoF;2] Special Function Out- instance (Map
put 2 (1533) 1 & Map 2)
[SoF;1] Special Function Out- equals +30
put 1 (1532)
[CooL] Cool (161)
[heat] Heat (160)
[ALM] Alarm (6)
[``Fi] Digital Output (5 to 12) 1 to 4 1 Instance 1 0x6A (106) 84 6006 uint

[ Fi] Output Function In- Map 1 Map 2 5 to 12 RWES
stance 1010 1130 6
Set the instance of the
function selected above. Offset to next
instance (Map
1 & Map 2)
equals +30
[ò;Ct] Digital Output (5 to 12) [`Ftb] Fixed Time Base (34) Fixed Instance 1 0x6A (106) 85 6002 uint
[ o.Ct] Output Control [ùtb] Variable Time Base Time Map 1 Map 2 5 to 12 RWES
Set the output control (103) Base 1002 1122 2
type. This parameter
is only used with PID Offset to next
control, but can be set instance (Map
anytime. 1 & Map 2)
equals +30
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[ò;tb] Digital Output (5 to 12) [ 0.1 for Fast and Bi-Direc- 5.0 Instance 1 0x6A (106) 86 6003 float
[ o.tb] Output Time Base tional outputs, 5.0 for Slow Map 1 Map 2 5 to 12 RWES
Set the time base for outputs] to 60 1004 1124 3
fixed-time-base control.
Offset to next
instance (Map
1 & Map 2)
equals +30
[ò;Lo] Digital Output (5 to 12) 0.0 to 100.0 0.0 Instance 1 0x6A (106) 87 6009 float
[ o.Lo] Output Low Power Map 1 Map 2 5 to 12 RWES
Scale 1016 1136 9
The power output will
never be less than the Offset to next
value specified and will instance (Map
represent the value at 1 & Map 2)
which output scaling equals +30
begins.
[ò;hi] Digital Output (5 to 12) 0.0 to 100.0 100.0 Instance 1 0x6A (106) 88 6010 float
[ o.hi] Output High Power Map 1 Map 2 5 to 12 RWES
Scale 1018 1138 0xA (10)
never be greater than Offset to next
the value specified and instance (Map
will represent the value 1 & Map 2)
at which output scaling equals +30
stops.
[`leu] Digital Input (5 to 6) [high] High (37) High Instance 1 0x6E (110) 137 10001 uint
[ LEv] Active Level [LoW] Low (53) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RW
Select which action will 1320 1560 1
be interpreted as a true
instance (Map
1 & Map 2)
equals +20
[`leu] Digital Input (7 to 12) [high] High (37) High Instance 1 0x6E (110) 137 10001 uint
[ LEv] Active Level [LoW] Low (53) Map 1 Map 2 5 to 12 RW
Select which action will ---- 1640 1
be interpreted as a true
instance Map 2
equals +20
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[``Fn] Digital Input (5 to 12) [none] None (61) None Instance 1 0x6E (110) 138 10003 uint
[ Fn] Action Function [s;stp] Start Step (1077) Map 1 Map 2 5 to 12 RWES
Select the function that [P;StS] Profile Start/Stop, 1324 1564 3
will be triggered by a level triggered (208)
true state for Digital In- [ProF] Start Profile, edge Offset to next
puts 5 through 12. triggered (196) instance (Map
[P;hoL] Profile Hold/Resume, 1 & Map 2)
level triggered (207) equals +20
[P;diS] Profile Disable, level
triggered (206)
[`t;da] TRU-TUNE+® Dis-
able, level triggered (219)
[òFF] Switch Control Loop
Off, level triggered (90)
[MAn] Manual, level trig-
gered (54)
[tUnE] Tune, edge triggered
(98)
[idLE] Idle Set Point, level
triggered (107)
[`F;AL] Force Alarm to occur,
level triggered (218)
[ÀoF] Control Loops Off and
Alarms to Non-alarm State,
[`SiL] Silence Alarms, edge
triggered (108)
[ALM] Alarm Reset, edge
triggered (6)
[P;LoC] Keypad Lockout, level
triggered (217)
[usr;r] User Set Restore, edge
triggered (227)
[LMr] Limit Reset, edge trig-
gered (82)
[`r;en] Remote Set Point en-
able (216)
[``Fi] Digital Input (5 to 12) 0 to 4 0 Instance 1 0x6E (110) 139 10004 uint
[ Fi] Function Instance Map 1 Map 2 5 to 12 RWES
Select which Digital In- 1326 - 4
put will be triggered by a
true state. Offset to next
instance (Map
1 & Map 2)
equals +20
[Lim]
[`Set]
Limit Menu
[`L;Sd] Limit (1) [both] Both (13) Both Instance 1 0x70 (112) 40 12005 uint
[ L.Sd] Limit Sides [high] High (37) Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Select which side or sides [LoW] Low (53) 688 728 5
of the process value will
be monitored.
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[`L;hy] Limit (1) 0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units 3.0°F or Instance 1 0x70 (112) 41 12002 float
[ L.hy] Limit Hysteresis 0.001 to 5,555.000°C units Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Set the hysteresis for the 2.0°C 682 722 2
limit function. This de-
termines how far into the
safe range the process
value must move before
the limit can be cleared.
[SP;Lh] Limit (1) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 9,999.000 Instance 1 0x70 (112) 42 12009 float
[SP.Lh] Set Point High Limit Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Set the high end of the 696 736 9
limit set point range.
[SP;Ll] Limit (1) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 -1,999.000 Instance 1 0x70 (112) 43 12010 float
[SP.LL] Set Point Low Limit Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Set the low end of the 698 738 0x0A (10)
limit set point range.
[`Lh;S] Limit (1) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or 0.0°F or Instance 1 0x70 (112) 39 12004 float
[ Lh.S] Limit High Set Point units units Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
** -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C -18.0°C 686 726 4
Set the high process
the limit.
[`LL;S] Limit (1) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or 0.0°F or Instance 1 0x70 (112) 38 12003 float
[ LL.S] Limit Low Set Point units units Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
** -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C -18.0°C 684 724 3
Set the low process
the limit.
[SFn;A] Limit (1) [nonE] None (61) None Instance 1 0x70 (112) ---- 12015 uint
[SFn.A] Source Function A ** [`dio] Digital I/O (1142) Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Set the source for the [`FUn] Function Key (1001) - - - - 748 0x0F (15)
limit reset function.
[`Si;A] Limit (1) 1 to 12 1 ---- 0x70 (112) ---- 12016 uint

[ Si.A] Source Instance A ** 1 RWES
Set the instance of the 0x10 (16)
function selected above.
[`lCr] Limit (1) Clear (0) ---- Instance 1 0x70 (112) ---- 12001 uint
[ LCr] Limit Clear Request No Change (255) Map 1 Map 2 1 W
** 680 720 1
Clear limit once limit
condition is cleared.
[`l;st] Limit (1) Fail (32) ---- Instance 1 0x70 (112) ---- 12013 uint
[ L.St] Limit Status ** Safe (1667) Map 1 Map 2 1 R
Reflects whether or not - - - - 744 0x0D (13)
the limit is in a safe or
failed mode.
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set
** These prompts are only available in this menu with firmware revision 11.0 and above.
Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[`L;it] Limit [``no] No (59) No Instance 1 0x70 (112) ---- 12008 uint
[ L.it] Integrate with System [`YES] Yes (106) Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
In a limit state the con- 694 734 8
troller will turn off the
outputs, terminate an
active profile and freeze
PID and TRU-TUNE+®
calculations.
No Limit (1) Off (62) ---- Instance 1 0x70 (112) ---- 12006 uint
Dis- Limit State None (61) Map 1 Map 2 1 R
play Clear limit once limit Limit High (51) 690 730 6
condition is cleared. Limit Low (52)
Error (225)
[LooP]
[`Set]
Control Loop Menu
[`h;Ag] Control Loop (1 to 2) [òFF] Off (62) PID Instance 1 0x97 (151) 72 8003 uint
[ h.Ag] Heat Algorithm [`Pid] PID (71) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the heat control [on;of] On-Off (64) 1884 2364 3
method. Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
1954 2434
[`C;Ag] Control Loop (1 to 2) [òFF] Off (62) Off Instance 1 0x97 (151) 73 8004 uint
[ C.Ag] Cool Algorithm [`Pid] PID (71) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the cool control [on;of] On-Off (64) 1886 2366 4
method. Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
1956 2436
[`C;Cr] Control Loop (1 to 2) [òFF] Off (62) Off Instance 1 0x97 (151) ---- 8038 uint
[ C.Cr] Cool Output Curve [`Cr;A] Non-linear Curve 1 Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Select a cool output (214) 1888 2368 5
curve to change the [`Cr;b] Non-linear Curve 2 Instance 2
responsiveness of the (215) Map 1 Map 2
system. 1958 2438
[`h;Pb] Control Loop (1 to 2) 0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units 25.0°F or Instance 1 0x97 65 8009 float
[ h.Pb] Heat Proportional -1,110.555 to 5,555.000°C units Map 1 Map (151) RWES
Band 14.0°C 2 1 to 2
Set the PID proportional 1890 2370 6
band for the heat out- Instance 2
puts. Map 1 Map
2
1960 2440
[`h;hy] Control Loop (1 to 2) 0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units 3.0°F or Instance 1 0x97 66 8010 float
[ h.hy] Heat Hysteresis 0.001 to 5,555.000°C units Map 1 Map (151) RWES
Set the control switch- 2.0°C 2 1 to 2
ing hysteresis for on-off 1900 2380 0xB (11)
control. This determines Instance 2
how far into the “on” Map 1 Map
region the process value 2
needs to move before 1970 2450
the output turns on.
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[`C;Pb] Control Loop (1 to 2) 0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units 25.0°F or Instance 1 0x97 67 8012 float
[ C.Pb] Cool Proportional 0.001 to 5,555.000°C units Map 1 Map (151) RWES
Band 14.0°C 2 1 to 2
Set the PID propor- 1892 2370 7
tional band for the cool Instance 2
outputs. Map 1 Map
2
1962 2442
[`C;hy] Control Loop (1 to 2) 0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units 3.0°F or Instance 1 0x97 68 8013 float
[ C.hy] Cool Hysteresis 0.001 to 5,555.000°C units Map 1 Map (151) RWES
Set the control switch- 2.0°C 2 1 to 2
ing hysteresis for on-off 1902 2382 0xC (12)
control. This determines Instance 2
how far into the “on” Map 1 Map
region the process value 2
needs to move before 1972 2522
the output turns on.
[``ti] Control Loop (1 to 2) 0 to 9,999 seconds per repeat 180.0 sec- Instance 1 0x97 69 8006 float
[ ti] Time Integral onds per Map 1 Map (151) RWES
Set the PID integral for repeat 2 1 to 2
the outputs. 1894 2374 8
Instance 2
Map 1 Map
2
1964 2444
[``td] Control Loop (1 to 2) 0 to 9,999 seconds 0.0 Instance 1 0x97 70 8007 float
[ td] Time Derivative seconds Map 1 Map (151) RWES
Set the PID derivative 2 1 to 2
time for the outputs. 1896 2376 9
Instance 2
Map 1 Map
2
1966 2446
[``dB] Control Loop (1 to 2) -1,000.0 to 1,000.0°F or units 0.0 Instance 1 0x97 71 8008 float
[ db] Dead Band -556 to 556°C Map 1 Map (151) RWES
Set the offset to the 2 1 to 2
proportional band. 1898 2378 0xA (10)
With a negative value, Instance 2
both heating and cool- Map 1 Map
ing outputs are active 2
when the process value 1968 2448
is near the set point.
A positive value keeps
heating and cooling out-
puts from fighting each
other.
[t;tUn] Control Loop (1 to 2) [``no] No (59) No Instance 1 0x97 (151) ---- 8022 uint
[t.tUn] TRU-TUNE+™ Enable [`YES} Yes (106) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Enable or disable the 1910 2390 0x10 (16)
TRU-TUNE+™ adap- Instance 2
tive tuning feature. Map 1 Map 2
1980 2460
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[t;bnd] Control Loop (1 to 2) 0 to 100 0 Instance 1 0x97 (151) ---- 8034 uint
[t.bnd] TRU-TUNE+™ Band Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the range, centered 1912 2392 0x11 (17)
on the set point, within Instance 2
which TRU-TUNE+™ Map 1 Map 2
will be in effect. Use this 1982 2462
function only if the con-
troller is unable to adap-
tive tune automatically.
[`t;gn] Control Loop (1 to 2) 1 to 6 3 Instance 1 0x97 (151) ---- 8035 uint

[ t.gn] TRU-TUNE+™ Gain Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Select the responsiveness 1914 2394 0x12 (18)
of the TRU-TUNE+™ Instance 2
adaptive tuning calcula- Map 1 Map 2
tions. More responsive- 1984 2464
ness may increase over-
shoot.
[A;tSP] Control Loop (1 to 2) 50.0 to 200.0% 90.0 Instance 1 0x97 ---- 8025 float
[A.tSP} Autotune Set Point Map 1 Map (151) RWES
Set the set point that 2 1 to 2
the autotune will use, as 1918 2398 0x14 (20)
a percentage of the cur- Instance 2
rent set point. Map 1 Map
2
1988 2468
[t;Agr] Control Loop (1 to 2) [Undr] Under damped (99) Critical Instance 1 0x97 (151) ---- 8024 uint
[t.Agr] Autotune Aggressive- [Crit] Critical damped (21) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
ness [OuEr] Over damped (69) 1916 2396 0x13 (19)
Select the aggressiveness Instance 2
of the autotuning calcu- Map 1 Map 2
lations. 1986 2466
[`p;dl] Control Loop (1 to 2) 0.0 to 5.0 seconds 0.0 Instance 1 0x97 (151) ---- 8051 float
[ P.dL] Peltier Delay Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set a value that will 1934 2414 0x1C (28)
cause a delay when Instance 2
switching from heat Map 1 Map 2
mode to cool mode. 2004 2484
[`r;En] Control Loop (1 to 2) [``no] No (59) No Instance 1 0x6B 48 7021 uint
[ r.En] Remote Enable [`YES] Yes (106) Map 1 Map 2 (107) RWES
Enable this loop to 2200 2680 1 to 2
switch control to the Instance 2 0x15 (21)
remote set point. Map 1 Map 2
2280 2760
[`r;ty] Control Loop (1 to 2) [AUto] Auto (10) Auto Instance 1 0x6B (107) ---- 7022 uint
[ r.ty] Remote Set Point Type [MAn] Manual (54) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set what type of set 2202 2682 0x16 (22)
point will be used. Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
2282 2762
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[ÙFA] Control Loop (1 to 2) [òFF] Off, sets output power User Instance 1 0x6B (107) ---- 7012 uint
[UFA] User Failure Action to 0% (62) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Select what the control- [bPLS] Bumpless Transfer, 2182 2662 0xC (12)
ler outputs will do when maintains same output Instance 2
the user switches control power, if it was less than 75% Map 1 Map 2
to manual mode. and stable, otherwise 0% (14) 2262 2742
[MAn] Fixed Power, sets out-
put power to Manual Power
setting (33)
[USEr] User, sets output pow-
er to last open-loop set point
the user entered (100)
[FAiL] Control Loop (1 to 2) [òFF] Off, sets output power User Instance 1 0x6B (107) ---- 7013 uint
[FAiL] Input Error Failure to 0% (62) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Select what the control- [bPLS] Bumpless Transfer, 2184 2664 0xD (13)
ler outputs will do when maintains same output Instance 2
an input error switches power, if it was less than 75% Map 1 Map 2
control to manual mode. and stable, otherwise 0% (14) 2264 2744
[MAn] Fixed Power, sets out-
put power to Fixed Power
setting (33)
[USEr] User, sets output pow-
er to last open-loop set point
the user entered (100)
[MAn] Control Loop (1 to 2) Set Point Open Loop Limit 0.0 Instance 1 0x6B (107) ---- 7011 float
[MAn] Fixed Power Low to Set Point Open Loop Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the manual output Limit High (Setup Page) 2180 2660 0xB (11)
power level that will take Instance 2
effect if an input error Map 1 Map 2
failure occurs while User 2260 2740
Failure Action is set to
Manual Fixed.
[`L;dE] Control Loop (1 to 2) [``no] No (59) No Instance 1 0x97 (151) 74 8039 uint
[ L.dE] Open Loop Detect En- [`YES} Yes (106) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
able 1922 2402 0x16 (22)
Turn on the open-loop Instance 2
detect feature to monitor Map 1 Map 2
a closed-loop operation 1992 2472
for the appropriate re-
sponse.
[`L;dt] Control Loop (1 to 2) 0 to 3,600 seconds 240 Instance 1 0x97 (151) 75 8040 uint
[ L.dt] Open Loop Detect Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Time 1924 2404 0x17 (23)
The Open Loop Detect Instance 2
Deviation value must oc- Map 1 Map 2
cur for this time period 1994 2474
to trigger an open-loop
error.
[`L;dd] Control Loop (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or 10.0°F or Instance 1 0x97 (151) 76 8041 float
[ L.dd] Open Loop Detect De- units units Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
viation -1,110.555 to 5,555.000°C 6.0°C 1926 2406 0x18 (24)
The value entered repre- Instance 2
sents the Process Value Map 1 Map 2
deviation that must 1996 2476
occur to trigger an open-
loop error.
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[``rP] Control Loop (1 to 2) [òFF] Off (62) Off Instance 1 0x6B (107) 56 7014 uint
[ rP] Ramp Action [`Str] Startup (88) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Select when the control- [StPt] Set Point Change (85) 2186 2666 0xE (14)
ler's set point will ramp [both] Both (13) Instance 2
to the defined end set Map 1 Map 2
point. 2266 2746
[`r;SC] Control Loop (1 to 2) [hoUr] Hours (39) Minutes Instance 1 0x6B (107) 57 7015 uint
[ r.SC] Ramp Scale [Min] Minutes (57) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Select the scale of the 2188 2668 0xF (15)
ramp rate. Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
2268 2748
[`r;rt] Control Loop (1 to 2) 0.0 to 9,999.000°F or units 1.0°F or Instance 1 0x6B (107) 58 7017 float
[ r.rt] Ramp Rate 0.0 to 5,555.000°C units Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the rate for the set 1.0°C 2192 2672 0x11 (17)
point ramp. Set the time Instance 2
units for the rate with Map 1 Map 2
the Ramp Scale param- 2272 2752
eter.
[`L;SP] Control Loop (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or -1,999°F Instance 1 0x6B (107) 52 7003 float
[ L.SP] Low Set Point units or units Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the minimum value -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C -1,128°C 2164 2644 3
of the closed loop set Instance 2
point range. Map 1 Map 2
2244 2724
[`h;SP] Control Loop (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or 9,999°F Instance 1 0x6B (107) 53 7004 float
[ h.SP] High Set Point units or units, Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the maximum value -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C 5,537°C 2166 2646 4
of the closed loop set Instance 2
point range. Map 1 Map 2
2246 2726
[`C;SP] Control Loop (1 to 2) Low Set Point to High Set 75.0°F or Instance 1 0x6B 49 7001 float
[ C.SP] Closed Loop Set Point Point (Setup Page) units Map 1 Map 2 (107) RWES
Set the set point that 24.0°C 2160 2640 1 to 2
the controller will auto- Instance 2 1
matically control to. Map 1 Map 2
2240 2720
[ìd;S] Control Loop (1 to 2) Low Set Point to High Set 75.0°F or Instance 1 0x6B 50 7009 float
[ id.S] Idle Set Point Point (Setup Page) units Map 1 Map 2 (107) RWES
Set a closed loop set 24.0°C 2176 2656 1 to 2
point that can be trig- Instance 2 9
gered by an event state. Map 1 Map 2
2197 2736
[SP;Lo] Control Loop (1 to 2) -100 to 100% -100 Instance 1 0x6B (107) 54 7005 float
[SP.Lo] Set Point Open Limit Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Low 2168 2649 5
Set the minimum value Instance 2
of the open-loop set point Map 1 Map 2
range. 2248 2728
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[SP;hi] Control Loop (1 to 4) -100 to 100% 100 Instance 1 0x6B (107) 55 7006 float
[SP.hi] Set Point Open Limit Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
High 2170 2650 6
Set the maximum value Instance 2
of the open-loop set point Map 1 Map 2
range. 2250 2730
[ò;SP] Control Loop (1 to 2) -100 to 100% (heat and cool) 0.0 Instance 1 0x6B 51 7002 float
[ o.SP] Open Loop Set Point 0 to 100% (heat only) Map 1 Map 2 (107) RWES
Set a fixed level of out- -100 to 0% (cool only) 2162 2642 1 to 2
put power when in man- Instance 2 2
ual (open-loop) mode. Map 1 Map 2
2242 2722
[`C;M] Control Loop (1 to 2) [òff] Off (62) Auto Instance 1 0x97 63 8001 uint
[ C.M] Control Mode [AUto] Auto (10) Map 1 Map 2 (151) RWES
Select the method that [MAn] Manual (54) 1880 2360 1 to 2
this loop will use to Instance 2 1
control. Map 1 Map 2
1950 2430
[otpt]
[`Set]
Output Menu
[``Fn] Output Digital (1 to 4) [òFF] Off (62) Output 1 - Instance 1 0x6A (106) 83 6005 uint
[ Fn] Output Function [ALM] Alarm (6) Heat Map 1 Map 2 1 to 4 RWES
Select what function will [heat] Heat (36) Output 2 - 888 1008 5
drive this output. [Cool] Cool (20) Alarm
[SoF;1] Special Function Out- Output 3 - Offset to next
Note: put 1 (1532) Off instance (Map
Output 4 is always [SoF;2] Special Function Out- Output 4 - 1 & Map 2)
a limit when limit is put 2 (1533) Off equals +30
present. Use as prima- [Ent;A] Profile Event Out A
ry limit connection. (233)
[Ent;b] Profile Event Out B
(234)
[LiM] Limit (126)
[``Fi] Output Digital (1 to 4) 1 to 4 1 Instance 1 0x6A (106) 84 6006 uint

[ Fi] Output Function In- Map 1 Map 2 1 to 4 RWES
stance 890 1010 6
Set the instance of the
function selected above. Offset to next
instance (Map
1 & Map 2)
equals +30
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[ò;Ct] Output Digital (1 to 4) [`Ftb] Fixed Time Base (34) Fixed Instance 1 0x6A (106) 85 6002 uint
[ o.Ct] Output Control [ùtb] Variable Time Base Time Map 1 Map 2 1 to 4 RWES
Set the output control (103) Base 882 1002 2
type. This parameter
is only used with PID Offset to next
control, but can be set instance (Map
anytime. 1 & Map 2)
equals +30
[ò;tb] Output Digital (1 to 4) 0.1 to 60.0 seconds (solid-state 1.0 sec. Instance 1 0x6A (106) 86 6003 float
[ o.tb] Output Time Base relay or switched dc) for SSR Map 1 Map 2 1 to 4 RWES
Set the time base for 5.0 to 60.0 seconds (mechani- or swdc 884 1004 3
fixed-time-base control. cal relay or NO-ARC power 5.0 for
control) relay Offset to next
instance (Map
1 & Map 2)
equals +30
[ò;Lo] Output Digital (1 to 4) 0.0 to 100.0% 0.0% Instance 1 0x6A (106) 87 6009 float
[ o.Lo] Output Low Power Map 1 Map 2 1 to 4 RWES
Scale 896 1016 9
never be less than the Offset to next
value specified and will instance (Map
represent the value at 1 & Map 2)
which output scaling equals +30
begins.
[ò;hi] Output Digital (1 to 4) 0.0 to 100.0% 100.0% Instance 1 0x6A (106) 88 6010 float
[ o.hi] Output High Power Map 1 Map 2 1 to 4 RWES
Scale 898 1018 0xA (10)
never be greater than Offset to next
the value specified and instance (Map
will represent the value 1 & Map 2)
at which output scaling equals +30
stops.
[ò;ty] Output Process (1 or 3) [uoLt] Volts (104) Volts Instance 1 0x76 (118) 95 18001 uint
[ o.ty] Output Type [`MA] Milliamps (112) Map 1 Map 2 1 or 3 RWES
Select whether the pro- 720 840 1
cess output will operate Instance 3
in volts or milliamps. Map 1 Map 2
800 920
[``Fn] Output Process (1 or 3) [òFF] Off (62) Off Instance 1 0x76 (118) 96 18002 uint
[ Fn] Output Function [heat] Heat (36) Map 1 Map 2 1 or 3 RWES
Set the type of func- [Cool] Cool (20) 722 842 2
tion that will drive this [dupl] Duplex (212) Instance 3
output. [ALM] Alarm (6) Map 1 Map 2
[Ent;A] Profile Event Out A 802 922
(233)
[Ent;b] Profile Event Out B
(234)
[rmt] Retransmit (213)
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[`r;Sr] Output Process (1 or 3) [`Ài] Analog Input (142) Analog Instance 1 0x76 (118) 97 18003 uint
[ r.Sr] Retransmit Source [StPt] Set Point (85) Input Map 1 Map 2 1 or 3 RWES
Select the value that will [CUrr] Current (22) 724 844 3
be retransmitted. Instance 3
Map 1 Map 2
804 924
[``Fi] Output Process (1 or 3) 1 to 4 1 Instance 1 0x76 (118) 98 18004 uint

[ Fi] Output Function In- Map 1 Map 2 1 or 3 RWES
stance 726 846 4
Set the instance of the Instance 3
function selected above. Map 1 Map 2
806 926
[`S;Lo] Output Process (1 or 3) -100.0 to 100.0 0.00 Instance 1 0x76 (118) 99 18009 float
[ S.Lo] Scale Low Map 1 Map 2 1 or 3 RWES
Set the minimum value 736 856 9
of the output range. Instance 3
Map 1 Map 2
816 936
[`S;hi] Output Process (1 or 3) -100.0 to 100.0 10.00 Instance 1 0x76 (118) 100 18010 float
[ S.hi] Scale High Map 1 Map 2 1 or 3 RWES
Set the maximum value 738 858 0xA (10)
of the output range. Instance 3
Map 1 Map 2
818 938
[`r;Lo] Output Process (1 or 3) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or 0.0°F or Instance 1 0x76 (118) 101 18011 float
[ r.Lo] Range Low units units Map 1 Map 2 1 or 3 RWES
Set the minimum value -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C -18°C 740 860 0xB (11)
of the retransmit value Instance 3
range in process units. Map 1 Map 2
When the retransmit 820 940
source is at this value,
the retransmit output
will be at its Scale Low
value.
[`r;hi] Output Process (1 or 3) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or 9,999.0°F Instance 1 0x76 (118) 102 18012 float
[ r.hi] Range High units or units Map 1 Map 2 1 or 3 RWES
Set the maximum value -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C 5,537.0°C 742 862 0xC (12)
of the retransmit value Instance 2
range in process units. Map 1 Map 2
When the retransmit 822 942
source is at this value,
the retransmit output
will be at its Scale High
value.
[ò;lo] Output Process (1 or 3) 0.0 to 100% 0.0% Instance 1 0x76 (118) 103 18013 float
[ o.Lo] Output Low Power Map 1 Map 2 1 or 3 RWES
Scale 744 864 0x0D (13)
The power output will Instance 2
never be less than the Map 1 Map 2
value specified and will 824 944
represent the value at
which power scaling
begins.
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[ò;hi] Output Process (1 or 3) 0.0 to 100% 100% Instance 1 0x76 (118) 104 18014 float
[ o.hi] Output High Power Map 1 Map 2 1 or 3 RWES
Scale 746 866 0x0E (14)
The power output will Instance 2
never be greater than Map 1 Map 2
the value specified and 826 946
will represent the value
at which power scaling
stops.
[ò;CA] Output Process (1 or 3) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or 0.0°F or Instance 1 0x76 (118) 105 18007 float
[ o.CA] Calibration Offset units units Map 1 Map 2 1 or 3 RWES
Set an offset value for a -1,110.555 to 5,555.000°C 0.0°C 732 852 7
process output. Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
812 932
[Alm]
[`Set]
Alarm Menu
[À;ty] Alarm (1 to 4) [òFF] Off (62) Off Instance 1 0x6D (109) 20 9015 uint
[ A.ty] Alarm Type [PR;AL] Process Alarm (76) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 4 RWES
Select whether the alarm [dE;AL] Deviation Alarm (24) 1508 1908 0xF (15)
trigger is a fixed value or
will track the set point. Offset to next
instance (Map
1 & Map 2)
equals +60
[`Sr;A] Alarm (1 to 4) [`Ài] Analog Input (142) Instance 1 0x6D (109) 21 9017 uint
[ Sr.A] Alarm Source [PWr] Power (73) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 4 RWES
Select what will trigger [``Pu] Process Value (241) 1512 1912 0x11 (17)
this alarm. [`Lnr] Linearization (238)
[CUrr] Current (22) Offset to next
Note: instance (Map
When using Deviation 1 & Map 2)
Alarms with Differen- equals +60
tial control, the Alarm
Source must be set to
Process Value.
[ìs;A] Alarm (1 to 2) 1 or 2 1 Instance 1 0x6D (109) 22 9018 uint

[ iS.A] Alarm Source Instance Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the instance of the 1514 1914 0x12 (18)
function selected above. Instance 2
Map 1 Map 2
Note: 1564 1974
Not available on single
loop models.
[loop] Alarm (1 to 2) 1 to 2 1 Instance 1 0x6D (109) 23 9023 uint

[LooP] Control Loop Map 1 Map 2 1 to 2 RWES
Set the instance of the 1524 1924 0x17 (23)
Set Point Closed, Control Instance 2
Loop, that will be refer- Map 1 Map 2
enced by the deviation 1574 1984
alarm.
Note:
Not available on single
loop models.
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[À;hy] Alarm (1 to 4) 0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units 1.0°F or Instance 1 0x6D (109) 24 9003 float
[ A.hy] Alarm Hysteresis 0.001 to 5,555.000°C units Map 1 Map 2 1 to 4 RWES
Set the hysteresis for an 1.0°C 1484 1884 3
alarm. This determines
how far into the safe Offset to next
region the process value instance (Map
needs to move before the 1 equals +50,
alarm can be cleared. for Map 2
equals +60)
[À;Lg] Alarm (1 to 4) [ÀL;C] Close On Alarm (17) Close On Instance 1 0x6D (109) 25 9005 uint
[ A.Lg] Alarm Logic [ÀL;o] Open On Alarm (66) Alarm Map 1 Map 2 1 to 4 RWES
Select what the output 1488 1888 5
condition will be during
the alarm state. Offset to next
instance (Map
1 equals +50,
for Map 2
equals +60)
[À;Sd] Alarm (1 to 4) [both] Both (13) Both Instance 1 0x6D (109) 26 9004 uint
[ A.Sd] Alarm Sides [high] High (37) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 4 RWES
Select which side or sides [LoW] Low (53) 1486 1886 4
will trigger this alarm.
Offset to next
instance (Map
1 equals +50,
for Map 2
equals +60)
[À;Lo] Alarm (1 to 4) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or 32.0°F Instance 1 0x6D 18 9002 float
[ A.Lo] Alarm Low Set Point units or units Map 1 Map 2 (109) RWES
If Alarm Type (Setup -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C 0.0°C 1482 1882 1 to 4
Page, Alarm Menu) is 2
value that will trigger 1) equals +50
a low alarm.
trigger a low alarm. A
negative set point rep-
resents a value below
closed loop set point. A
positive set point rep-
resents a value above
closed loop set point.
[À;hi] Alarm (1 to 4) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or 300.0°F Instance 1 0x6D 19 9001 float
[ A.hi] Alarm High Set Point units or units Map 1 Map 2 (109) RWES
If Alarm Type (Setup -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C 150.0°C 1480 1880 1 to 4
Page, Alarm Menu) is 1
value that will trigger 1) equals +50
a high alarm.
trigger a high alarm.
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[À;LA] Alarm (1 to 4) [nLAt] Non-Latching (60) Non- Instance 1 0x6D (109) 27 9007 uint
[ A.LA] Alarm Latching [`LAt] Latching (49) Latching Map 1 Map 2 1 to 4 RWES
Turn alarm latching on 1492 1892 7
or off. A latched alarm
has to be turned off by Offset to next
the user. instance (Map
1 equals +50,
for Map 2
equals +60)
[À;bL] Alarm (1 to 4) [òFF] Off (62) Off Instance 1 0x6D (109) 28 9008 uint
[ A.bL] Alarm Blocking [`Str] Startup (88) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 4 RWES
Select when an alarm [StPt] Set Point (85) 1494 1894 8
will be blocked. After [both] Both (13)
startup and/or after the Offset to next
set point changes, the instance (Map
alarm will be blocked 1 equals +50,
until the process value for Map 2
enters the normal range. equals +60)
[À;Si] Alarm (1 to 4) [òFF] Off (62) Off Instance 1 0x6D (109) 29 9006 uint
[ A.Si] Alarm Silencing [`òn] On (63) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 4 RWES
Turn alarm silencing on 1490 1890 6
to allow the user to dis-
able this alarm. Offset to next
instance (Map
1 equals +50,
for Map 2
equals +60)
[A;dSP] Alarm (1 to 4) [òFF] Off (62) On Instance 1 0x6D (109) 30 9016 uint
[A.dSP] Alarm Display [`òn] On (63) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 4 RWES
Display an alarm mes- 1510 1910 0x10 (16)
sage when an alarm is
active. Offset to next
instance (Map
1 equals +50,
for Map 2
equals +60)
[À;dL] Alarm (1 to 4) 0 to 9,999 seconds 0 Instance 1 0x6D (109) 31 9021 uint

[ A.dL] Alarm Delay Time Map 1 Map 2 1 to 4 RWES
Set the span of time that 1520 1920 0x15 (21)
the alarm will be delayed
after the process value Offset to next
exceeds the alarm set instance (Map
point. 1 equals +50,
for Map 2
equals +60)
[a;Clr] Alarm (1 to 4) [`Clr] Clear (0) ---- Instance 1 0x6D ---- 9013 uint
[A.Clr] Alarm Clear Request No Change (255) Map 1 Map 2 (109) W
clear an alarm 0xD (13)
Offset to
Note: next instance
If an alarm is setup (Map1 1
to latch when active equals +50,
[a;Clr] will appear on Map 2 equals
the display. +60)
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[a;sir] Alarm (1 to 4) [`sil] Silence (1010) 0 Instance 1 0x6D ---- 9014 uint
[A.Sir] Alarm Silence Re- Map 1 Map 2 (109) W
quest 1506 1906 1 to 4
Write to this register to 0xE (14)
silence an alarm Offset to
next instance
Note: (Map1 1
If an alarm is setup equals +50,
to silence alarm when Map 2 equals
active [a;sir] will ap- +60)
pear on the display.
[à;st] Alarm (1 to 4) Startup (88) ---- Instance 1 0x6D ---- 9009 uint
[ A.St] Alarm State None (61) Map 1 Map 2 (109) R
Current state of alarm Blocked (12) 1496 1896 1 to 4
9
Alarm low (8)
Offset to
Alarm high (7) next instance
Error (28) (Map1 1
equals +50,
Map 2 equals
+60)
[CUrr]
[`Set]
Current Menu
[`C;Sd] Current (1) [òFF] Off (62) off Instance 1 0x73 (115) 145 15005 uint
[ C.Sd] Current Sides [high] High (37) Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Select which side or sides [low] Low (53) 1128 1368 5
will be monitored. [both] Both (13)
[`C;Ur] Current (1) No (59) no Instance 1 0x73 (115) 146 15004 uint
[ C.Ur] Current Read Enable Yes (106) Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Display under/over-range 1126 1366 4
current.
[`C;dt] Current (1) 3 to 59 9 Instance 1 0x73 (115) 147 15012 uint

[ C.dt] Input Current Detec- Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
tion Threshold 1142 1382 0xC (12)
For factory adjustment
only.
[`C;SC] Current (1) 0 to 9,999.000 50.0 Instance 1 0x73 (115) 148 15022 float
[ C.SC] Current Scaling Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Adjust scaling to match 1162 1402 0x16 (22)
the transformer's high
range.
[C;;oFs] Current (1) -9,999.000 to 9,999.000 0.0 Instance 1 0x73 (115) 149 15011 float
[C.oFS] Heater Current Offset Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Calibrate the current 1140 1380 0xB (11)
reading with an offset
value.
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[`C;;Si] Current (1) 1 to 12 1 Instance 1 0x73 (115) 150 15019 uint
[ C.Si] Current Output Source Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Instance 1156 1396 0x13 (19)
Select which output in-
stance the current trans-
former will monitor.
[MAt]*
[`Set]
Math Menu
[``Fn] Math (1) [òFF] Off (62) Off Instance 1 0x7D (125) 128 25021 uint
[ Fn] Function [`P;SC] Process Scale (1371) Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Set the operator that will [`d;SC] Deviation Scale (1372) - - - - 3040 0x15 (21)
be applied to the sources.
[SFn;e] Math (1) [nonE] None (61) None Instance 1 0x7D (125) ---- 25005 uint
[SFn.E] Source Function E [`fUn] Function Key (1001) Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Set the type of function [`dio] Digital I/O (1142) - - - - 3008 5
that will be used for this
source.
[`si;e] Math (1) 1 to 12 1 Instance 1 0x7D (125) 25010 float

[ Si.E] Source Instance E Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Set the instance of the - - - - 3018 0xA (10)
[`S;Lo] Math (1) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 0.0 Instance 1 0x7D (125) 129 25024 float
[ S.Lo] Scale Low Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
This value will corre- - - - - 3046 0x18 (24)
spond to Output Range
Low.
[`S;hi] Math (1) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 1.0 Instance 1 0x7D (125) 130 25025 float
[ S.hi] Scale High Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
This value will corre- - - - - 3048 0x19 (25)
spond to Output Range
High.
[`r;Lo] Math (1) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 0.0 Instance 1 0x7D (125) 131 25026 float
[ r.Lo] Range Low Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
This value will corre- - - - - 3050 0x1A (26)
spond to Input Scale Low.
[`r;hi] Math (1) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 1.0 Instance 1 0x7D (125) 132 25027 float
[ r.hi] Range High Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
This value will cor- - - - - 3052 0x1B (27)
respond to Input Scale
High.
[`FiL] Math (1) 0.0 to 60.0 seconds 0.0 Instance 1 0x7D (125) ---- 25028 float
[ FiL] Filter Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Filtering smooths out - - - - 3054 0x1C (28)
the output signal of this
function block. Increase
the time to increase fil-
tering.
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[`sof]*
[`set]
Special Output Function Menu
[``Fn] Special Output (1) [òFF] Off (62) Off Instance 1 0x87 (135) 181 35009 uint
[ Fn] Function [ùA;C] Motorized Valve Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Set the function to match (1508) - - - - 3856 9
the device it will operate. [`Co;C] Compressor Control
(1506)
[SFn;A] Special Output (1) [nonE] None (61) None Instance 1 0x87 (135) 182 35001 uint
[SFn.A] Source Function A [PWr] Power (73) Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Set the type of function [`h;Pr] Heat Power (160) - - - - 3840 1
that will be used for this [`C;Pr] Cool Power (161)
source.
[`Si;A] Special Output (1) 1 to 2 1 Instance 1 0x87 (135) 183 35003 uint
[ Si.A] Source Instance A Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Set the instance of the - - - - 3844 3
[SFn;b] Special Output (1) [nonE] None (61) None Instance 1 0x87 (135) 184 35002 uint
[SFn.b] Source Function B [PWr] Power (73) Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Set the type of function [`h;Pr] Heat Power (160) - - - - 3842 2
that will be used for this [`C;Pr] Cool Power (161)
source.
[`Si;B] Special Output (1) 1 to 2 1 Instance 1 0x87 (135) 185 35004 uint
[ Si.b] Source Instance B Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Set the instance of the - - - - 3846 4
[Pon;A] Special Output (1) -100.00 to 100.00% 0 Instance 1 0x87 (135) 186 35018 float
[Pon.A] Power On Level 1 Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Compressor 1 power on - - - - 3874 0x12 (18)
level.
[PoF;A] Special Output (1) -100.00 to 100.00% 5 Instance 1 0x87 (135) 187 35019 float
[PoF.A] Power Off Level 1 Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Compressor 1 power off - - - - 3876 0x13 (19)
level.
[Pon;b] Special Output (1) -100.00 to 100.00% 0 Instance 1 0x87 (135) 188 35020 float
[Pon.b] Power On Level 2 Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Compressor 2 power on - - - - 3878 0x14 (20)
level.
[PoF;b] Special Output (1) -100.00 to 100.00% 5 Instance 1 0x87 (135) 189 35021 float
[PoF.b] Power Off Level 2 Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Compressor 1 power off - - - - 3880 0x15 (21)
level.
[òn;t] Special Output (1) 0 to 9,999 seconds 20 Instance 1 0x87 (135) 190 35022 uint
[ on.t] On Time Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
At a minimum stay on - - - - 3882 0x16 (22)
specified amount of time.
[òF;t] Special Output (1) 0 to 9,999 seconds 20 Instance 1 0x87 (135) 191 35023 uint
[ oF.t] Off Time Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
At a minimum stay off - - - - 3884 0x17 (23)
specified amount of time.
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[``t;t] Special Output (1) 10 to 9,999 seconds 120 Instance 1 0x87 (135) 192 35024 uint
[ t.t] Valve Travel Time Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
The amount of time it - - - - 3886 0x18 (24)
takes the valve to fully
open and then fully close.
[``db] Special Output (1) 1.0 to 100.0% 2 Instance 1 0x87 (135) 193 35025 float
[ db] Dead Band Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Output power needs to - - - - 3888 0x19 (25)
change by specified level
prior to turning on.
[`t;dL] Special Output (1) 0 to 9,999 seconds 0 Instance 1 0x87 (135) ---- 35026 uint
[ t.dL] Time Delay Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
If requested power is - - - - 3890 0x1A (26)
0.0% for longer than the
specified Time Delay, the
compressor will shut off.
[`FUn]
[`Set]
Function Key
`leu] Function Key (1 to 2) high] High (37) High Instance 1 0x6E (110) 137 10001 uint
[ LEv] Active Level [Low] Low (53) Map 1 Map 2 3 to 4 RWES
The Function Key will 1360 1600 1
always power up in the Instance 2
low state. Map 1 Map 2
Pressing the Function 1380 1620
Key will toggle the se-
lected action.
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[``Fn] Function Key (1 to 2) [none] None (61) None Instance 1 0x6E (110) 138 10003 uint
[ Fn] Action Function [`r;en] Remote Set Point en- Map 1 Map 2 3 to 4 RWES
Program the EZ Key to able (216) 1364 1604 3
trigger an action. [LMr] Limit Reset, edge trig- Instance 2
Functions respond to a gered (82) Map 1 Map 2
level state change or an [usr;r] User Set Restore, edge 1384 1624
edge level change. triggered (227)
[P;LoC] Keypad Lockout, level
Note: triggered (217)
The Limit Reset func- [ALM] Alarm Reset, edge
tion is not available in triggered (6)
firmware revision 11.0 [`SiL] Silence Alarms, edge
and above. triggered (108)
[ÀoF] Control Loops Off and
Alarms to Non-alarm State,
[`F;AL] Force Alarm to occur,
[idLE] Idle Set Point, level
triggered (107)
[tUnE] Tune, edge triggered
(98)
[MAn] Manual, level trig-
gered (54)
[òFF] Switch Control Loop
Off, level triggered (90)
[`t;da] TRU-TUNE+® Dis-
able, level triggered (219)
[P;diS] Profile Disable, level
triggered (206)
[P;hoL] Profile Hold/Resume,
[ProF] Start Profile, edge
triggered (196)
[P;StS] Profile Start/Stop,
[s;stp] Start Step (1077)
[``Fi] Function Key (1 to 2) 1 to 4 0 Instance 1 0x96 (110) 139 10004 ----

[ Fi] Function Instance Map 1 Map 2 3 to 4
Select which instance the 1364 1606 4
EZ Key will affect. If only Instance 2
one instance is avail- Map 1 Map 2
able, any selection will 1384 1626
affect it.
[gLbL]
[`Set]
Global Menu
[`C_F] Global [```F] °F (30) °F ---- 0x69 (105) 110 3005 uint
[ C_F] Display Units [```C] °C (15) 1 RWES
Select which scale to use 5
for temperature.
[AC;LF] Global [``50] 50 Hz (3) 60 Hz Instance 1 0x6A (106) 89 1034 uint

[AC.LF] AC Line Frequency [``60] 60 Hz (4) Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Set the frequency to the 886 1006 4
applied ac line power
source.
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[R;typ] Global [rate] Rate (81) Time Instance 1 0x7A (122) ---- 22038 uint
[R.tyP] Ramping Type [``ti] Time (143) Map 1 Map 2 1 RWE
---- 4414 26 (38)
[P;typ] Global [StPt] Set Point (85) Set Point Instance 1 0x7A (122) ---- 22008 uint
[P.tyP] Profile Type [`Pro] Process (75) Map 1 Map 2 1 RWE
Set the profile startup to 2534 4354 8
be based on a set point or
a process value.
[`GSE] Global [òFF] Off (62) Off Instance 1 0x7A (122) ---- 22006 uint
[ gSE] Guaranteed Soak En- [`òn] On (63) Map 1 Map 2 1 RWE
able 2530 4350 6
Enables the guaranteed
soak deviation function
in profiles.
[GSd1] Global 0.0 to 9,999.000°F or units 10.0°F or Instance 1 0x7A (122) ---- 22007 float
[gSd1] Guaranteed Soak De- 0.0 to 5,555.000°C units Map 1 Map 2 1 RWE
viation 1 6.0°C 2532 4352 7
Set the value of the de-
viation band that will be
used in all profile step
types. The process value
must enter the deviation
band before the step can
proceed.
[GSd2] Global 0.0 to 9,999.000°F or units 10.0°F or Instance 1 0x7A (122) ---- 22041 float
[gSd2] Guaranteed Soak De- 0.0 to 5,555.000°C units Map 1 Map 2 1 RWE
viation 2 6.0°C ---- 4420 0x29 (41)
Set the value of the de-
viation band that will be
used in all profile step
types. The process value
must enter the deviation
band before the step can
proceed.
[`Si;a] Global 5 to 12 5 Instance 1 0x7A (122) ---- 22060 uint

[ Si.a] Source Instance A Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Set the digital source ---- 4390 0x1A (26)
for Wait for Event 1 in
profile.
[`Si;B] Global 5 to 12 5 Instance 1 7A (122) ---- 22061 uint

[ Si.b] Source Instance B Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Set the digital source - - - - 4392 0x1B (27)
for Wait for Event 2 in
profile.
[poti] Global 0 to 9999 seconds 0 Instance 1 7A (122) ---- 22073 uint

[Poti] Power Off Time Map 1 Map 2 1 RWE
If profile is running and - - - - 4484 0x49 (73)
power is lost, profile
will resume where it
left off provided time
set has not expired pri-
or to power restoration.
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set
Note:
When changing IP address the control power must be cycled for the new address to take effect.

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[C;led] Global [Con1] Comm port 1 (1189) both Instance 1 0x6A (103) ---- 3014 uint
[C.LEd] Communications LED [Con2] Comm port 2 (1190) Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Action [both] Comm port 1 and 2 1856 2326 0x0E (14)
Turns comms LED on or (13)
off for selected comms [òff] Off (62)
ports.
[2one] Global [òff] Off (62) On Instance 1 0x6A (103) ---- 3026 uint
[Zone] Zone [`òn] On (63) Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Turns Zone LED on or ---- 2350 0x1A (26)
off based on selection.
[Chan] Global [òff] Off (62) On Instance 1 0x6A (103) ---- 3027 uint
[Chan] Channel [`òn] On (63) Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Turns Channel LED on ---- 2352 0x1B (27)
or off based on selection.
[d;prs] Global 1 to 10 2 Instance 1 0x6A (103) ---- 3028 uint
[dPrS] Display Pairs Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Defines the number of ---- 2354 0x1C (28)
Display Pairs.
[`d;ti] Global 0 to 60 0 Instance 1 0x6A (103) ---- 3029 uint
[ d.ti] Display Time Map 1 Map 2 1 RWES
Time delay in toggling ---- 2356 0x1D (29)
between Display Pairs.
[USr;S] Global [SEt1] User Set 1 (101) None Instance 1 0x(101) 118 1014 uint
[USr.S] User Settings Save [SEt2] User Set 2 (102) Map 1 Map 2 1 RWE
Save all of this control- [none] None (61) 26 26 0xE (14)
ler's settings to the
selected set.
[USr;r] Global [FCty] Factory (31) None Instance 1 0x65 117 1013 uint
[USr.r] User Settings Restore [none] None (61) Map 1 Map 2 (101) RWE
Replace all of this con- [SEt1] User Set 1 (101) 24 24 1
troller's settings with [SEt2] User Set 2 (102) 0xD (13)
another set.
[CoM]
[`SEt]
Communications Menu
[PCoL] Communications 1 [`Std] Standard Bus (1286) Modbus Instance 1 0x96 (150) ---- 17009 uint
[PCoL] Protocol [Mod] Modbus RTU (1057) Map 1 Map 2 1 RWE
Set the protocol of this 2492 2972 7
controller to the protocol
that this network is us-
ing.
[Àd;S] Communications 1 1 to 16 1 Instance 1 0x96 (150) ---- 17001 uint

[ Ad.S] Standard Bus Address Map 1 Map 2 1 RWE
Set the network address 2480 2960 1
of this controller. Each
device on the network
must have a unique ad-
dress.
The Zone Display on the
front panel will display
this number.
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[Ad;M] Communications (1 or 2) 1 to 247 1 Instance 1 0x96 (150) ---- 17007 uint
[Ad.M] Modbus Address Map 1 Map 2 1 RWE
Set the network address 2482 2962 2
of this controller. Each
device on the network
must have a unique ad-
dress.
[bAUd] Communications (1 or 2) 9,600 (188) 9,600 Instance 1 0x96 (150) ---- 17002 uint
[bAUd] Baud Rate 19,200 (189) Map 1 Map 2 1 RWE
Set the speed of this con- 38,400 (190) 2484 2964 3
troller's communications
to match the speed of the
Modbus serial network.
[`PAr] Communications [none] None (61) None Instance 1 0x96 (150) ---- 17003 uint
[ PAr] Parity (1 or 2) [EuEn] Even (191) Map 1 Map 2 1 RWE
Set the parity of this con- [òdd] Odd (192) 2486 2966 4
troller to match the par-
ity of the Modbus serial
network.
[`C_f] Communications (1) [```f] Fahrenheit (30) F Instance 1 0x96 (150) ---- 17050 uint
[ C_F] Display Units [```C] Celsius (15) Map 1 Map 2 1 RWE
Select whether this com- 2490 2970 6
munications channel
will display in Celsius or
Fahrenheit.
Note:
Applies to Modbus only.
[M;hL] Communications (1 or 2) [Lohi] Low-High (1331) Low-High Instance 1 0x96 (150) ---- 17043 uint
[M.hL] Modbus Word Order [hiLo] High-Low (1330) Map 1 Map 2 1 RWE
Select the word order of 2488 2968 5
the two 16-bit words in
the floating-point values.
[Map] Communications (1) 1 to 2 1 if 9th ---- ---- ---- 17059 uint

[ Map] Data Map digit RWE
If set to 1 the control will of part
use PM legacy mapping. number
If set to 2 the control is a D or
will use new mapping to 1 other-
accommodate new func- wise, 2.
tions.
[`nU;S] Communications (1) [`yes] Yes (106) Yes Instance 1 0x96 (150) 198 17051 uint
[ nV.S] Non-Volatile Save [``no] No (59) Map 1 Map 2 1 RWE
If set to Yes all values 2494 2974 8
written to the control
will be saved in EE-
PROM.
[Àd;d] Communications (2) 0 to 63 63 ---- ---- ---- 17052 ----

[ Ad.d] DeviceNet™ Node Ad-
dress
Set the DeviceNet™ ad-
dress for this gateway.
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[bAUd] Communications (2) [`125] 125 kb (1351) 125 ---- ---- ---- 17053 ----
[bAUd] Baud Rate DeviceNet™ [`250] 250 kb (1352)
Set the DeviceNet speed [`500] 500 kb (1353)
for this gateway's com-
munications to match
the speed of the serial
network.
[`FC;E] Communications (2) [``no] No (59) No ---- ---- ---- 17054 ----
[ FC.E] DeviceNet™ Quick [`YES} Yes (106)
Connect Enable
Allows for immediate
communication with the
scanner upon power up.
[P;Add] Communications (2) 0 to 126 126 ---- ---- ---- 17060 ----
[P.Add] Profibus Node Address
Set the Profibus address
for this control.
[a;loc] Communications (2) [``no] No (59) No ---- ---- ---- 17061 ----
[A.Loc] Profibus Address Lock [`YES} Yes (106)
When set to yes will
not allow address to be
changed using software.
Can be changed from
front panel.
[iP;M] Communications (2) [dhCP] DHCP (1281) DHCP ---- ---- ---- 17012 ----
[iP.M] IP Address Mode [F;Add] Fixed Address (1284)
Select DHCP to let a
DHCP server assign an
address to this module.
[iP;F1] Communications (2) 0 to 255 169 ---- ---- ---- 17014 ----
[ip.F1] IP Fixed Address Part
1
Set the IP address of this
module. Each device on
the network must have a
unique address.
2
unique address.
3
unique address.
4
unique address.
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
5
unique address.
6
unique address.
[iP;S1] Communications (2) 0 to 255 255 ---- ---- ---- 17020 ----
[ip.S1] IP Fixed Subnet Part 1
Set the IP subnet mask
for this module.
for this module.
for this module.
for this module.
for this module
for this module.
[iP;g1] Communications (2) 0 to 255 0 ---- ---- ---- 17026 ----
[ip.g1] Fixed IP Gateway Part
1
[iP;g2 Communications (2) 0 to 255 0 ---- ---- ---- 17027 ----
2

3

4
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
5

6
[Mb;E] Communications (2) [`YES} Yes (106) Yes ---- ---- ---- 17041 ----
[Mb.E] Modbus TCP Enable [``no] No (59)
Activate Modbus TCP.
[EiP;E] Communications (2) [`YES} Yes (106) Yes ---- ---- ---- 17042 ----
[EiP.E] EtherNet/IP™ Enable [``no] No (59)
Activate Ethernet/IP™.
[ao;nb] Communications (2) 1 to 20 20 ---- ---- ---- 24009 ----
[Ao.nb] CIP Implicit Assembly
Output Member Quan-
tity
[ai;nb] Communications (2) 1 to 20 20 ---- ---- ---- 24010 ----

[Ai.nb] CIP Implicit Assembly
Input Member Quan-
tity
[`C_F] Communications (2) [```F] °F (30) °F Instance 1 0x96 (150) 199 17050 uint
[ C_F] Display Units [```C] °C (15) Map 1 Map 2 1 RWE
Select which scale to use 2510 2990 6
for temperature passed
over communications
port 2.
[Map] Communications (2) 1 to 2 1 if 9th ---- ---- ---- 17059 ----

[ Map] Data Map digit
If set to 1 the control will of part
use PM legacy mapping. number
If set to 2 the control is a D or
will use new mapping to 1 other-
accommodate new func- wise, 2.
tions.
[`nU;S] Communications (2) [`yes] Yes (106) Yes Instance 2 96 (150) 198 17051 uint
[ nU.S] Non-volatile Save [``no] No (59) Map 1 Map 2 2 RWE
If set to Yes all values 2514 2994 8
written to the control
will be saved in EE-
PROM.
[rtC]*
[`SEt]
Real Time Clock Menu
[hoUr] Real Time Clock 0 to 23 0 Instance 1 88 (136) ---- 36003 uint

[hoUr] Hours Map 1 Map 2 1 RW
Set the current time. ---- 4004 3
[Min] Real Time Clock 0 to 59 0 Instance 1 88 (136) ---- 36004 uint

[Min] Minutes Map 1 Map 2 1 RW
Set the current time. ---- 4006 4
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Setup Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[dow] Real Time Clock [`sun] Sunday (1565) Sun Instance 1 88 (136) ---- 36002 uint
[doW] Day of Week [mon] Monday (1559) Map 1 Map 2 1 RW
Set the current day of [`tue] Tuesday (1560) ---- 4002 2
the week. [wed] Wednesday (1561)
[thUr] Thursday (1562)
[`fri] Friday (1563)
[`sat] Saturday (1564)
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

7 Chapter 7: Profiling Page
Navigating the Profiling Page
Note:
menus will appear.
How to Setup and Start a Profile changed for the currently running profile, but
should only be changed by knowledgeable person-
First, consider some foundational profile setup fea- nel and with caution. Changing parameters via
tures that once configured, will apply to all config- the Profile Status Menu will not change the stored
ured profiles. profile but will have an immediate impact on the
The screen shot below (EZ-ZONE Configurator soft- profile that is running.
ware) graphically shows the settings (shaded green) Once these global profile features are configured,
that will apply to the next step will
all profiles; e.g., if require naviga-
Guaranteed Soak tion to the Profil-
is not enabled here ing Page. Here,
this feature will each desired
not be available in ramp and soak
any individual pro- profile will be
file configuration. configured.
Some of those fea- To navigate to
tures that apply the Profile Page
to all profiles are using the RUI,
listed below with a follow the steps
brief description of below:
their function.
1. From the
- Ramping Type Home Page,
(Time or Rate) press and hold
which changes the the Advance Key
profile set point ‰ for approxi-
based on a set in- mately five sec-
terval of time or onds. The profile
set rate. prompt [ProF]
- Profile Type will appear in
(Set Point or Pro- the lower display
cess) determines and the profile
whether a step (any step changing the set point) of number (e.g. [``p1]) appears in the upper display.
a profile will begin by using the process value (Pro- 2. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to change to an-
cess) or the last closed-loop set point (Set Point). other profile (1 to 4).
- Guaranteed Soak Enable, when set to On makes 3. Press the Advance Key ‰ to move to the selected
this feature available in all profiles. If Guaranteed profiles first step.
Soak Enable is on, use Guaranteed Soak Deviation
4. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to move through
1 to 2 to set the value for the corresponding loop.
and select the step type.
Set the deviation or band above or below the work-
ing set point where this condition must be met be- 5. Press the Advance Key ‰ to move through the se-
fore the profile can proceed. lected step settings.
6. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to change the
Note:
steps settings.
Changes made to profile parameters in the Pro-
filing Pages will be saved and will also have an 7. Press the Infinity Key ˆ at any time to return to
immediate impact on the running profile. Some the step number prompt.
parameters in the Profile Status Menu can be
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 99 • Chapter 7 Profiling Page
8. Press the Infinity Key ˆ again to return to the
profile number prompt.
9. From any point press and hold the Infinity Key ˆ
for two seconds to return to the Home Page.
If using EZ-ZONE Configurator software, simply
click on the plus sign next to Profiles in the left hand
column, as shown in the screen shot below.
Notice in the
screen shot to the
right some fields or
parameters are not
selectable (grayed
out) based on the
Step Type that is
selected.
Profiling Parameters

[`SEC] Seconds
[rate] Rate
[w;pi] Wait For Process Instance
[``p1]] [W;P1] Wait For Process 1
[prof] Profile (1 to 4) [w;E1] Wait For Event 1
[```1] [WE;2] Wait for Event 2
[``P1] Profile [1 to 4] Step (1 to 40) [dow] Day of Week
[s;typ] Step Type [``js] Jump Step
[t;SP1] Target Set Point Loop 1 [``jC] Jump Count
[t;SP2] Target Set Point Loop 2 [ÈnD] End Type
[hoUr] Hours [Ent1] Event 1
[Min] Minutes [Ent2] Event 2

Profiling Page
CIP Data
Modbus Class Type
Range Default Relative Ad- Instance &
dress Attribute Read/
hex (dec) Write
[``P1]
[prof]
Profiling Menu
[``p1] Profile [1 to 4] Step 1 to 10 [profile 1] ---- ---- ---- ----

[ P1] to Select a step to edit or view. 11 to 20 [profile 2]
[``p4] 21 to 30 [profile 3]
[ P4] 31 to 40 [profile 4]
[S;typ] Step Type [UStP] Unused Step (50) Unused Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21001 uint
[S.typ] Select a step type. [Ènd] End (27) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40 RWE
Note: [``JL] Jump Loop (116) 2570 4500 1
Prior to selecting the Step Type [CloC] Wait For Time (1543)
consider whether or not profiles [W;bo] Wait For Both (210) Offset to next
will be based on time or rate of [W;Pr] Wait For Process (209) instance (Map
change. By default, profiles are [`W;E] Wait For Event (144) 1 equals +50,
configured for Time [``ti]. [SoAH] Soak (87) Map 2 equals
Therefore, Rate will not be [``ti] Time (143) +100)
available here. If it is desired to [rate] Rate (81)
base profiles on rate of change,
navigate to the Setup Page and
then the Global Menu where
Ramping Type can be
changed from Time to Rate.
[t;SP1] Step Type Parameters -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or 0.0°F or Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21002 float
[t.SP1] Target Set Point Loop 1 units units Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40 RWE
When Step Type is Time or -1,128 to 5,537.000°C -18°C 2572 4502 2
Rate, enter the closed loop set
point for loop 1 to ramp to for Offset to next
this step. instance (Map
1 equals +50,
Map 2 equals
+100)
[t;SP2] Step Type Parameters -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or 0.0°F or Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21028 float
[t.SP2] Target Set Point Loop 2 units units Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40 RWE
When Step Type is Time or -1,128 to 5,537.000°C -18°C - - - - 4554 0x1C (28)
Rate, enter the closed loop set
point for loop 2 to ramp to for Offset to next
this step. instance Map 2
equals +100
[hoUr] Step Type Parameters 0 to 99 0 Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21003 uint
[hoUr] Hours Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40 RWE
Select the hours (plus Minutes 2574 4504 3
and Seconds) for a timed step.
Offset to next
instance (Map
1 equals +50,
Map 2 equals
+100)
[Min] Step Type Parameters 0 to 59 0 Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21004 uint
[Min] Minutes Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40 RWE
When Step Type is Time, Soak, 2576 4506 4
or Wait For Time enter Minutes
(plus Hours and Seconds) for Offset to next
1 equals +50,
Map 2 equals
+100)
Note: R: Read
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display. Full values can be read with other W: Write
E: EEPROM
interfaces.
S: User Set

Profiling Page
CIP Data
Modbus Class Type
hex (dec) Write
[~SEC] Step Type Parameters 0 to 59 0 Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21005 uint
[ SEC] Seconds Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40 RWE
When Step Type is Time, Soak, 2578 4508 5
or Wait For Time enter Seconds
(plus Hours and Minutes) for Offset to next
1 equals +50,
Map 2 equals
+100)
[rate] Step Type Parameters 0 to 9,999.000°F or units per 0.0 Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21006 float
[rAtE] Rate minute Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40 RWE
When Step Type is Rate, enter 0 to 5,555.000°C per minute 2580 4510 6
the rate for ramping in degrees
or units per minute. Offset to next
instance (Map
1 equals +50,
Map 2 equals
+100)
[W;Pi] Step Type Parameters 1 or 2 1 Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21015 uint
[W.Pi] Wait For Process Instance Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40 RWE
When Step Type is Wait for 2598 4528 0x0F (15)
Process or Wait For Both, enter
which analog input specified by Offset to next
Wait For Process 1 must be met instance (Map
before proceeding in profile. 1 equals +50,
Map 2 equals
+100)
W;P1] Step Type Parameters -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or 0.0°F or Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21011 float
[W.P1] Wait For Process 1 units units Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40 RWE
When Step Type is Wait for -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C -18.0°C 2590 4520 0x0B (11)
Process or Wait For Both, enter
wait for process value on analog Offset to next
input specified by Wait For Pro- instance (Map
cess Instance before proceeding 1 equals +50,
in profile. Map 2 equals
+100)
WE;1] Step Type Parameters [òFF] Off (62) Off Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21009 uint
[WE.1] Wait Event 1 [`òn] On (63) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 10 RWE
When Step Type is Wait for [nonE] None (61) 2586 4516 9
Event or Wait For Both, select
the event state that must Offset to next
be satisfied during this step. instance (Map
1 equals +50,
Note: Map 2 equals
Wait Event 1 can be mapped +100)
to any available digital input
(5 - 12). Navigate to the Setup
Page under the Global Menu
to find and modify Source
Instance A [`s;ia] and Source
Instance B [`s;ib].
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
interfaces.
S: User Set

Profiling Page
CIP Data
Modbus Class Type
hex (dec) Write
[WE;2] Step Type Parameters [òFF] Off (62) Off Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21010 uint
[WE.2] Wait Event 2 [`òn] On (63) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40 RWE
When Step Type is Wait for [nonE] None (61) 2588 4518 0xA (10)
Event or Wait For Both, select
the event state that must Offset to next
be satisfied during this step. instance (Map
1 equals +50,
Note: Map 2 equals
Wait Event 2 can be mapped +100)
to any available digital input
(5 - 12). Navigate to the Setup
Page under the Global Menu
to find and modify Source
Instance A [`s;ia] and Source
Instance B [`s;ib].
[dow] Step Type Parameters [`èd] Every Day (1567) Sunday Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21041 uint
[dow] Day of Week [`wd] Week days (1566) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40 RWE
When Step Type is Wait for [`sun] Sunday (1565) ---- 4580 0x29 (41)
Time, the profile waits until this [mon] Monday (1559)
Day of Week along with Hours, [`tue] Tuesday (1560) Offset to next
Minutes and Seconds time of [wed] Wednesday (1561) instance Map 2
day is met. [thUr] Thursday (1562) equals +100)
[`fri] Friday (1563)
[`sat] Saturday (1564)
[~~JS] Step Type Parameters 1 to 40 0 Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21012 uint
[ JS] Jump Step Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40 RWE
When Step Type is Jump Loop, 2592 4522 0xC (12)
this specifies which step to jump
back to. Jump Step must be a Offset to next
lower step number than the cur- instance (Map
rent step number. 1 equals +50,
Map 2 equals
+100)
[~~JC] Step Type Parameters 0 to 9,999 0 Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21013 uint
[ JC] Jump Count Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40 RWE
When Step Type is Jump Loop, 2594 4524 0xD (13)
this specifies the number of
jumps to repeat. A value Offset to next
of 0 creates an infinite loop. instance (Map
Loops can be nested four deep. 1 equals +50,
Map 2 equals
+100)
[~End] Step Type Parameters [òFF] Control Mode set to Off Off Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21014 uint
[ End] End Type (62) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40 RWE
When Step Type is End, this [Hold] Hold last closed-loop set 2596 4526 0xE (14)
specifies what the controller will point in the profile (47)
do when this profile ends. [USEr] User, reverts to previ- Offset to next
ous set point (100) instance (Map
1 equals +50,
Map 2 equals
+100)
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
interfaces.
S: User Set

Profiling Page
CIP Data
Modbus Class Type
hex (dec) Write
Ent1] Step Type Parameters [òFF] Off (62) Off Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21007 uint
[Ent1] Event 1 [`òn] On (63) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40 RWE
When Step Type is not Unused 2582 4512 7
Step, select whether Event
Output 1 or 2 is on or off during Offset to next
1 equals +50,
Map 2 equals
+100)
[Ent2] Step Type Parameters [òFF] Off (62) Off Instance 1 0x79 (121) 21008 uint
[Ent2] Event 2 [`òn] On (63) Map 1 Map 2 1 to 40 RWE
When Step Type is not Unused 2584 4514 8
Step, select whether Event
Output 1 or 2 is on or off during Offset to next
1 equals +50,
Map 2 equals
+100)
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
interfaces.
S: User Set

Display Step Type Parameters in Step Type
Description
[UStP] Step Types ----
[UStP] Unused Step
This is an empty step that can be used to plan for future
steps to be inserted or temporarily deactivate a step in a
profile. Change step type back when the step should be ac-
tive again.
[``ti] Step Types [tg;S1] Target Set Point Loop 1
[ ti] Time [tg;S2] Target Set Point Loop 2
If Ramping Type found in the Global Menu of the Setup [hoUr] Hours
Page is set for Time, control loop 1 to 2 may be part of the
[Min] Minutes
profile and all enabled control loops follow independent set
points over the specified time. The state of up to 2 event [`SEC] Seconds
outputs may be set or maintained. [gSE1] Guaranteed Soak Enable 1
[gSE2] Guaranteed Soak Enable 2
[Ent1] Event 1
[Ent2] Event 2
[rAtE] Step Types [tg;S1] Target Set Point Loop 1
[rAtE] Rate [tg;S2] Target Set Point Loop 2
If Ramping Type found in the Global Menu of the Setup [gSE1] Guaranteed Soak Enable 1
Page is set for Rate, control loop 1 must be part of the profile
and if control loop 2 is enabled it must follow the same set
point and rate in degrees or units per minute. Ensure all [rAtE] Rate
control loops have the same units of measure. The state of [Ent1] Event 1
up to 2 event outputs may be set or maintained. [Ent2] Event 2
[SoAH] Step Types [hoUr] Hours
[SoAk] Soak [Min] Minutes
A Soak Step maintains the last Target Set Points for the [`SEC] Seconds
designated time. The state of up to 2 event outputs may be
set or maintained.
[Ent1] Event 1
[Ent2] Event 2
[CLoC] Step Types [hoUr] Hours
[CLoC] Wait For Time [Min] Minutes
A Wait for Time Step is available with the real-time calen- [`SEC] Seconds
dar clock feature. This allows the program to wait for a spec-
[dow] Day of Week
ified day and time before proceeding to the next step. Used
to have the profile execute steps everyday or only weekdays. [Ent1] Event 1
The state of up to 2 event outputs may be set or maintained. [Ent2] Event 2
[`W;E] Step Types [WE;1] Wait Event 1

[ W.E] Wait For Event [WE;2] Wait Event 2
A Wait for Event Step will wait for the two Wait for Event [Ent1] Event 1
states (1 to 2) to match the specified state. The state of up
[Ent2] Event 2
to 2 event outputs may be set or maintained.
[W;pr] Step Types [W;p1] Wait for Process 1
[W.Pr] Wait For Process [W;p1] Wait for Process 2
A Wait for Process Step will wait for Process Value 1 or 2 to [Ent1] Event 1
match the Wait for Process Value. The state of up to 2 event
[Ent2] Event 2
outputs may be set or maintained.
[W;bo] Step Types [W;p1] Wait for Process 1
[W.bo] Wait For Both [W;p1] Wait for Process 2
A Wait For Process and Event Step will wait for Process [WE;1] Wait Event 1
Value 1 or 2 to match the Wait for Process 1 value, and/or
[WE;2] Wait Event 2
the two Wait Event states to match the specified state. The
state of up to 2 event outputs may be set or maintained. [Ent1] Event 1
[Ent2] Event 2
[Subr] Step Types [``SS] Subroutine Step
[Subr] Subroutine [``SC] Subroutine Count
A Subroutine Step jumps to a set of subroutine steps that [Ent1] Event 1
are common to many profiles. This allows efficiency by uti-
[Ent2] Event 2
lizing several steps to be accessed and called upon. Once the
subroutine is complete, control is passed back to the main [Ent3] Event 3
profile at the next step. The state of up to 8 event outputs [Ent4] Event 4
may be set or maintained. This step type not available in [Ent5] Event 5
subroutine. [Ent6] Event 6
[Ent7] Event 7
[Ent8] Event 8

Display Step Type Parameters in Step Type
Description
[``JL] Step Types [``JS] Jump Step
[ JL] Jump Loop [``JC] Jump Count
A Jump Loop step will repeat previous steps a number [Ent1] Event 1
of times designated in Jump Count. Jump Loops can be
[Ent2] Event 2
nested up to four deep. The state of up to 2 event outputs
may be set or maintained. This step type not available in
subroutine.
Note:
Use the Subroutine step type to jump forward to a set of
common steps.
[Ènd] Step Types [Ènd] End Type
[ End] End [Ent1] Event 1
An End Step will end the profile and set the control modes [Ent2] Event 2
and set points to match the End Type. The state of up to 2
event outputs may be set or maintained. The event outputs
will not be set off unless specifically stated in this step. If a
profile does not have an End Step, the profile continues until
step 40, then stops and maintains the last set points and
control modes. In Subroutines, the End Step returns control
back to the next profile step following the call.

8 Chapter 8: Factory Page
Navigating the Factory Page
To go to the Factory Page from the Home Page, press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to select and then
press and hold both the Advance ‰ and Infinity ˆ press the Advance Key ‰ to enter.
keys for six seconds. • Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to move through
• Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to view available available menu prompts.
menus. On the following pages top level menus • Press the Infinity Key ˆ to move backwards
are identified with a yellow background color. through the levels: parameter to submenu; sub-
• Press the Advance Key ‰ to enter the menu of menu to menu; menu to Home Page.
choice. • Press and hold the Infinity Key ˆ for two seconds
• If a submenu exists (more than one instance), to return to the Home Page.
Note:
menus will appear.
Note:
number.
[CUSt] [ip;a4] IP Actual Address Part 4

[FCty] Custom Setup Menu [ip;a5] IP Actual Address Part 5
[```1] [ip;a6] IP Actual Address Part 6
[CUSt] Custom Setup (1 to 20) [`CAL]
[`par] Parameter [FCty] Calibration Menu
[ìid] Instance ID [```1]
[`LoC] [`Cal] Calibration (1 to 2)
[FCty] Security Setting Menu [`Mu] Electrical Measurement
[`LoC] Security Setting [ELi;o] Electrical Input Offset
[LoC;o] Operations Page [ELi;S] Electrical Input Slope
[LoC;P] Profiling Page [ELo;o] Electrical Output Offset
[pas;e] Password Enabled [ELo;s] Electrical Output Slope
[RloC] Read Lock
[SLoC] Write Security
[loC;l] Locked Access Level
[roll] Rolling Password
[pas;u] User Password
[pas;a] Administrator Password
[ULoC]
[FCty] Security Setting Menu
[Code] Public Key
[pass] Password
[diAg]
[FCty] Diagnostics Menu
[diAg] Diagnostics
[``Pn] Part Number
[`rEu] Software Revision
[S;bld] Software Build Number
[``Sn] Serial Number
[dAtE] Date of Manufacture
[ip;aC] IP Actual Address Mode
[ip;a1] IP Actual Address Part 1
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 107 • Chapter 8 Factor y Page

Factory Page
CIP Data
Modbus Class Pro- Type
Range Default Relative Ad- Instance fibus &
dress Attribute Index Read/
hex (dec) Write
[Cust]
[fcty]
Custom
[`par] Custom [nonE] None See: ---- ---- ---- 14005 uint
[ Par] Parameter 1 to 20 [`L;hy] Limit Hysteresis Home RWES
Select the parameters [`Lh;S] Limit High Set Point Page
that will appear in the [`LL;S] Limit Low Set Point
Home Page. [`CU;r] Current Read
[`Pro] Process
The Parameter 1 value [ì;CA] Calibration Offset
will appear in the [`C_F] Display Units
upper display of the [USr;r] User Settings Restore
Home Page. It cannot [À;Lo] Alarm Low Set Point
be changed with the Up [À;hi] Alarm High Set Point
and Down Keys in the [À;hy] Alarm Hysteresis
Home Page. [CUSt] Custom Menu
The Parameter 2 value [StPt] Set Point
will appear in the lower [AC;pu] Active Process Value
display in the Home [AC;SP] Active Set Point
Page. It can be changed [`òp] Open Loop Set Point
with the Up and Down [ÀUt] Autotune
Keys, if the parameter [`C;M] Control Mode
is a writable one. [`h;Pr] Heat Power
[`C;Pr] Cool Power
Scroll through the other [``ti] Time Integral
Home Page parameters [``td] Time Derivative
with the Advance Key [``db] Dead Band
‰. [`h;Pb] Heat Proportional
Band
Note: [`h;hy] Heat Hysteresis
Display Pairs affect [`C;Pb] Cool Proportional
the pairing of custom Band
parameters on the [`C;hy] Cool Hysteresis
Home page. For more [`r;rt] Ramp Rate
information on Display [t;tUn] TRU-TUNE+® Enable
Pairs see the section [idLE] Idle Set Point
in this guide entitled [P;Str] Profile Start
"Modifying the Display [P;ACr] Profile Action Request
Pairs". [gSd1] Guaranteed Soak De-
viation 1
[gSd2] Guaranteed Soak De-
viation 2
[ìid] Custom (1 to 20) 1 to 4 ---- ---- ---- 14003 uint
[ iid] Instance ID RWES
Select which instance of
the parameter will be
selected.
[`LoC]
[FCty]
Lock Menu
[LoC;o] Security Setting 1 to 3 2 Instance 1 0x67 (103) ---- 3002 uint
[LoC.o] Operations Page Map 1 Map 2 1 RWE
Change the security 1832 2302 2
level of the Operations
Page.
[LoC;P] Security Setting 1 to 3 3 Instance 1 0x67 (103) ---- 3008 uint
[LoC.P] Profiling Page Map 1 Map 2 1 RWE
Change the security lev- 1844 2314 8
el of the Profiling Page.
[pas;e] Security Setting [òff] Off Off ---- ---- ---- 3009 uint
[LoC.P] Password Enable [`òn] On RWE
Set to On to require
a password for menu
changes.
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set
If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear.

Factory Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[rLoC] Security Setting 1 to 5 5 Instance 1 0x67 (103) ---- 3010 uint
[rLoC] Read Lock Map 1 Map 2 1 RWE
Set the read security 1848 2318 0x0A (10)
clearance level. The
user can access the
selected level and all
lower levels.
If the Set Lockout Secu-
rity level is higher than
the Read Lockout Secu-
rity, the Read Lockout
Security level takes
priority.
[SLoC] Security Setting 0 to 5 5 Instance 1 0x67 (103) ---- 3011 uint
[SLoC] Write Security Map 1 Map 2 1 RWE
Set the write security 1844 2314 0x0B (11)
clearance level. The
user can access the
selected level and all
lower levels.
If the Set Lockout Secu-
rity level is higher than
the Read Lockout Secu-
rity, the Read Lockout
Security level takes
priority.
[loC;l] Security Setting 1 to 5 5 ---- ---- ---- 3016 uint
[LoC.L] Locked Access Level RWE
Determines user level
menu visibility when
Password Enable is set
to on. See Features sec-
tion under Password
Security.
[roll] Security Setting [òff] Off Off ---- ---- ---- 3019 uint
[roLL] Rolling Password [`òn] On RWE
When power is cycled
a new Public Key will
be displayed and User
Password changes.
[pas;u] Security Setting 10 to 999 63 ---- ---- ---- 3017 uint
[PAS.u] User Password RWE
Used to acquire access
to menus made avail-
able through the Locked
Access Level setting.
[pas;a] Security Setting 10 to 999 156 ---- ---- ---- 3018 uint
[PAS.A] Administrator Pass- RWE
word
Used to acquire full ac-
cess to all menus includ-
ing disabling or chang-
ing passwords.
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Factory Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[ULoC]
[FCty]
Unlock Menu
[Code] Security Setting Customer Specific 0 ---- ---- ---- 3020 uint
[CodE] Public Key R
If Rolling Password
turned on, generates a
random number when
power is cycled. If Roll-
ing Password is off
fixed number will be
displayed. The key can
be used to gain access
when password is not
known.
[pass] Security Setting -1999 to 9999 0 ---- ---- ---- 3022 int
[PASS] Password RW
Enter the User or Ad-
ministrator password to
gain access. After valid
password is supplied
exit this menu and re-
enter the Security Menu
via the Factory Page.
[diag]
[FCty]
Diagnostics Menu
[``Pn] Diagnostics 15 characters ---- ---- 0x65 115 1009 string
[ Pn] Part Number (101) R
Display this controller's 1
part number. 9
[`rEu] Diagnostics 1 to 10 ---- Instance 1 0x65 116 1003 string
[ rEu] Software Revision Map 1 Map 2 (101) R
Display this control- 4 4 1
ler's firmware revision 3
number.
[S;bLd] Diagnostics 0 to 2,147,483,647 ---- Instance 1 0x65 ---- 1005 dint
[S.bLd] Software Build Num- Map 1 Map 2 (101) R
ber 8 8 1
Display the firmware 5
build number.
[``Sn] Diagnostics 0 to 2,147,483,647 ---- Instance 1 0x65 ---- 1032 string
[ Sn] Serial Number Map 1 Map 2 (101) R
Display the serial num- 12 12 1
ber. 0x20 (32)
[dAtE] Diagnostics 0 to 2,147,483,647 ---- Instance 1 0x65 ---- 1008 dint
[dAtE] Date of Manufacture Map 1 Map 2 (101) R
Display the date code. 14 14 1
8
No Dis- Diagnostics 0 to 2,147,483,647 ---- Instance 1 0x65 ---- 1001 dint
play Hardware ID Map 1 Map 2 (101) R
Display the Hardware 0 0 1
ID. 1
No Dis- Diagnostics 0 to 2,147,483,647 ---- Instance 1 0x65 ---- 1002 dint
play Firmware ID Map 1 Map 2 (101) R
Display the Firmware 2 2 1
ID. 2
[iP;aC] Diagnostics [dhCP] DHCP (1281) DHCP ---- ---- ---- 17013 ----
[iP.AC] IP Address Mode [F;Add] Fixed Address (1284)
Actual address mode
(DHCP or Fixed).
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Factory Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[iP;A1] Diagnostics 0 to 255 169 ---- ---- ---- 17014 ----
[ip.F1] IP Actual Address Part
1
Actual IP address of this
unique address.
2
unique address.
3
unique address.
4
unique address.
5
unique address.
6
unique address.
[`CAL]
[FCty]
Calibration Menu
[`Mu] Calibration (1 to 2) -3.4e38 to 3.4e38 Instance 1 0x68 ---- 4021 float
[ Mv] Electrical Measure- Map 1 Map 2 (104) R
ment 400 400 1 to 2
Read the raw electrical Instance 2 0x15 (21)
value for this input in Map 1 Map 2
the units corresponding 480 490
to the Sensor Type (Set-
up Page, Analog Input
Menu) setting.
[ELi;o] Calibration (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 0.0 Instance 1 0x68 ---- 4010 float
[ELi.o] Electrical Input Offset Map 1 Map 2 (104) RWES
Change this value to 378 378 1 to 2
calibrate the low end of Instance 2 0x0A (10)
the input range. Map 1 Map 2
458 468
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

Factory Page
CIP Data
hex (dec) Write
[ELi;S] Calibration (1 to 2) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 1.0 Instance 1 0x68 ---- 4011 float
[ELi.S] Electrical Input Slope Map 1 Map 2 (104) RWES
Adjust this value to 380 380 1 to 2
calibrate the slope of the Instance 2 0xB (11)
input value. Map 1 Map 2
460 470
[ELo;o] Calibration (1 or 3) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 0.0 Instance 1 0x76 ---- 18005 float
[ELo.o] Electrical Output Map 1 Map 2 (118) RWES
Offset 728 848 1 or 3
Change this value to Instance 3 5
calibrate the low end of Map 1 Map 2
the output range. 808 928
[ELo;S] Calibration (1 or 3) -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 1.0 Instance 1 0x76 ---- 18006 float
[ELo.S] Electrical Output Map 1 Map 2 (118) RWES
Slope 730 850 1 or 3
Adjust this value to Instance 3 6
calibrate the slope of the Map 1 Map 2
output value. 810 930
Note: R: Read
E: EEPROM
S: User
Set

9 Chapter 9: Features
Saving and Restoring User Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Tuning the PID Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Autotuning with TRU‑TUNE+® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Calibration Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Filter Time Constant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Sensor Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Sensor Backup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Scale High and Scale Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Range High and Range Low. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Receiving a Remote Set Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Ten Point Linearization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
NO-ARC Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Retransmitting a Process Value or Set Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Cool Output Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Resetting a Tripped Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Control Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Output Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Auto (closed loop) and Manual (open loop) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
On-Off Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Proportional and (P) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Proportional and Integral (PI) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Proportional, Integral and Derivative (PID) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Dead Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Variable Time Base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Single Set Point Ramping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Cascade Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Compressor Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Differential Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Ratio Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Duplex Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Motorized Valve Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Process and Deviation Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Alarm Set Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Alarm Hysteresis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Alarm Latching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Alarm Silencing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Alarm Blocking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Current Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Open Loop Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Programming the EZ Key/s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Using Password Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Modbus - Using Programmable Memory Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
CIP - Communications Capabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Profibus DP - (Decentralized Peripherals) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Software Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 113 • Chapter 9 Features

Saving and Restoring User Settings generated by the autotune will be used until the au-
totune feature is rerun, the PID values are manually
Recording setup and operations parameter settings adjusted or TRU-TUNE+® is enabled.
for future reference is very important. If you uninten-
tionally change these, you will need to program the To initiate an autotune, set Autotune Request
correct settings back into the controller to return the [ÀUt] (Operations Page, Loop Menu) to [`YES].
equipment to operational condition. You should not autotune while a profile is running. If
the autotune cannot be completed in 60 minutes, the
After you program the controller and verify prop- autotune will time-out and the original settings will
er operation, use User Settings Save [USr;S] (Setup take effect.
Page, Global Menu) to save the settings into either
of two files in a special section of memory. If the set- The lower display will flash between [tUnE] and
tings in the controller are altered and you want to the set point while the autotuning is underway. The
return the controller to the saved values, use User temperature must cross the Autotune Set Point five
Settings Restore [USr; r] (Setup Page, Global Menu) times to complete the autotuning process. Once com-
to recall one of the saved settings. plete, the controller controls at the normal set point,
using the new parameters.
A digital input or the Function Key can also be
configured to restore parameters. Select a set point for the tune with Autotune Set
Point. The Autotune Set Point is expressed as a per-
Note: cent of the Closed Loop Set Point.
Only perform the above procedure when you are If you need to adjust the tuning procedure's ag-
sure that all the correct settings are programmed gressiveness, use Autotune Aggressiveness [T;Agr]
into the controller. Saving the settings overwrites (Setup Page, Loop Menu). Select Under Damped
any previously saved collection of settings. [Undr] to bring the process value to the set point
Be sure to document all the controller settings. quickly. Select over damped [ouer] to bring the pro-
Note: cess value to the set point with minimal overshoot.
I/O assemblies for Modbus, DeviceNet, Profibus and Select critical damped [Crit] to balance a rapid re-
Ethernet will be overwritten when restoring factory sponse with minimal overshoot.
defaults. Process Set Point
Autotune begins Autotune complete
Tuning the PID Parameters

Autotuning
When an autotune is performed on the EZ-ZONE ®
Autotune Set Point
PM, the set point is used to calculate the tuning set (90 percent of Process Set Point)
point.
Temperature
For example, if the active set point is 200° and

Autotune Set Point [A;tSP] (Operations Page, Loop
Menu) is set to 90 percent, the autotune function
utilizes 180° for tuning. This is also how autotun-
ing works in previous Watlow Winona controllers. In
addition, changing the active set point in previous
controllers causes the autotune function to restart; Time
®
where with the EZ-ZONE PM changing the set
point after an autotune has been started has no af-
fect. Manual Tuning
A new feature in EZ-ZONE ® PM products will al- In some applications, the autotune process may not
low set point changes while the control is autotun- provide PID parameters for the process characteris-
ing, this includes while running a profile or ramping. tics you desire. If that is the case, you may want to
When the auto tune is initially started it will use tune the controller manually.
the current set point and will disregard all set point 1. Apply power to the controller and establish a set
changes until the tuning process is complete. Once point typically used in your process.
complete, the controller will then use the new set
2. Go to the Operations Page, Loop Menu, and set
point.
Heat Proportional Band [`h;Pb] and/or Cool Pro-
This is why it is a good idea to enter the active set portional Band [`C;Pb] to 5. Set Time Integral
point before initiating an autotune. [``ti] to 0. Set Time Derivative [``td] to 0.
Autotuning calculates the optimum heating and/ 3. When the system stabilizes, watch the process
or cooling PID parameter settings based on the sys- value. If it fluctuates, increase the Heat Propor-
tem's response. Autotuning can be enabled whether tional Band or Cool Proportional Band value in 3
or not TUNE-TUNE+™ is enabled. The PID settings to 5° increments until it stabilizes, allowing time
Wat low EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 114 • Chapter 9 Features

for the system to settle between adjustments. to automatically adjust to load changes and compen-
4. When the process has stabilized, watch Heat sate for differing control characteristics at various
Power [`h;Pr] or Cool Power [`C;Pr] (Operations set points for processes that are not entirely linear.
Page, Monitor Menu). It should be stable ±2%. At Once the PID parameters have been set by the
this point, the process temperature should also TRU‑TUNE+™ adaptive algorithm, the process, if
be stable, but it will have stabilized before reach- shut down for any reason, can be restarted in the
ing the set point. The difference between the set adaptive control mode.
point and actual process value can be eliminated Turn TRU‑TUNE+™ on or off with TRU‑TUNE+™
with Integral. Enable [t;tUn] (Setup Page, Loop Menu).
5. Start with an Integral value of 6,000 and allow Use TRU‑TUNE+™ Band [t;bnd] (Setup Page,
10 minutes for the process temperature to reach Loop Menu) to set the range above and below the
the set point. If it has not, reduce the setting by set point in which adaptive tuning will be active.
half and wait another 10 minutes. Continue re- Adjust this parameter only in the unlikely event
ducing the setting by half every 10 minutes until that the controller is unable to stabilize at the set
the process value equals the set point. If the pro- point with TRU‑TUNE+™ Band set to auto (0). This
cess becomes unstable, the Integral value is too may occur with very fast processes. In that case, set
small. Increase the value until the process stabi- TRU‑TUNE+™ Band to a large value, such as 100.
lizes.
Use TRU‑TUNE+™ Gain [`t;gn] (Setup Page,
6. Increase Derivative to 0.1. Then increase the set
Loop Menu) to adjust the responsiveness of the adap-
point by 11° to 17°C. Monitor the system’s ap-
tive tuning calculations. Six settings range from 1,
proach to the set point. If the process value over-
with the most aggressive response and most poten-
shoots the set point, increase Derivative to 0.2.
tial overshoot (highest gain), to 6, with the least ag-
Increase the set point by 11° to 17°C and watch
gressive response and least potential for overshoot
the approach to the new set point. If you increase
(lowest gain). The default setting, 3, is recommended
Derivative too much, the approach to the set
for loops with thermocouple feedback and moderate
point will be very sluggish. Repeat as necessary
response and overshoot potential.
until the system rises to the new set point with-
out overshoot or sluggishness.
For additional information about autotune and PID
Before Tuning
control, see related features in this chapter. Before autotuning, the controller hardware must be
installed correctly, and these basic configuration pa-
Autotuning with TRU‑TUNE+® rameters must be set:
The TRU-TUNE+® adaptive algorithm will optimize • Sensor Type [`SEn] (Setup Page, Analog Input
the controller's PID values to improve control of dy- Menu), and scaling, if required;
namic processes. TRU-TUNE+ ® monitors the Process • Function [``Fn] (Setup Page, Output Menu) and
Value and adjusts the control parameters automati- scaling, if required.
cally to keep your process at set point during set
point and load changes. When the controller is in the How to Autotune a Loop
adaptive control mode, it determines the appropriate 1. Enter the desired set point or one that is in the
output signal and, over time, adjusts control param- middle of the expected range of set points that
eters to optimize responsiveness and stability. The you want to tune for.
TRU-TUNE+® feature does not function for on-off
control. 2. Enable TRU-TUNE+ ®.
3. Initiate an autotune. (See Autotuning in this
The preferred and quickest method for tuning a
chapter.)
loop is to establish initial control settings and contin-
ue with the adaptive mode to fine tune the settings. When autotuning is complete, the PID parameters
Setting a controller's control mode to tune starts should provide good control. As long as the loop is in
this two-step tuning process. (See Autotuning in this the adaptive control mode, TRU-TUNE+ ® continu-
chapter.) This predictive tune determines initial, ously tunes to provide the best possible PID control
rough settings for the PID parameters. Then the loop for the process.
automatically switches to the adaptive mode which
fine tunes the PID parameters.
Once the Process Value has been at set point for
ç
a suitable period (about 30 minutes for a fast process WARNING! During autotuning, the controller sets the out-
to roughly two hours for a slower process) and if no put to 100 percent and attempts to drive the Process Value
further tuning of the PID parameters is desired or toward the set point. Enter a set point and heat and cool
needed, TRU‑TUNE+™ may be turned off. However, power limits that are within the safe operating limits of your
keeping the controller in the adaptive mode allows it system.

Inputs near the extremes of the range that the application is
likely to utilize. See recommended values below:
Calibration Offset
Precision Precision
Calibration offset allows a device to compensate for Sensor Type
Source Low Source High
an inaccurate sensor, lead resistance or other factors
that affect the input value. A positive offset increases thermocouple 0.000 mV 50.000 mV
the input value, and a negative offset decreases the millivolts 0.000 mV 50.000 mV
input value. volts 0.000V 10.000V
The input offset value can be viewed or changed milliamps 0.000 mA 20.000 mA
with Calibration Offset [ì;CA] (Operations Page,
Analog Input Menu). 100 Ω RTD 50.00 Ω 350.0 Ω
1,000 Ω RTD 500.0 Ω 3,500 Ω
thermistor 5 kΩ 50.00 5,000
Negative Calibration Offset will
compensate for the difference thermistor 10 kΩ 150.0 10,000
Temperature Reading
between the Sensor Reading and
from Sensor
the Actual Temperature thermistor 20 kΩ 1,800 20,000
thermistor 40 kΩ 1,700 40,000
potentiometer 0.000 1,200
Temperature
Note:
The user may only calibrate one sensor type. If the
Actual Process Temperature
calibrator interferences with open thermocouple
detection, set Sensor Type [`SEn] in Setup Page
[`SEt], Analog Input Menu [`Ài] to millivolt
Time
[`Mu] instead of Thermocouple [``tC] to avoid
interference between the calibrator and open ther-
Calibration mocouple detect circuit for the duration of the cali-
bration process. Be sure to set sensor type back to
Before performing any calibration procedure, verify
the thermocouple type utilized.
that the displayed readings are not within published
1. Disconnect the sensor from the controller.
specifications by inputting a known value from a pre-
cision source to the analog input. Next, subtract the 2. Record the Calibration Offset [ì;CA] parameter
displayed value with the known value and compare value in the Operations Page [oPEr] , Analog In-
this difference to the published accuracy range speci- put Menu [`Ài] then set value to zero.
fication for that type of input. 3. Wire the precision source to the appropriate con-
troller input terminals to be calibrated. Do not
Use of the Calibration Offset [ì;CA] parameter
have any other wires connected to the input ter-
found in the Operations Page [oPEr] , Analog Input
minals. Please refer to the Install and Wiring sec-
Menu [`Ài] shifts the readings across the entire
tion of this manual for the appropriate connec-
displayed range by the offset value. Use this param-
tions.
eter to compensate for sensor error or sensor place-
ment error. Typically this value is set to zero. 4. Ensure the controller sensor type is programmed
to the appropriate Sensor Type [`SEn] to be uti-
Equipment required while performing calibra- lized in the Setup Page [`SEt] , Analog Input
tion: Obtain a precision source for millivolts, volts, Menu [`Ài] .
milliamperes or resistance depending on the sensor
5. Enter Factory Page [FCty ] , Calibration Menu
type to be calibrated. Use copper wire only to connect
[`CAL] via RUI or EZ-ZONE Configurator Soft-
the precision source to the controller’s input. Keep
ware.
leads between the precision source and controller as
short as possible to minimize error. In addition, a 6. Select the Calibration [CAL] input instance to be
precision volt/ohm meter capable of reading values to calibrated. This corresponds to the analog input to
4 decimal places or better is recommended. Prior to be calibrated.
calibration, connect this volt/ohm meter to the preci- 7. Set Electrical Input Slope [ELi;S] to 1.000 and
sion source to verify accuracy. Electrical Input Offset [ELi; o ] to 0.000 (this will
Actual input values do NOT have to be exactly the cancel any prior user calibration values)
recommended values, but it IS critical that the actual 8. Input a Precision Source Low value. Read Elec-
value of the signal connected to the controller be ac- trical Measurement value [`Mu] of controller via
curately known to at least four digits. EZ-Configurator or RUI. This will be referred to
as Electrical Measured Low.
Calibration of Analog Inputs:
Record low value ______________
To calibrate an analog input, you will need to provide
a source of two electrical signals or resistance values 9. Input a Precision Source High value.

10. Read Electrical Measurement value [`Mu] of Select the sensor type with Sensor Type [`Sen]
controller via EZ-Configurator or RUI. This will (Setup Page, Analog Input Menu).
be referred to as Electrical Measured High.
Record high value ______________ Sensor Backup
11. Calculated Electrical Input Slope = (Precision Sensor backup maintains closed-loop control after an
High – Precision Low) / (Electrical Measured High input failure by switching control to input 2. The sen-
– Electrical Measured Low) sor backup feature is only available in an EZ-ZONE
Calculated Slope value ___________ PM Integrated Limit or Remote Set Point controller.
12. Calculated Electrical Input Offset = Precision Turn sensor backup on or off with Sensor Backup
Low – (Electrical Input Slope * Measured Low) Enable [`S;bA] (Setup Page, Analog Input 1).
Calculated Offset value ___________ Note:
When Sensor Backup is enabled the Process Value
13. Enter the calculated Electrical Input Slope function will automatically set itself to Sensoe
[ELi;S] and Electrical Input Offset [ELi; o ] into Backup.
the controller.
14. Exit calibration menu. Set Point Low Limit and High Limit
15. Validate calibration process by utilizing a calibra- The controller constrains the set point to a value be-
tor to the analog input. tween a set point low limit and a set point high limit.
16. Enter calibration offset as recorded in step 2 if re- Set the set point limits with Low Set Point
quired to compensate for sensor error. [`L;SP] and High Set Point [`h;SP] (Setup Page,
Setting Electrical Input Slope [ELi;S] to 1.000 and Loop Menu).
Electrical Input Offset [ELi; o ] to 0.000, restores fac- There are two sets of set point low and high lim-
tory calibration as shipped from factory. its: one for a closed-loop set point, another for an
open-loop set point.
Filter Time Constant High Limit of selected functional range
Filtering smoothes an input signal by applying a Range High Range (between High Limit of Sensor and Range Low)
first-order filter time constant to the signal. Filter- Set Point High
Gas Pressure
ing the displayed value makes it easier to monitor. Set Point Range (must be between Range High and Range Low)
Set Point Low
Filtering the signal may improve the performance of
PID control in a noisy or very dynamic system. Range Low Range (between Low Limit of Sensor and Range High)
Adjust the filter time interval with Filter Time Low Limit of selected functional range
[`FiL] (Setup Page, Analog Input Menu). Example:

Range Low and Range High
With a filter value of 0.5 seconds, if the process input
value instantly changes from 0 to 100 and remained at
Scale High and Scale Low
100, the display will indicate 100 after five time con-
stants of the filter value or 2.5 seconds. When an analog input is selected as process voltage
or process current input, you must choose the value
of voltage or current to be the low and high ends. For
Unfiltered Input Signal
example, when using a 4 to 20 mA input, the scale
low value would be 4.00 mA and the scale high value
Temperature
would be 20.00 mA. Commonly used scale ranges are:

0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 5V, 1 to 5V and 0 to 10V.
You can create a scale range representing other
units for special applications. You can reverse scales
from high values to low values for analog input sig-
Time
nals that have a reversed action. For example, if 50

Filtered Input Signal psi causes a 4 mA signal and 10 psi causes a 20 mA
signal.
Temperature
Scale low and high low values do not have to match

the bounds of the measurement range. These along
with range low and high provide for process scaling
Time and can include values not measureable by the control-
ler. Regardless of scaling values, the measured value
Filter Time Constant
will be constrained by the electrical measurements of
Sensor Selection the hardware.
You need to configure the controller to match the in- Select the low and high values with Scale Low
put device, which is normally a thermocouple, RTD or [`S;Lo] and Scale High [`S;hi]. Select the displayed
process transmitter. range with Range Low [`r;Lo] and Range High

[`r;hi] (Setup Page, Analog Input Menu). reading differences can be caused by sensor place-
ment, tolerances, an inaccurate sensor or lead resis-
Range High and Range Low tance.
With a process input, you must choose a value to rep- The user specifies the unit of measurement and
resent the low and high ends of the current or voltage then each data point by entering an input point value
range. Choosing these values allows the controller’s and a corresponding output point value. Each data
display to be scaled into the actual working units of point must be incrementally higher than the previous
measurement. For example, the analog input from a point. The linerization function will interpolate data
humidity transmitter could represent 0 to 100 per- points linearly in between specified data points.
cent relative humidity as a process signal of 4 to 20 Input Point 10
mA. Low scale would be set to 0 to represent 4 mA 9
and high scale set to 100 to represent 20 mA. The in- Reading from Sensor
without Linearization
8 Output Point 10
dication on the display would then represent percent 67
Temperature
(Actual Value) 5
4
humidity and range from 0 to 100 percent with an 3
input of 4 to 20 mA. 2 Offset Zone
Input Point 1
Select the low and high values with Range Low
[`r;Lo] and Range High [`r;hi] (Setup Page, Analog
Reading from Sensor
Input Menu). with Linearization
(Displayed Value)
Output Point 1 No Offset
Receiving a Remote Set Point
The remote set point feature allows the controller Time
to use a thermocouple, RTD, 1 k potentiometer or
process signal at input 2 to establish the set point,
which allows its set point to be manipulated by an Outputs
external source. A common application would use one
ramping controller with a set-point retransmit out- Duplex
put to ramp multiple controllers using the remote set Certain systems require that a single process output
point. Or you could use an analog output from a PLC control both heating and cooling outputs. An EZ-
to send set point values to an EZ-ZONE PM. ZONE ® PM controller with a process output can func-
The controller must have two process inputs to tion as two separate outputs.
use the remote set point feature. With a 4 to 20mA output the heating output will
You may select between local and remote set operate from 12 to 20mA (0 to +100 percent) and the
points at the front panel, with an event input, from cooling output will operate from 12 to 4mA (0 to -100
a remote computer using the communications fea- percent).
ture or from an external switch using an event input. In some cases this type of output is required by
Make sure all input and output impedances are com- the device that the EZ-ZONE PM controls, such as
patible. a three-way valve that opens one way with a 12 to
Switch to the remote set point with Remote En- 20mA signal and opens the other way with a 4 to
able [`r;En] (Operations Page, Loop Menu). Select 12mA signal. This feature reduces the overall system
whether the remote set point controls an open- or cost by using a single output to act as two outputs.
closed-loop set point with Remote Set Point Type Outputs 1 and 3 can be ordered as process out-
[`r;ty]. puts. Select duplex [dUPL] as the Output Function
Assign the function of switching to a remote set [``Fn] (Setup Page, Output Menu). Set the output to
point to a digital input with Digital Input Function volts [uoLt] or milliamps [`MA] with Output Type
[``Fn] (Setup Page, Digital Input Menu). [ò;ty]. Set the range of the process output with
Assign the function of switching to a remote set Scale Low [`S;Lo] and Scale High [`S;hi].
point to the EZ Key with Digital Input Function
[``Fn] (Setup Page, Function Key Menu). NO-ARC Relay
A NO-ARC relay provides a significant improvement
Ten Point Linearization in the life of the output relay over conventional re-
lays.
The linearization function allows a user to re-linear-
ize a value read from an analog input. There are 10 Conventional mechanical relays have an expected
data points used to compensate for differences be- life of 100,000 cycles at the rated full-load current.
tween the sensor value read (input point) and the de- The shorter life for conventional relays is due to the
sired value (output point). Multiple data points enable fact that when contacts open while current is flowing
compensation for non-linear differences between the metal degradation occurs. This action produces un-
sensor readings and target process values over the avoidable electrical arcing causing metal to transfer
thermal or process system operating range. Sensor from one contact to the other. The arcing conditions

continue on each subsequent contact opening until Range High
over time the resistance through the contacts in-

creases causing the contacts to increase in tempera-
Output Scale
ture. Eventually, the contacts will weld together and
the relay remains in the on state.
The Watlow NO-ARC relay is a hybrid relay. It us-
es a mechanical relay for the current load and a triac
(solid-state switch) to carry the turn-on and turn-off
Range Low
Scale Low Retransmit Source Scale High
currents. NO-ARC relays extend the life of the relay Retransmit

more than two million cycles at the rated full-load
current. Set the range of the process output with Scale
Although a NO-ARC relay has significant life ad- Low [`S;Lo] and Scale High [`S;hi]. Scale the re-
vantages, a few precautions must be followed for ac- transmit source to the process output with Range
ceptable usage: Low [`r;Lo] and Range High [`r;hi].
Do not use: When the retransmit source is at the Range Low
value, the retransmit output will be at its Scale Low
• hybrid relays for limit contactors. A limit or
value. When the retransmit source is at the Range
safety device must provide a positive mechanical
High value, the retransmit output will be at its Scale
break on all hot legs simultaneously;
High value.
• dc loads with hybrid relays. The triacs used for
arc suppression will turn off only with ac line
voltage; Cool Output Curve
• hybrid switches to drive any inductive loads, such A nonlinear output curve may improve performance
as relay coils, transformers or solenoids; when the response of the output device is nonlinear.
• cycle times less than five seconds on hybrid If a cool output uses one of the nonlinear curves a
switches; PID calculation yields a lower actual output level
than a linear output would provide.
• on loads that exceed 264V ac through relay;
• on loads that exceed 15 amperes load; These output curves are used in plastics extruder
applications: curve 1 for oil-cooled extruders and
• on loads less than 100 mA; curve 2 for water-cooled extruders.
• NO-ARC relays in series with other NO-ARC re- 100
lays.
Actual Output Power
80
Retransmitting a Process Value or Set Point

The retransmit feature allows a process output to 60
Linear
provide an analog signal that represents the set point Curve 1

or process value. The signal may serve as a remote
40
Linear
Curve 2
set point for another controller or as an input for a Curve 1
20
chart recorder documenting system performance over Curve 2
time.
0
In choosing the type of retransmit signal the op- PID Calculation
erator must take into account the input impedance

of the device to be retransmitted to and the required Select a nonlinear cool output curve with Cool Out-
signal type, either voltage or milliamps. put Curve [`C;Cr] (Setup Menu, Loop Menu).
Typically applications might use the retransmit
option to record one of the variables with a chart re- Resetting a Tripped Limit
corder or to generate a set point for other controls in When a limit controller is ordered (PM _ _ _ _ _ - _
a multi-zone application. [L,M] _ _ _ _ _) output 4 will always be a Form A
Outputs 1 and 3 can be ordered as process out- (normally open) Mechanical Relay and it will al-
puts. Select retransmit [rMt] as the Output Func- ways be internally tied to the limit function. When
tion [``Fn] (Setup Page, Output Menu). Set the out- the limit is in a safe state the internal coil for this
put to volts [uoLt] or milliamps [`MA] with Output relay will be energized, therefore the relay will be
Type [ò;ty]. Select the signal to retransmit with closed. When a condition occurs that causes the limit
Retransmit Source [`r;Sr]. to trip, the internal coil will deengerize causing the
relay to latch open. When the condition that caused
the limit to trip has been resolved, the relay will re-
main latched open until manually reset. The process
to reset a latched limit can be different from control
to control and is dependent upon the controller firm-
ware version.

To check the firmware revision of your control do Heat and cool each have their own set of control pa-
one of the following: rameters. All heat outputs use the same set of heat
1. Cycle power to the control while observing the control parameters and all cool outputs use the same
number in the top display (this momentary numer- set of cool output parameters.
ical display reflects the current installed firmware Each alarm output has its own set of configura-
version). tion parameters and set points, allowing independent
operation.
2. Navigate to the Factory Page by simultaneously
pushing and holding the Advance Key ‰ and the
Reset Key for approximately 8 seconds and then
RESET Auto (closed loop) and Manual (open loop) Control
use the up or down arrow key to navigate to the The controller has two basic modes of operation, auto
Diagnostic Menu. Once there, push the Advance mode and manual mode. Auto mode allows the con-
Key twice where the revision [`reu] will be shown troller to decide whether to perform closed-loop con-
in the lower display and the upper display will in- trol or to follow the settings of Input Error Failure
dicate the current firmware revision. [FAiL] (Setup Page, Loop Menu). The manual mode
Execute One of the Following Steps to Reset a only allows open-loop control. The EZ-ZONE ® PM
Tripped Limit Prior to Firmware Release 11.0: controller is normally used in the auto mode. The
manual mode is usually only used for specialty appli-
1. Push the Reset Key RESET
cations or for troubleshooting.

2. Configure a digital input with the Action Function
set to Limit Reset (navigate to the Setup Page un- Manual mode is open-loop control that allows the
der the Digital I/O Menu). user to directly set the power level to the controller’s
output load. No adjustments of the output power level
3. Use a field bus protocol, i.e., Modbus, EtherNet/ occur based on temperature or set point in this mode.
IP, etc...where a value of zero would be written to
In auto mode, the controller monitors the input to
the associated address (navigate to the Operations
determine if closed-loop control is possible. The con-
Page and look for Limit Clear Request under the
troller checks to make certain a functioning sensor is
Limit Menu to find appropriate address).
providing a valid input signal. If a valid input signal
4. Cycle the power to the controller. is present, the controller will perform closed-loop con-
Execute One of the Following Steps to Reset a trol. Closed-loop control uses a process sensor to de-
Tripped Limit with Firmware Release 11.0 and termine the difference between the process value and
above: the set point. Then the controller applies power to a
control output load to reduce that difference.
1. Push the Reset Key RESET
If a valid input signal is not present, the control-

2. Follow the steps below:
ler will indicate an input error message in the upper
2a. Navigate to the Setup Page and then the Limit display and [Attn] in the lower display and respond
Menu to the failure according to the setting of Input Error
2b. Set Source Function A to the desired device Failure [FAiL]. You can configure the controller to
that will reset the limit (Digital I/O or Func- perform a bumpless transfer [bPLS], switch power to
tion Key) output a preset fixed level [MAn], or turn the output
power off.
2c. Define the Source Instance
Bumpless transfer will allow the controller to
3. Use a field bus protocol, i.e., Modbus, EtherNet/ transfer to the manual mode using the last power
IP, etc...where a value of zero would be written to value calculated in the auto mode if the process had
the associated address (navigate to the Operations stabilized at a ±5 percent output power level for the
Page and look for Limit Clear Request under the time interval of Time Integral (Operations Page,
Limit Menu to find appropriate address). Loop) prior to sensor failure, and that power level is
4. Cycle the power to the controller. less than 75 percent.
Reverse Bumpless functionality will take effect
when the control is changed from Manual to Auto
Control Methods mode. The control will preload the Open Loop Set
Point value into the Integral Term, which will allow
Output Configuration
for a bumpless transition. The normal PID action will
Each controller output can be configured as a heat then take over to control the output to the Closed
output, a cool output, an alarm output or deactivat- Loop Set Point value.
ed. No dependency limitations have been placed on
the available combinations. The outputs can be con-
figured in any combination. For instance, all three
could be set to cool.
Heat and cool outputs use the set point and Oper-
ations parameters to determine the output value. All
heat and cool outputs use the same set point value.
Page, Loop Menu). On-off hysteresis can be set with
Set Point Actual Temperature
Heat Hysteresis [`h;hY] or Cool Hysteresis [`C;hY]
(Operations Page, Loop Menu).
Temperature
Sensor
Break
Note:
100%
Input Error Failure Mode [faIl] does not function
Output Power in on-off control mode. The output goes off.
40%
Power
2 minutes Locks in
Output The heating action switches off when the process
0% Power temperature rises above the set point.
Time
Bumpless Transfer
Temperature
Set Point
Input Error Latching [ì;Er] (Setup Page, Ana- Hysteresis
log Input Menu) determines the controller’s response Process Temperature
once a valid input signal returns to the controller.
If latching is on, then the controller will continue The heating action switches on when the process temperature
drops below the set point minus the hysteresis.
The heating action
to indicate an input error until the error is cleared. switches on at startup.
To clear a latched alarm, press the Advance Key ‰ Time
then the Up Key ¿. On/Off System Cycles

If latching is off, the controller will automatically
clear the input error and return to reading the tem-
The cooling action switches on when
perature. If the controller was in the auto mode when The cooling action the process temperature rises above
switches
the input error occurred, it will resume closed-loop on at startup.
the set point plus the hysteresis.
control. If the controller was in manual mode when

the error occurred, the controller will remain in
Temperature
Hysteresis
Process Temperature Set Point
open-loop control.
The Manual Control Indicator Light % is on when
the controller is operating in manual mode.
The cooling action switches off when the process
You can easily switch between modes if the Con- temperature drops below the set point.
trol Mode [`C;M] parameter is selected to appear in

the Home Page. Time
On/Off System Cycles

To transfer to manual mode from auto mode,
press the Advance Key ‰ until [`C;M] appears in
the lower display. The upper display will display Proportional and (P) Control
[AUto] for auto mode. Use the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys Some processes need to maintain a temperature or
to select [Man]. The manual set point value will be process value closer to the set point than on-off con-
recalled from the last manual operation. trol can provide. Proportional control provides closer
To transfer to auto mode from manual mode, control by adjusting the output when the temperature
press the Advance Key ‰ until [`C;M] appears in or process value is within a proportional band. When
the lower display. The upper display will display the value is in the band, the controller adjusts the
[MAn] for manual mode. Use the Up ¿ or Down ¯ output based on how close the process value is to the
keys to select [AUto]. The automatic set point value set point.
will be recalled from the last automatic operation. The closer the process value is to the set point, the
Changes take effect after three seconds or imme- lower the output power. This is similar to backing
diately upon pressing either the Advance Key ‰ or off on the gas pedal of a car as you approach a stop
the Infinity Key ˆ. sign. It keeps the temperature or process value from
swinging as widely as it would with simple on-off
On-Off Control control. However, when the system settles down, the
temperature or process value tends to “droop” short
On-off control switches the output either full on or of the set point.
full off, depending on the input, set point and hys-
teresis values. The hysteresis value indicates the With proportional control the output power level
amount the process value must deviate from the set equals (set point minus process value) divided by the
point to turn on the output. Increasing the value de- proportional band value.
creases the number of times the output will cycle. In an application with one output assigned to
Decreasing hysteresis improves controllability. With heating and another assigned to cooling, each will
hysteresis set to 0, the process value would stay clos- have a separate proportional parameter. The heating
er to the set point, but the output would switch on parameter takes effect when the process temperature
and off more frequently, and may result in the output is lower than the set point, and the cooling param-
“chattering.” On-off control can be selected with Heat eter takes effect when the process temperature is
Algorithm [`h;Ag] or Cool Algorithm [`C;Ag] (Setup higher than the set point.

Adjust the proportional band with Heat Pro- bring the process temperature to the set point.
portional Band [`h;Pb] or Cool Proportional Band Using a positive dead band value keeps the two
[`C;Pb] (Operations Page, Loop Menu). systems from fighting each other.
Set Point Overshoot
Cool Output Active
Droop Set Point

Proportional Band
Temperature
Heat Output Active
Temperature
Positive Dead Band
Time Time
Proportional Control
When the dead band value is zero, the heat-
Proportional and Integral (PI) Control ing output activates when the temperature drops be-
low the set point, and the cooling output switches on
The droop caused by proportional control can be cor- when the temperature exceeds the set point.
rected by adding integral (reset) control. When the
system settles down, the integral value is tuned to
bring the temperature or process value closer to the
set point. Integral determines the speed of the cor- Cool Output Active
rection, but this may increase the overshoot at start- Set Point
Heat Output Active

up or when the set point is changed. Too much inte-
gral action will make the system unstable. Integral
is cleared when the process value is outside of the
Temperature
proportional band. Zero Dead Band
Adjust the integral with Time Integral [``ti] Time
(Operations Page, Loop Menu). When the dead band value is a negative val-
ue, both heating and cooling outputs are active when
Proportional, Integral and Derivative (PID) Control the temperature is near the set point.
Use derivative (rate) control to minimize the over-
shoot in a PI-controlled system. Derivative (rate) ad-
justs the output based on the rate of change in the Cool Output Active
temperature or process value. Too much derivative

Set Point
Heat Output Active
(rate) will make the system sluggish.

Derivative action is active only when the process
Temperature
value is within twice the proportional value from the

set point. Negative Dead Band
Adjust the derivative with Time Derivative Time
[``td] (Operations Page, Loop Menu). Adjust the dead band with Dead Band [``db]
Reduced Overshoot (Operations Page, Loop Menu).
Set Point
Proportional Band
Variable Time Base
Proportional Band x 2
Variable time base is the preferred method for con-

Temperature
Heating Slows trolling a resistive load, providing a very short time

base for longer heater life. Unlike phase-angle firing,
variable-time-base switching does not limit the cur-
rent and voltage applied to the heater.
Time
With variable time base outputs, the PID algo-
PID Control
rithm calculates an output between 0 and 100%, but
the output is distributed in groupings of three ac
line cycles. For each group of three ac line cycles, the
Dead Band
controller decides whether the power should be on or
In a PID application the dead bands above and below off. There is no fixed cycle time since the decision is
the set point can save an application’s energy and made for each group of cycles. When used in conjunc-
wear by maintaining process temperature within action with a zero cross (burst fire) device, such as a
ceptable ranges. solid-state power controller, switching is done only at
Proportional action ceases when the process value the zero cross of the ac line, which helps reduce elec-
is within the dead band. Integral action continues to trical noise (RFI).

Variable time base should be used with solid-state degrees per hour with Ramp Scale [`r;SC]. Set the
power controllers, such as a solid-state relay (SSR) ramping rate with Ramp Rate [`r;rt] (Setup Page,
or silicon controlled rectifier (SCR) power controller. Loop Menu).
Do not use a variable time base output for control-
ling electromechanical relays, mercury displacement
relays, inductive loads or heaters with unusual resis- Set Point
tance characteristics.
Temperature
The combination of variable time base output and
a solid-state relay can inexpensively approach the ef- Temperature reaches Set Point quickly
fect of analog, phase-angle fired control.

Time
Select the AC Line Frequency [AC;LF] (Setup Page,
Heating System without Ramping
Global Menu), 50 or 60 Hz.
Set Point
Temperature
100 percent output degrees
per minute
10 ON, 0 OFF
Temperature ramps to Set Point at a set rate
Time
Heating System with Ramping
Cascade Control
The PM (PM4/8/9) can be configured for Cascade
50 percent output control with enhanced firmware. Cascade control is
a control strategy in which one control loop provides
3 ON, 3 OFF
the set point for another loop. It allows the process or
part temperature to be reached quickly while mini-
mizing overshoot. Cascade is used to optimize the
performance of thermal systems with long lag times.
The graph to the right illustrates a thermal system
with a long lag time.
Curve A represents a single loop control system
66 percent output
with PID parameters that allow a maximum heat
6 ON, 3 OFF up rate. Too much energy is introduced and the
set point is overshot. In most systems with long lag
time, the process value may never settle out to an ac-
ceptable error. Curve C represents a single control
system tuned to minimize overshoot. This results in
Note: unacceptable heat up rates, taking hours to reach
When output 1 is a universal process output, out- the final value. Curve B shows a cascade system that
put 2 cannot use variable time base, fixed time
limits the energy introduced into the system, allow-
base only. When output 3 is configured as a univer-
ing an optimal heat up rate with minimal overshoot.
sal process, output 4 cannot use variable
time base, fixed time base only. Cascade control uses two control loops (outer and
inner) to control the process. The outer loop (analog
input 2) monitors the process or part temperature,
Single Set Point Ramping which is then compared to the set point. The result
Ramping protects materials and systems that can- of the comparison, the error signal, is acted on by the
not tolerate rapid temperature changes. The value of PID settings in the cascade outer loop, which then
the ramp rate is the maximum degrees per minute or generates a power level for the outer loop. The set
hour that the system temperature can change. point for the inner loop is determined by the outer
loop power level. The inner loop (Analog Input 2)
Select Ramp Action [``rP] (Setup Page, Loop monitors the energy source (heating and cooling),
Menu): which is compared to the inner loop set point gener-
[òFF] ramping not active. ated by the outer loop. The result of the comparison,
[`Str] ramp at startup. the error signal, is acted on by the PID settings in
the cascade inner loop, which generates an output
[StPt] ramp at a set point change.
power level between -100% to +100%. If the power
[both] ramp at startup or when the set point level is positive the heat will be on; if the power level
changes. is negative the cool will come on. Power from the en-
Select whether the rate is in degrees per minute or ergy sources are supplied by the outputs of choice.
Curve A (PID)
Set
Point
Temperature
Curve B (Cascade)
Curve C (Single-control) ®
Input 1 Output 1
Input 2
Time
Cascade
Cascade
Ratio Control
The PM control can be configured for Ratio control
with enhanced firmware, especially useful in applica-
tions that mix materials. Ratio control is commonly
used to ensure that two or more flows are kept at the
same ratio even if the flows are changing.
Applications of ratio control:
• Blending two or more flows to produce a mixture
with specified composition.
• Blending two or more flows to produce a mixture
with specified physical properties.
• Maintaining correct air and fuel mixture to com-
bustion.
Input 1 ®
Output 1 mixed paint
Input 2
Compressor Control controlled flow flow flow
of pigment transmitter transmitter
The PM control can be configured for Compressor Mixing Tank
control with enhanced firmware. The compressor motorized uncontrolled
valve flow of
control can save wear on a compressor and prevent unmixed paint
it from locking up from short cycling. A bypass valve
operated by a control output regulates how the pro-
cess is cooled, while another output switches the com-
pressor on and off. The compressor will not turn on
until the output power exceeds the Power On Level
Duplex Control
% for a time longer than the specified On Time. The
compressor will not turn off until the output power Certain systems require that a single process output
is equal to or less than the Power Off Level % for a control both heating and cooling outputs. A PM con-
time longer than the specified Off Time. trol with a process output can function as two sepa-
rate outputs. With a 4 to 20mA output the heating
% Power
Heat 100% output, for instance, will operate from 12 to 20mA (0
to +100%) and the cooling outputs will operate from
12 to 4mA (0 to -100%). In some cases this type of
2% Compressor
2% Off Power output is required by the device, such as a three-way
0%
valve that opens one way with a 12 to 20mA signal
0% Compressor
On Power and opens the other way with a 4 to 12mA signal.
This feature reduces the overall system cost by using
Cool -100%
Time In Seconds
a single output to act as two outputs.
®
Compressor On Delay = 45 Seconds
On
Compressor Fluid S a mple Cont a ine r
Off
Input 1 Output 1 hot water
Compressor Off Delay = 20 Seconds
temperature
transmitter
Differential Control
The PM can be configured for Differential Control
with enhanced firmware. After configuring the ap- cold water
propriate inputs and their associated internal func-
tions Differential Control allows the PM to drive an
output based on the difference between those analog
inputs. Motorized Valve Control
®
Wat low EZ-ZONE PM Integrated Controller • 124 • Chapter 9 Features
A motorized valve is used is to regulate the flow of a negative set point represents a value below closed
fluid which in turn impacts the loop process value. A loop set point. A positive set point represents a value
valve is opened or closed by closing contacts to drive above closed loop set point. View or change alarm
the value in the intended direction. This feature is set points with Low Set Point [À;Lo] and High Set
configured by selecting Motorized Valve as the func- Point [À;hi] (Operations Page, Alarm Menu).
tion in the Setup Page, Special Output Function
menu. Source Function A is selected for either Heat
or Cool Power then entering the Valve Travel Time
Alarm Hysteresis
and Deadband. An alarm state is triggered when the process value
reaches the alarm high or alarm low set point. Alarm
Lastly, program the outputs which will open and hysteresis defines how far the process must return
close the valve. The algorithm will calculate Dead into the normal operating range before the alarm can
Time which is the minimum on time that the valve be cleared.
will travel once it is turned on in either the closed or
Alarm hysteresis is a zone inside each alarm set
open direction. Dead Time = Valve Dead Band / 100
point. This zone is defined by adding the hysteresis
* Valve Travel Time.
value to the alarm low set point or subtracting the
hysteresis value from the alarm high set point. View
®
or change alarm hysteresis with Hysteresis [À;hy]
Gas Furnace (Setup Page, Alarm Menu).
Output 1 = Close
Valve
Actuator Temperature
Output 2 = Open Sensor High Side Alarm Range Alarm High Set Point
Alarm Hysteresis
Temperature
Normal Operating Range
Gas Flow
Note: Alarm Hysteresis
See Chapter 10 for application examples Low Side Alarm Range

Alarm Low Set Point
Time
Alarms Alarm Set Points and Hysteresis
Alarms are activated when the output level, process

value or temperature leaves a defined range. A user Alarm Latching
can configure how and when an alarm is triggered, A latched alarm will remain active after the alarm
what action it takes and whether it turns off auto- condition has passed. It can only be deactivated by
matically when the alarm condition is over. the user.
Configure alarm outputs in the Setup Page before An active message, such as an alarm message,
setting alarm set points. will cause the display to toggle between the normal
Alarms do not have to be assigned to an output. settings and the active message in the upper display
Alarms can be monitored and controlled through the and [Attn] in the lower display.
front panel or by using software. Push the Advance Key ‰ to display [ignr] in the
upper display and the message source in the lower
Process and Deviation Alarms display.
A process alarm uses one or two absolute set points Use the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to scroll through
to define an alarm condition. possible responses, such as Clear [`CLr] or Silence
A deviation alarm uses one or two set points that [`SiL]. Then push the Advance ‰ or Infinity ˆ key
are defined relative to the control set point. High to execute the action.
and low alarm set points are calculated by adding or See the Keys and Displays chapter and the Home
subtracting offset values from the control set point. Page chapter for more details.
If the set point changes, the window defined by the An alarm that is not latched (self-clearing) will
alarm set points automatically moves with it. deactivate automatically when the alarm condition
Select the alarm type with Type [À;ty] (Setup has passed.
Page, Alarm Menu). Turn alarm latching on or off with Latching
[À;LA] (Setup Page, Alarm Menu).
Alarm Set Points
The alarm high set point defines the process value
or temperature that will trigger a high side alarm.
The alarm low set point defines the temperature that
will trigger a low side alarm. For deviation alarms,

The alarm state begins when the temperature
reaches the Alarm High Set Point erally speaking, the RMS value is displayed when
Alarm High
viewing the Current [`CU; r] prompt. The display will
Set Point
appear frozen with no current flow and will be erro-
Alarm Hysteresis
neous below 2 mA.
Normal Operating Range
Temperature The alarm state continues until the Note:

temperature drops to the Alarm High
If an alarm is configured to monitor current as its

Process Set Point minus the hysteresis. A
Temperature latching alarm could be turned off by
source, the low alarm will be effective only when

the operator at this point. A
non-latching alarm would turn off
automatically.
Alarm Low
Set Point
the current level is equal to or greater than 2 mA.
Time
If there is no current present, the low alarm will
Alarm Response with Hysteresis not be activated.
Open and Shorted Load Circuit Detection
Alarm Silencing A Current Error [`C;Er] (Operations Page, Current
Menu) can detect either an open or shorted load con-
If alarm silencing is on the operator can disable the dition. A shorted condition would be present if the
alarm output while the controller is in an alarm control is calling for 0% power while current is de-
state. The process value or temperature has to enter tected as flowing through the current transformer.
the normal operating range beyond the hysteresis Conversely, an open condition would be present when
zone to activate the alarm output function again. the control is calling for power with no current flow
An active message, such as an alarm message, detected through the transformer.
will cause the display to toggle between the normal A Heater Error [`h;Er] (Operations Page, Current
settings and the active message in the upper display Menu) is used to determine if the load current flow is
and [Attn] in the lower display. within the specified limits as set by the user through
Push the Advance Key ‰ to display [ignr] in the Current Set Points (Current High Set Point
the upper display and the message source in the [`C;hi] and Current Low Set Point [`C;Lo]); navigate
lower display. to the Operations Page and than the Current Menu
Use the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys to scroll through to modify.
possible responses, such as Clear [`CLr] or Silence Read and monitor the real-time current level
[`SiL]. Then push the Advance ‰ or Infinity ˆ key through the Current Read [`CU; r] prompt while the
to execute the action. most recent faults can be read via the Current Er-
See the Keys and Displays chapter and the Home ror [`C;Er] and Heater Error [`h;Er] prompts. All of
Page chapter for more details. these prompts can be found in the Operations Page
under the Current Menu.
Turn alarm silencing on or off with Silencing
[À;Si] (Setup Page, Alarm Menu).
Open Loop Detection
Alarm Blocking When Open Loop Detection is enabled [`l; d e] , the
Alarm blocking allows a system to warm up after controller will look for the power output to be at
it has been started up. With alarm blocking on, an 100%. Once there, the control will then begin to mon-
alarm is not triggered when the process tempera- itor the Open Loop Detect Deviation [`l; d d ] as it
ture is initially lower than the alarm low set point relates to the value entered for the Open Loop Detect
or higher than the alarm high set point. The pro- Time [`l; d t] . If the specified time period expires
cess temperature has to enter the normal operat- and the deviation does not occur, an Open Loop Error
ing range beyond the hysteresis zone to activate the will be triggered. Once the Open Loop Error condi-
alarm function. tion exists the control mode will go off and an Open
If the EZ-ZONE PM has an output that is func- Loop message will be display. If the process value
tioning as a deviation alarm, the alarm is blocked goes in the opposite direction, a Reversed Loop mes-
when the set point is changed, until the process val- sage is display. The sensor is likely wired in reverse
ue re-enters the normal operating range. polarity.
Turn alarm blocking on or off with Blocking Note:
[À;bL] (Setup Page, Alarm Menu). All prompts identified in this section can be found
in the Loop Menu of the Setup Page.
Current Sensing
When utilizing the Current Sensing capabilities of Programming the EZ Key/s
this control it is important to know that the mea- You can program the EZ Key either in the Setup
surements taken utilize the AC Line Frequency Menu or with configuration software, such as EZ-
[AC; lf] setting found in the Global Menu of the ZONE Configurator, using a personal computer.
Setup Page. If this setting does not represent the The following examples show how to program the
incoming line frequency of this control the readings EZ Key to start and stop a profile.
will be in error and may appear to be frozen. Gen-

1. To go to the Setup Page from the Home Page, The user can write to the selected level and all
press both the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys for six sec- lower levels. (default: 5)
onds. [`Ài] will appear in the upper display and The table below represents the various levels of lock-
[`Set] will appear in the lower display. out for the Set Lockout Security prompt and the
2. Press the Up Key ¿ until [`Fun] appears in the Read Lockout Security prompt. The Set Lockout has
upper display and [`SEt] will appear in the lower 6 levels (0-5) of security where the Read Lockout has
display. 5 (1-5). Therefore, level "0" applies to Set Lockout
3. Press the Advance Key ‰ until Digital Input only. "Y" equates to yes (can write/read) where "N"
Level [`leu] appears in the lower display. Use an equates to no (cannot write/read). The colored cells
arrow key to specify the state of the key (high or simply differentiate one level from the next.
low) when the controller is powered up. Functions
Lockout Security [SLoC] & [rloC]
will toggle with each press of the EZ Key, such as
Profile Start/Stop. Lockout Level 0 1 2 3 4 5
4. Press the Advance Key ‰. The lower display will Home Page Y Y Y Y Y Y
show Digital Function [``Fn]. Press the Up ¿ or Operations Page N N Y Y Y Y
Down ¯ key to scroll through the functions that
can be assigned to the EZ Key Setup Page N N N N Y Y
When Profile Start/Stop [P;StS] appears in the Profile Page N N N Y Y Y
upper display and [``Fn] appears in the lower Factory Page
display, press the Advance Key ‰ once to select Custom Menu N N N N N Y
that function and move to the Function Instance
[``Fi] parameter. Diagnostic Menu N Y Y Y Y Y
5. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to scroll to the Calibration Menu N N N N N Y
profile that you want the EZ Key to control. Lockout Menu
6. The instance tells the controller which of the [LoC;O] N Y Y Y Y Y
numbered functions should be acted upon. For
profiles, there are 4 instances. Press the Infinity [loC; p ] N Y Y Y Y Y
Key ˆ once to return to the submenu, twice to [ pas ; e ] N Y Y Y Y Y
return to the main menu or three times to return [rloC] Y Y Y Y Y Y
to the Home Page.
[sloC] Y Y Y Y Y Y
Using Lockout to Hide Pages and Menus
The following examples show how the Lockout Menu
If unintentional changes to parameter settings might parameters may be used in applications:
raise safety concerns or lead to downtime, your can 1. You can lock out access to the Operations Page
use the lockout feature to make them more secure. but allow an operator access to the Profile Menu,
Each of the menus in the Factory Page and each by changing the default Profile Page and Opera-
of the pages, except the Factory Page, has a security tions Page security levels. Change Lock Opera-
level assigned to it. You can change the read and tions Page [LoC;o] to 3 and Lock Profiling Page
write access to these menus and pages by using the [LoC;P] to 2. If Set Lockout Security [SLoC] is
parameters in the Lockout Menu (Factory Page). set to 2 or higher and the Read Lockout Security
[rLoC] is set to 2, the Profiling Page and Home
Lockout Menu Pages can be accessed, and all writable parame-
There are five parameters in the Lockout Menu (Fac- ters can be written to. Pages with security levels
tory Page): greater than 2 will be locked out (inaccessible).
• Lock Operations Page [LoC;o] sets the security 2 If Set Lockout Security [SLoC] is set to 0 and
level for the Operations Page. (default: 2) Read Lockout Security [rLoC] is set to 5, all
pages will be accessible, however, changes will
Note: not be allowed on any pages or menus, with one
The Home and Setup Page lockout levels are exception: Set Lockout Security [SLoC] can be
fixed and cannot be changed. changed to a higher level.
• Lock Profiling Page [LoC;P] sets the security level 3. The operator wants to read all the menus and not
for the Profiling Page. (default: 3) allow any parameters to be changed.
• Password Security Enable [ pas ; e ] will turn on or In the Factory Page, Lockout Menu, set Read
off the Password security feature. (default: off) Lockout Security [rLoC] to 5 and Set Lockout
• Read Lockout Security [rLoC] determines which Security [SLoC] to 0.
pages can be accessed. The user can access the se- 4. The operator wants to read and write to the
lected level and all lower levels. (default: 5) Home Page and Profiling Page, and lock all other
• Set Lockout Security [SLoC] determines which pa- pages and menus.
rameters within accessible pages can be written to.
In the Factory Page, Lockout Menu, set Read default state. Once Password Security is enabled they
Lockout Security [rLoC] to 2 and Set Lockout will no longer be visible to anyone other than the
Security [SLoC] to 2. Administrator. As can be seen in the formula that
In the Factory Page, Lockout Menu, set Lock follows either the User or Administrator will need to
Operations Page [LoC;O] to 3 and Lock Profiling know what those passwords are to acquire a higher
Page [LoC;P] to 2. level of access to the control. Back out of this menu
by pushing the Infinity ˆ key. Once out of the menu,
5. The operator wants to read the Operations
the Password Security will be enabled.
Page, Setup Page, Profiling Page, Diagnostics
Menu, Lock Menu, Calibration Menu and Cus- How to Acquire Access to the Control
tom Menus. The operator also wants to read and To acquire access to any inaccessible Pages or Menus,
write to the Home Page. go to the Factory Page and enter the [UloC] menu.
In the Factory Page, Lockout Menu, set Read Once there follow the steps below:
Lockout Security [rLoC] to 1 and Set Lockout Note:
Security [SLoC] to 5. If Password Security (Password Enabled [ pas ; e ]
In the Factory Page, Lockout Menu, set Lock is On) is enabled the two prompts mentioned below
Operations Page [LoC;O] to 2 and Lock Profiling in the first step will not be visible. If unknown,
Page [LoC;P] to 3. call the individual or company that originally set-
up the control.
1. Acquire either the User Password [ pas ; u ] or the
Using Password Security Administrator Password [ pas ; a ] .
It is sometimes desirable to apply a higher level of
security to the control where a limited number of 2. Push the Advance ‰ key one time where the Code
menus are visible and not providing access to others [Cod e] prompt will be visible.
without a security password. Without the appropri- Note:
ate password those menus will remain inaccessible. a. If the the Rolling Password is off push the Ad-
If Password Enabled [ pas ; e ] in the Factory Page vance key one more time where the Password
under the [`loC] Menu is set to on, an overriding [ pass] prompt will be displayed. Proceed to
Password Security will be in effect. When in effect,
either step 7a or 8a. Pushing the Up ¿ or Down
the only Pages that a User without a password has
¯ arrow keys enter either the User or Adminis-
visibility to are defined in the Locked Access Level
trator Password. Once entered, push and hold
[loC;L] prompt. On the other hand, a User with a
the Infinity ˆ key for two seconds to return to
password would have visibility restricted by the Read
the Home Page.
Lockout Security [rloC] . As an example, with Pass-
word Enabled and the Locked Access Level [loC;L] b. If the Rolling Password [roll] was turned on
set to 1 and [rloC] is set to 3, the available Pages proceed on through steps 3 - 9.
for a User without a password would be limited to
3. Assuming the Code [Cod e] prompt (Public Key)
the Home and Factory Pages (locked level 1). If the
is still visible on the face of the control simply
User password is entered all pages would be acces-
push the Advance key ‰ to proceed to the
sible with the exception of the Setup Page as defined
Password [ pass] prompt. If not find your way
by level 3 access.
back to the Factory Page as described above.
How to Enable Password Security
Go to the Factory Page by holding down the Infinity 4. Execute the calculation defined below (7b or 8b)
for either the User or Administrator.
ˆ key and the Advance ‰ key for approximately six
seconds. Once there, push the Down ¯ key one time 5. Enter the result of the calculation in the upper
to get to the [`loC] menu. Again push the Advance display play by using the Up ¿ and Down ¯ arrow
‰ key until the Password Enabled [ pas ; e ] prompt keys or use EZ-ZONE Confgurator Software.
is visible. Lastly, push either the up or down key to
turn it on. Once on, 4 new prompts will appear: 6. Exit the Factory Page by pushing and holding the
Infinity ˆ key for two seconds.
1. [loC; l] , Locked Access Level (1 to 5) correspond
ing to the lockout table above. Formulas used by the User and the Administrator to
2. [roll] , Rolling Password will change the Cus- calculate the Password follows:
tomer Code every time power is cycled. Passwords equal:
3. [ pas ; u ] , User Password which is needed for a Us- 7. User
er to acquire access to the control. a. If Rolling Password [roll] is Off, Password
4. [ pas ; a ] , Administrator Password which is need- [ pass] equals User Password [ pas ; u ] .
ed to acquire administrative access to the control.
b. If Rolling Password [roll] is On, Password
The Administrator can either change the User and [ pass] equals:
or the Administrator password or leave them in the ([ pas ; u ] x code) Mod 929 + 70

sensed by analog input 1 will also be stored in Mod-
8. Administrator bus registers 250 and 251. Note that by default this
a. If Rolling Password [roll] is Off, Password parameter is also stored in working registers 240
[ pass] equals User Password [ pas ; a ] . and 241 as well.
b. If Rolling Password [roll] is On, Password The table (See Appendix: Modbus Programmable
[ pass] equals: Memory Blocks) identified as "Assembly Definition
Addresses and Assembly Working Addresses" reflects
([ pas ; a ] x code) Mod 997 + 1000
the assemblies and their associated addresses.
Differences Between a User Without Password, CIP - Communications Capabilities

User With Password and Administrator With the introduction of CIP a user can now collect
- User without a password is restricted by the data, configure a device and control industrial de-
Locked Access Level [loC; l] . vices. CIP is an open protocol at the application layer
fully managed by the Open DeviceNet Vendors As-
- A User with a password is restricted by the sociation (ODVA, http://www.odva.org). Being that
Read Lockout Security [rloC] never having ac- this is an open protocol there are many independent
cess to the Lock Menu [`loC] . vendors offering a wide array of devices to the end
- An Administrator is restricted according to the user. CIP provides the ability to communicate utiliz-
Read Lockout Security [rloC] however, the Ad- ing both implicit messaging (real-time I/O messag-
ministrator has access to the Lock Menu where ing), and explicit messaging (information/configura-
the Read Lockout can be changed. tion messaging). For implicit communications using a
PLC, simply configure the PM assembly size into the
I/O structure of the PLC (See: CIP Implicit Assem-
Modbus - Using Programmable Memory blie Structures). The assembly structures can also be
Blocks changed by the user.
When using the Modbus RTU or Modbus TCP pro- Explicit communications requires the use of spe-
tocols, the PM control features a block of addresses cific addressing information. DeviceNet requires that
that can be configured by the user to provide direct the node address be specified where EtherNet/IP re-
access to a list of 40 user configured parameters. quires just the Class, Instance and Attribute.
This allows the user easy access to this customized • Node address or MAC ID (0 - 63, DeviceNet only)
list by reading from or writing to a contiguous block • Class ID (1 to 255)
of registers.
• Instance ID (0 to 255)
To acquire a better understanding of the tables
found in the back of this manual (See Appendix: • Attribute ID (1 to 255)
(Modbus Programmable Memory Blocks) please read EtherNet/IP and DeviceNet are both based on
through the text below which defines the column CIP and use the same addressing scheme. In the fol-
headers used. lowing menu pages notice the column header identi-
Assembly Definition Addresses fied as CIP. There you will find the Class, Instance
- Fixed addresses used to define the parameter and Attribute in hexadecimal, (decimal in parenthe-
that will be stored in the "Working Addresses", sis) which makes up the addressing for both proto-
which may also be referred to as a pointer. The cols. The Watlow implementation of CIP does not sup-
value stored in these addresses will reflect (point port connected explicit messages but fully supports
to) the Modbus address of a parameter within the unconnected explicit messaging.
ST control. Rockwell Automation (RA) developed the DF1 se-
Assembly Working Addresses rial protocol within the framework of the PCCC ap-
plication protocol. With the introduction of CIP, the
- Fixed addresses directly related to their associ-
PCCC protocol was encapsulated within it to enable
ated "Assembly Definition Addresses" (i.e., As-
continued communication over Ethernet to the legacy
sembly Working Addresses 200 & 201 will as-
RA programmable controllers, e.g., SLC, Micrologic
sume the parameter pointed to by Assembly Defi-
and PLC-5 controllers equipped with Ethernet capa-
nition Addresses 40 & 41).
bilities. The Watlow implementation of CIP also sup-
When the Modbus address of a target parameter is ports the PCCC protocol.
stored in an "Assembly Definition Address" its cor- EtherNet/IP (Industrial Protocol) is a network
responding working address will return that param- communication standard capable of handling large
eter’s actual value. If it’s a writable parameter, writ- amounts of data at speeds of 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps,
ing to its working register will change the param- and at up to 1,500 bytes per packet. It makes use
eter’s actual value. of standard off-the-shelf Ethernet chip sets and the
As an example, Modbus register 360 contains the currently installed physical media (hardware con-
Analog Input 1 Process Value (See Operations Page, nections). DeviceNet was the first field bus offering
Analog Input Menu). If the value 360 is loaded into of the ODVA group and has been around for many
Assembly Definition Address 91, the process value
years. DeviceNet can communicate at 125, 250 and where just 7 bits out of the 32 will be used to reflect:
500 kilobytes per second with a maximum limitation Startup (88), None (61), Blocked (12), Alarm Low (8),
of 64 nodes (0 to 63) on the network. Alarm High (7) or Error (28) for Alarm 1 only. With
Note: Compact Class assembly member 12 (identified in
If the control is brought back to the factory defaults this document as "12 A Alarm Read") in use, the
the user configured assemblies will be overwritten. alarm states of all 4 alarms can be placed in one 32-
bit assembly member using just 2 bits for each state.
Note: Bits 0 and 1 would represent Alarm State 1, bits 2
The maximum number of implicit input/output and 3 Alarm State 2, etc... Each pair of 2 bits can
members using DeviceNet is 200. When using Eth-
represent the following states: 00 = None, 01 = Alarm
erNet/IP the maximum is 100.
Low, 10 = Alarm High and 11 = Other. There is a
CIP Implicit Assemblies variety of predefined Compact Class members that
Communications using CIP (EtherNet/IP and Devi- can be used (See Appendix: Compact Class Assembly
ceNet) can be accomplished with any PM Integrated Structure) to modify the default implicit assemblies.
control equipped with either DeviceNet or EtherNet/ Note:
IP communications cards. As was already mentioned, As is the case with any available parameter within
reading or writing when using CIP can be accom- the PM control the Compact Class members can al-
plished via explicit and or implicit communications. so be read or written to individually via an explicit
Explicit communications are usually executed via a message as well.
message instruction within the PLC but there are
other ways to do this as well outside of the focus of Modifying Implicit Assembly Members
this document. To change any given member of either assembly (T
Implicit communications is also commonly re- to O or O to T) simply write the new class, instance
ferred to as polled communications. When using im- and attribute (CIA) to the member location of choice.
plicit communications there is an I/O assembly that As an example, if it were desired to change the 14th
would be read or written to. The default assemblies member of the T to O assembly from the default
and the assembly size is embedded into the firmware parameter (Cool Power) to the Compact Class 12th
of the PM control. Watlow refers to these assemblies member (See Appendix: Compact Class Assembly
as the T to O (Target to Originator) and the O to T Structure) write the value of 0x71, 0x01 and 0x0C
(Originator to Target) assemblies where the Target (Class, Instance and Attribute respectively) to 0x77,
is always the EZ-ZONE PM controller and the Origi- 0x02 and 0x0D. Once the change is executed, read-
nator is the PLC or master on the network. The size ing this member location (as was discussed above)
of the O to T assembly is fixed at 20 (32-bit) mem- will return the Alarm States (1-4) to paired bits 0
bers where the T to O assembly consists of 21 (32-bit) through 7 where 00 = None, 01 = Alarm Low, 10 =
members. All assembly members are user configu- Alarm High and 11 = Other.
rable with the exception of the first T to O member. The CIP communications instance will always be in-
The first member of the T to O assembly is called the stance 2.
Device Status, it is unique and cannot be changed. If
the module has been properly configured when view-
ing this 32-bit member in binary format bits 12 and
Profibus DP - (Decentralized Peripherals)
16 should always be set to 1 where all of the other This protocol is typically used to operate sensors and
bits should be 0. The 20 members that follow Device actuators via a centralized controller within indus-
Status are user configurable. The Appendix of this trialized production topologies. Data rates up to 12
User's Guide contains the PM implicit assemblies Mbit/s on twisted pair cables and/or fiber optics are
(See Appendix: CIP Implicit Assembly Structures). possible. This protocol is available in three function-
ally graded version; DP-V0, DP-V1 and DP-V2. It
Compact Assembly Class should be noted that Watlow products utilizing this
Along with the standard implicit assembly where protocol support DP-V0 and DP-V1 only.
each module parameter (member) occupies one 32- DP-V0 - provides the basic functionality of DP, in-
bit assembly location there is also a Compact Class cluding cyclic data exchange, station, module
assembly. The need for the Compact Class assembly and channel specific diagnostics and four
members became apparent as the number of member different interrupt types for diagnostics and
instances grew with the EZ-ZONE family of con- process interrupts.
trols. Because there is a limited number of implicit
assembly members (20 input, 20 output), the Compact Cyclic Data refers to input/output data that is pre-
Class enables the user to modify the standard as- configured to pass from the Profibus-DP Class 1
sembly offering to their liking while also achieving Master and the Slave at a known rate. Cyclic data is
much better utilization of each bit within the 32-bit expected on both the sender and the receiver end of
member. As an example, if a standard Implicit As- the message.
sembly member were configured to monitor Alarm Note:
State 1 the entire 32-bit member would be consumed To use DP-V0 (cyclic data transfer) first configure

and then register the General Station Description
(GSD) file. Watlow provides a software tool allowing
for total customization of the data to be read and or
written to. Acquire this software tool (Profibus GSD
Editor) via the CD that shipped with the product
or, as an alternative, point your browser to: http://
www.watlow.com/products/controllers/software.cfm
and navigate to the bottom of the page and click on
"Software and Demos" to download the software.
Using the GSD Editor a user can configure up to a
maximum of 135 different parameters that can be
read or written to from Zone 1 through 16.
DP-V1 - contains enhancements geared towards pro-
cess automation, in particular acyclic data
communication for parameter assignment,
operation, visualization and interrupt control
of intelligent field devices, in conjunction
with cyclic user data communication.
Acyclic Data is a message that can be sent and or re-
ceived at any time where they typically have a lower
priority then cyclic messages. This type of messaging
is typically used for the purpose of configuration or
performing some sort of a diagnostic function.

Software Configuration
Using EZ-ZONE® Configurator Software
To enable a user to configure the PM control using
a personal computer (PC), Watlow has provided free
software for your use. If you have not yet obtained a
copy of this software insert the CD (Controller Sup-
port Tools) into your CD drive and install the soft-
ware. Alternatively, if you are viewing this document
electronically and have a connection to the internet
simply click on the link below and download the soft-
ware from the Watlow web site free of charge.
http://www.watlow.com/products/software/zone_config.cfm
Once the software is installed double click on the EZ-
ZONE Configurator icon placed on your desktop dur-
ing the installation process. If you cannot find the
icon follow the steps below to run the software:
The available options allow the user to select "Try
1. Move your mouse to the "Start" button them all" or to use a specific known communications
2. Place the mouse over "All Programs" port. After installation of your converter if you are
3. Navigate to the "Watlow" folder and then the sub- not sure which communications port was allocated
folder "EZ-ZONE Configurator" select "Try them all" and then click next. The screen
4. Click on EZ-ZONE Configurator to run. to follow shows that the software is scanning for
devices on the network and that progress is being
The first screen that will appear is shown below. made.
When complete the software will display all of the

available devices found on the network as shown be-
If the PC is already physically connected to the EZ-
low.
ZONE PM control click the next button to go on-line.
Note:
When establishing communications from PC to the
EZ-ZONE PM control an interface converter will be
required. The Standard Bus network uses EIA-485
as the interface. Most PCs today would require a
USB to EIA-485 converter. However, some PCs may
still be equipped with EIA-232 ports, therefore an
EIA-232 to EIA-485 converter would be required.
As can be seen in the above screen shot the software

provides the user with the option of downloading a
previously saved configuration as well as the ability
to create a configuration off-line to download later.
The screen shots that follow will take the user on-
line.
After clicking the next button above it is necessary
to define the communications port on the PC to use.

In the previous screen shot the PM is shown high- Once the focus is brought to an individual parameter
lighted to bring greater clarity to the control in focus. (single click of mouse) as is the case for Analog Input
Any EZ-ZONE device on the network will appear in 1 in the left column, all that can be setup related to
this window and would be available for the purpose that parameter will appear in the center column. The
of configuration or monitoring. After clicking on the grayed out fields in the center column simply mean
control of choice simply click the next button once that this does not apply for the type of sensor select-
again. The next screen appears below. In the screen ed. As an example, notice that when a thermocouple
shot above notice that the device part number is is selected, RTD Leads does not apply and is there-
clearly displayed at the top of the page (green high- fore grayed out. To speed up the process of configura-
light added for emphasis). When multiple EZ-ZONE tion notice that at the bottom of the center column
devices are on the network it is important that the there is an option to copy settings. If Analog Input 1
part number be noted prior to configuring so as to and 2 are the same type of sensor click on "Copy Set-
avoid making unwanted configuration changes to an- tings" where a copy dialog box will appear allowing
other control. for quick duplication of all settings. Notice too, that
Looking closely at the left hand column (Parameter by clicking on any of those items in the center col-
Menus) notice that it displays all of the available umn that context sensitive help will appear for that
menus and associated parameters within the control. particular item in the right hand column. Lastly,
The menu structure as laid out within this software when the configuration is complete click the "Fin-
follows: ish" button at the bottom right of the previous screen
- Setup shot. The screen that follows this action can be seen
- Operations below.
- Factory Although the PM control now contains the configu-
- Profile
Navigating from one menu to the next is easy and
clearly visible. Simply slide the scroll bar up or down
to display the menu and parameter of choice. If there
is a need to bring greater focus and clarity to the
parameters of interest simply click on the negative
symbol next to any of the Menu items. As an example
if it is desired to work withing the operations page
click the negative sign next to Setup where the Set-
up Page will then collapse. Now click the plus sign
next to Operations to find the menu items of choice
without viewing unwanted menus and parameters.
ration (because the previous discussion focused on
doing the configuration on-line) it is suggested that
after the configuration process is completed that the
user save this file on the PC for future use. If for
some reason someone inadvertently changed a set-
ting without understanding the impact, it would be
easy and perhaps faster to download a saved con-
figuration back to the control versus trying to figure
out what was changed. Of course, there is an option
to exit without saving a copy to the local hard drive.
After selecting Save above click the "Finish" button
once again. The screen below will than appear. When
saving the configuration note the location where the
file will be placed (Saved in) and enter the file name
(File name) as well. The default path for saved files
follows:
\My Documents\Watlow\EZ-Zone Configurator\
Saved Configurations
The user can save the file to any folder of choice.

Chapter 10: Applications
With the release of version 7.00 firmware several new reading is valid or Source B if sensor reading is invalid.
functions were added to the EZ-ZONE PM family of Control loop 1 will control the valid Analog Input sensor
controls. This chapter contains some sample applica- to Closed Loop Set Point 1.
tions using these new functions.
Example 3: Square Root
Example 1: Single Loop Control Requirements:
Requirements: One analog input and the enhanced software option
One input is required and at least one output adjusts are required and at least one output adjusts the con-
the controlled part of the process. trolled part of the process.
Overview: Overview:
Controls one process value to a user entered Closed Calculates the square root value of the sensor connect-
Loop Set Point based on an control algorithm. ed to Analog Input 1.
Control loop 1 will control Analog Input 1 to Closed When function is set for Square Root, the PV Function
Single Loop Control output equals square root value of Source A. Control
Cl
loop 1 will control Analog Input 1 to Closed Loop Set
He Co
at ol os
Al Al Set ed L Point 1.
go go Po o
rit rit in op
hm hm t 1
Output n Square Root
0 to 100%
Fu
Heat n cti F
Analog Input 1 Source A Heat Power on ilte
r
Cool Power
Cool
Control Loop 1 Analog Input 1 Source A
0 to 100%
Output n
Output Cl
o
PV Function Se sed
t P Lo
oin op
t1
Loop Set Point 1. Output n
0 to 100%
Heat
Example 2: Sensor Backup Source A Heat Power
Cool Power
Cool
Requirements: Control Loop 1
0 to 100%
Output n
Two analog inputs and the enhanced software option
are required and at least one output adjusts the con-
trolled part of the process. Example 4: Ratio
Overview: Requirements:
The Sensor Backup feature controls a process based Two analog inputs and the enhanced software option
on a primary sensor on Analog Input 1. If this sensor are required and at least one output adjusts the con-
fails, then the process is controlled based on the sec- trolled part of the process.
ondary sensor on Analog Input 2. Overview:
The Ratio feature allows control of one process as a
ratio of another process. This is especially useful in
When function is set for Sensor Backup, the PV Func- applications that mix two materials, whether steam,
tion output equals Source A if sensor of Analog Input 1 paint or food ingredients. Analog Input 1 monitors the
Sensor Backup controlled part of the process. Analog Input 2 of the
Fu controller measures the part of the process that is ei-
n cti F
on ilte
r ther uncontrolled or controlled by another device. The
part of the process controlled will be maintained at a
Analog Input 1 Source A
level equal to the quantity measured at input 2 mul-
Analog Input 2 Source B Output Cl
o
tiplied by the ratio term set by the user as Closed Set
Se sed
PV Function t P Lo
oin op
t1
Point 1.
Output n
0 to 100%
Heat
Source A Heat Power
Cool Power
Cool
Control Loop 1
0 to 100%
Output n
Watlo w EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 135 • Chapter 10 Applic ations

Ratio or efficiently with a single control loop, because a lot of
energy can build up before a response is detected. This
Fu
ncti F can cause the system to overshoot the set point, which
on ilte
r
could damage the heater, product or heat transfer me-
Analog Input 1
controlled Source A Cascade
Analog Input 2 Source B Output He Co Cl
uncontrolled Cl Outer Loop at ol os S R R
Fu Sca cal ang ang
o
PV Function Se sed Al Al Set ed
t P Lo go go P Lo nc le e H e e H F
oin op rit rit oin op tio Lo ig Lo ig ilt
t1 hm hm t n w h w h er
1
Output n
0 to 100%
Heat
Source A Heat Power Power Source A
Process Sensor
Cool Power
Cool Analog Input 1 Source A Closed Loop SP Source B
Control Loop 1
0 to 100% Control Loop 1 dio Source E Output
Output n
Math Function
When function is set for Ratio, the PV Function output

equals Source A as a ratio to Source B. Control loop 1 Inner Loop R
SP em
will control Analog Input 1 to Closed Loop Set Point 1. -100% = Range Low En ote
ab
+100% = Range High le Output n
Example 5: Differential Remote SP

Source B Heat Power
0 to 100% Heat
Requirements: Analog Input 2 Source A Cool Power

Cool
Two analog inputs and the enhanced software option Energy Source Control Loop 2 0 to 100%
Output n
are required and at least one output adjusts the con-
trolled part of the process.
Overview: dium, such as a heat transfer fluid.
Differential control maintains one process at a differ- When function is set for Process or Deviation Scale,
ence to another process. the Math Function output equals Source A scaled by
Range Low and Range High when Source E is False.
Differential Source E disables cascade when True and Math Func-
Fu
n
tion output equals Control Loop 1- Closed Loop Set
cti F
on ilte
r Point. Control Loop 1 will control Analog Input 1 to
Closed Loop 1 Set Point and produce a remote set point
Analog Input 1 Source A to Control Loop 2 based on the math scaling. Control
Analog Input 2 Source B Output Cl
o
Loop 2 will control Analog Input 2 to the scaled value
Se sed
PV Function t P Lo
oin op
from the Math Function interpreted as a remote set
t1
Output n
point..
0 to 100%
Heat
Source A Heat Power
Cool Power Example 7: Wet Bulb / Dry Bulb
Cool
Control Loop 1
0 to 100%
Output n Requirements:
Two analog inputs and the enhanced software option
When function is set for Differential, the PV Function are required and at least and at least outputs adjusts
output equals Source A minus Source B. Control loop 1 the controlled part of the processes.
will control Analog Input 1 difference to Analog Input Overview:
2 based on Closed Loop Set Point 1. Wet Bulb/Dry Bulb is a configuration where a dry bulb
connected to Analog Input 1 measures temperature on
Example 6: Cascade Analog Input 1. A wet bulb sensor that is maintained
Requirements: with moisture has air moved over the sensor. As mois-
Two inputs and the enhanced software option are re- ture evaporates from the wet bulb, the temperature
quired and at least one output adjusts the controlled drops. A wet bulb input on Analog Input 2, in combi-
part of the process. nation with the dry bulb temperature, senses relative
humidity. The controller calculates the temperature
Overview: difference between the two sensors to determine per-
Cascade control can handle a difficult process with cent relative humidity. The humidify and dehumidify
minimal overshoot, while reaching the set point quick- outputs are disabled when Analog Input 1 temperature
ly. This minimizes damage to system components falls below 32 F/0 C, or goes above 212 F/100 C.
and allows for over sizing heaters for optimal heat-up
rates. Heater life is also extended by reducing thermal When function is set for Wet Bulb/Dry Bulb, the PV
cycling of the heater. Systems with long lag times be- Function output equals calculated humidity. Control
tween the energy source (heater, steam, etc.) and the loop 1 will control Analog Input 1 to Closed Loop Set
measured process value cannot be controlled accurately Point 1. Control loop 2 will control Analog Input 2 to
Closed Loop Set Point 2.
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 136 • Chapter 10 Applications
Wet Bulb/Dry Bulb Example 9: Motorized Valve Control
Cl
o
Se sed A typical scenario where a motorized valve is used is to
t P Lo
oin op
t1 regulate the flow of fluid which in turn impacts the loop
0 to 100%
Output n process value. A valve is opend or closed by closing con-
Analog Input 1 Source A Heat Power
Heat tacts to drive the value in the intended direction. Motor-
Cool Power ized Valves come in a number of configurations.
Cool
Control Loop 1
Temperature
0 to 100%
Output n
Some valves have a position feedback mechanism that
Fu
n
allows the control to measure the valve’s position via an
cti F
on ilte
r internal potentiometer called slide-wire. The controller
can measure the potentiometer resistance to determine
Source B the initial valve position on power up.
Analog Input 2 Source A Output Cl
o
This method may not be desirable for three reasons:
PV Function Se sed
t P Lo
oin op
t2
1) It requires a second input on the controller to mea-
0 to 100%
Output n sure valve position.
Source A Heat Power
Heat
2) The controller and the valve are more expensive.
Cool Power
Control Loop 2
Cool 3) Additional wiring is required for the slide-wire feed
Humidity
0 to 100%
Output n back.
Other valves take an analog signal and have a local-
Example 8: Vaisala ized control mechanism that regulates the valve posi-
Requirements: tion. These are typically more expensive valves because
Two analog inputs and the enhanced software option of the control mechanism built-in plus it requires an
are required and at least two outputs adjusts the con- analog signal which is not always available. The actual
trolled temperature and humidity processes. valve position is not critical because it is a part of a
closed loop control.
Overview:
The Motorized Valve control algorithm is designed to
Vaisala Model HMM-30C Solid-state Relative Humid-
work with another type of valve. This algorithm pro-
ity Sensor is supported with the Vaisala configuration.
vides two discrete signals: one to open the valve and an-
Analog Input 1 is used to measure temperature and
other to close the valve. The algorithm turns on/off the
Analog Input 2 must be a process input connected to
appropriate signal for an appropriate amount of time
a Vaisala sensor. The controller provides temperature
to approximate the valve position. This works when the
compensation for the Vaisala sensor. The humidify and
valve is inside a closed control loop because when the
dehumidify outputs are disabled when Analog Input
valve is not in the correct position, the PID algorithm
1 temperature falls below -40 F/- 40 C, or goes above
will adjust the valve further open or close as needed.
320 F/160 C. When function is set for Vaisala, the PV
These valves have travel limit switches which deac-
Function output equals the calculated relative humid-
tivates the motor once the valve is fully open or fully
ity compensated by the Vaisala
sensor on Analog Input 1.
closed so the controller can not cause the valve to over
Cl travel and burn out the motor, or the motor is built so it
o
Se sed
t P Lo can not overheat at max locked rotor amperes.
oin op
t1
Output n
To use the motorized feature, the user programs the
0 to 100% Special Output Function to Motorized Valve. Then the
Analog Input 1 Source A Heat Power
Heat Source Function A is selected to either Heat or Cool
Cool Power Power and Source Instance A is set to match the control
Control Loop 1
Cool
loop, typically 1.
0 to 100%
Temperature Output n
Fu
Next the user enters the amount of time in seconds that
ncti F
on ilte the valve requires power to go from a closed state to an
r
open state. The user enters the dead band in percent
PID power to prevent the valve from excessive cycling.
Source B Larger numbers reduce activity on the valve and small-
Analog Input 2 Source A Output Cl
er numbers improve controllability. Select a value that
PV Function
o
Se sed
t P Lo
compromises on these two competing goals.
oin op
t2 Lastly, assign an output to Special Output Function 1
Output n
0 to 100% that is wired to close the valve. Assign an output to Spe-
Source A Heat Power
Heat cial Output Function 2 that is wired to open the valve.
Cool Power
Typically, these two outputs are normally open mechan-
Control Loop 2
Cool ical relays but solid state relays or switch DC outputs
0 to 100%
Humidity Output n may be programmed in the same manner.
Watlo w EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 137 • Chapter 10 Applic ations

Definitions:
- Current Position is an approximation of the valve's
position as it relates to a power level (0 - 100%) where
0% is fully closed and 100% is fully open.
- Dead Time is the minimum on time that the valve
will travel once it is turned on in either the closed or
open direction. Dead Time = Valve Dead Band / 100 *
Valve Travel Time.
- On Time is the amount of time the valve needs to be
turned on (either open or close) to eliminate the error
between the estimated valve position and the desired
power level. A positive On Time value indicates the
need to open the valve while a negative value indi-
cates the need to close the valve. On Time = (Input 1
Value - Current Position) / 100 * Valve Travel Time
When power is applied to the controller, the valve is
closed and time is set to 0.
- Special Output Function 1 is the close signal to the
valve.
- Special Output Function 2 is the open signal to the
valve
Motorized Valve Control
Va
H Cl l
ea Coo o ve
t A l A S sed Tr D
lg lg et P L av ea
el d
or or o oo
ith ith in p Ti Ba
m m t1 m nd
e Output n
Special Function
Output 1
Analog Input 1 Source A Heat Power Source Function A Close
Open Special Function

Control Loop 1 Special Output Function 1 Output 2
Output n
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 138 • Chapter 10 Applications

Chapter 11: Appendix
Troubleshooting Alarms, Errors and Control Issues
Indication Description Possible Cause(s) Corrective Action
Alarm won’t clear or Alarm will not clear or reset • Alarm latching is active • Reset alarm when process is within
reset with keypad or digital input range or disable latching
• Alarm set to incorrect output • Set output to correct alarm source
instance
• Alarm is set to incorrect source • Set alarm source to correct input in-
stance
• Sensor input is out of alarm set point • Correct cause of sensor input out of
range alarm range
• Alarm set point is incorrect • Set alarm set point to correct trip
point
• Alarm is set to incorrect type • Set alarm to correct type: process, de-
viation or power
• Digital input function is incorrect • Set digital input function and source
instance
Alarm won’t occur Alarm will not activate output • Alarm silencing is active • Disable alarm silencing, if required
• Alarm blocking is active • Disable alarm blocking, if required
• Alarm is set to incorrect output • Set output to correct alarm source
instance
• Alarm is set to incorrect source • Set alarm source to correct input in-
stance
• Alarm set point is incorrect • Set alarm set point to correct trip
point
• Alarm is set to incorrect type • Set alarm to correct type: process, de-
viation or power
[AL;E1] Alarm Error Alarm state cannot be deter- • Sensor improperly wired or open • Correct wiring or replace sensor
[AL;E2] mined due to lack of sensor • Incorrect setting of sensor type • Match setting to sensor used
[AL;E3] input • Calibration corrupt • Check calibration of controller
[AL;E4]
[AL;L1] Alarm Low Sensor input below low alarm • Temperature is less than alarm set • Check cause of under temperature
[AL;L2] set point point
[AL;L3] • Alarm is set to latching and an alarm • Clear latched alarm
[AL;L4] occurred in the past
• Incorrect alarm set point • Establish correct alarm set point
• Incorrect alarm source • Set alarm source to proper setting
[AL;h1} Alarm High Sensor input above high • Temperature is greater than alarm • Check cause of over temperature
[AL;h2] alarm set point set point
[AL;h3] • Alarm is set to latching and an alarm • Clear latched alarm
[AL;h4] occurred in the past
• Incorrect alarm set point • Establish correct alarm set point
• Incorrect alarm source • Set alarm source to proper setting
[Er;i1] Error Input Sensor does not provide a • Sensor improperly wired or open • Correct wiring or replace sensor
[Er;i2] valid signal to controller • Incorrect setting of sensor type • Match setting to sensor used
• Calibration corrupt • Check calibration of controller
Limit won’t clear or Limit will not clear or reset • Sensor input is out of limit set point • Correct cause of sensor input out of
reset with keypad or digital input range limit range
• Limit set point is incorrect • Set limit set point to correct trip point
• Digital input function is incorrect • Set digital input function and source
instance
[Li;E1] Limit Error Limit state cannot be deter- • Sensor improperly wired or open • Correct wiring or replace sensor
mined due to lack of sensor • Incorrect setting of sensor type • Match setting to sensor used
input, limit will trip • Calibration corrupt • Check calibration of controller
[Li;L1] Limit Low Sensor input below low limit • Temperature is less than limit set • Check cause of under temperature
set point point
• Limit outputs latch and require reset • Clear limit
• Incorrect alarm set point • Establish correct limit set point
[Li;h1] Limit High Sensor input above high limit • Temperature is greater than limit set • Check cause of over temperature
set point point
• Limit outputs latch and require reset • Clear limit
• Incorrect alarm set point • Establish correct limit set point
Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 139 • Chapter 11 Appendix

[LP;o1] Open Loop Detect is active • Setting of Open Loop Detect Time • Set correct Open Loop Detect Time for
LP;o2] and the process value did incorrect application
Loop Open Error not deviate by a user-select- • Setting of Open Loop Detect Devia- • Set correct Open Loop Deviation value
ed value in a user specified tion incorrect for application
period with PID power at • Thermal loop is open • Determine cause of open thermal loop:
100%. misplaced sensors, load failure, loss of
power to load, etc.
• Open Loop Detect function not re- • Deactivate Open Loop Detect feature
quired but activated
[LP;r1] Open Loop Detect is active • Setting of Open Loop Detect Time • Set correct Open Loop Detect Time for
[LP;r2] and the process value is incorrect application
Loop Reversed Error headed in the wrong direc- • Setting of Open Loop Detect Devia- • Set correct Open Loop Deviation value
tion when the output is tion incorrect for application
activated based on devia- • Output programmed for incorrect • Set output function correctly
tion value and user-selected function
value. • Thermocouple sensor wired in reverse • Wire thermocouple correctly, (red wire
polarity is negative)
[`rP1] Ramping 1 Controller is ramping to new • Ramping feature is activated • Disable ramping feature if not re-
[`rP2] Ramping 2 set point quired
[tUN1] Autotuning 1 Controller is autotuning the • User started the autotune function • Wait until autotune completes or dis-
[tUN2] Autotuning 2 control loop able autotune feature
• Digital input is set to start autotune • Set digital input to function other
than autotune, if desired
No heat/cool action Output does not activate load • Output function is incorrectly set • Set output function correctly
• Control mode is incorrectly set • Set control mode appropriately (Open
vs Closed Loop)
• Output is incorrectly wired • Correct output wiring
• Load, power or fuse is open • Correct fault in system
• Control set point is incorrect • Set control set point in appropriate
control mode and check source of set
point: remote, idle, profile, closed loop,
open loop
• Incorrect controller model for applica- • Obtain correct controller model for ap-
tion plication
No Display No display indication or LED • Power to controller is off • Turn on power
illumination • Fuse open • Replace fuse
• Breaker tripped • Reset breaker
• Safety interlock switch open • Close interlock switch
• Separate system limit control acti- • Reset limit
vated
• Wiring error • Correct wiring issue
• Incorrect voltage to controller • Apply correct voltage, check part
number
No Serial Communi- Cannot establish serial com- • Address parameter incorrect • Set unique addresses on network
cation munications with the con- • Incorrect protocol selected • Match protocol between devices
troller • Baud rate incorrect • Match baud rate between devices
• Parity incorrect • Match parity between devices
• Wiring error • Correct wiring issue
• EIA-485 converter issue • Check settings or replace converter
• Incorrect computer or PLC communi- • Set correct communication port
cations port • Correct software setup to match con-
• Incorrect software setup troller
• Wires routed with power cables • Route communications wires away
• Termination resistor may be required from power wires
• Place 120 Ω resistor across EIA-485
on last controller
Process doesn’t con- Process is unstable or never • Controller not tuned correctly • Perform autotune or manually tune
trol to set point reaches set point system
• Control mode is incorrectly set • Set control mode appropriately (Open
vs Closed Loop)
• Control set point is incorrect • Set control set point in appropriate
control mode and check source of set
point: remote, idle, profile, closed loop,
open loop
Wat low EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 140 • Chapter 11 Appendix

Temperature runway Process value continues to • Controller output incorrectly pro- • Verify output function is correct (heat
increase or decrease past set grammed or cool)
point.
• Thermocouple reverse wired • Correct sensor wiring (red wire nega-

tive)
• Controller output wired incorrectly • Verify and correct wiring
• Short in heater • Replace heater

• Power controller connection to con- • Replace or repair power controller
troller defective
• Controller output defective • Replace or repair controller
[`100] Device Error Controller displays internal • Controller defective • Replace or repair controller
[rEtn] malfunction message at • Sensor input over driven • Check sensors for ground loops, re-
power up. verse wiring or out of range values.
[`h;Er] Heater Error Heater Error • Current through load is above current • Check that the load current is proper.
trip set point Correct cause of overcurrent and/or en-
sure current trip set point is correct.
• Current through load is below current • Check that the load current is proper.
trip set point Correct cause of undercurrent and/or
ensure current trip set point is correct.
[`C;Er] Load current incorrect. • Shorted solid-state or mechanical • Replace relay

Current Error relay
• Open solid-state or mechanical relay • Replace relay

• Current transformer load wire associ- • Route load wire through current
ated to wrong output transformer from correct output, and
go to the [`C;Si] Source Output In-
stance parameter (Setup Page, Current
Menu) to select the output that is driv-
ing the load.
• Defective current transformer or con- • Replace or repair sensor or controller
troller
• Noisy electrical lines • Route wires appropriately, check for
loose connections, add line filters
Menus inaccessible Unable to access [`SEt], • Security set to incorrect level • Check [`loC] settings in Factory Page
[OPEr], [FCty] or [ProF] • Enter appropriate password in [UloC]
menus or particular prompts setting in Factory Page
in Home Page
• Digital input set to lockout keypad • Change state of digital input
• Custom parameters incorrect • Change custom parameters in Factory

Page
EZ-Key/s don’t work EZ-Key/s does not activate • EZ-Key function incorrect • Verify EZ-Key function in Setup Menu
required function
• EZ-Key function instance not incor- • Check that the function instance is
rect correct
• Keypad malfunction • Replace or repair controller
[ual;l] Value to low to be displayed • Incorrect setup • Check scaling of source data
Value to low in 4 digit LED display
[ual;h] Value to high to be displayed • Incorrect setup • Check scaling of source data
Value to high in 4 digit LED display

Modbus - Programmable Memory Blocks
Assembly Definition Addresses and Assembly Working Addresses
Assembly Definition Assembly Working Assembly Definition Assembly Working
Addresses Addresses Addresses Addresses
40 & 41 200 & 201 80 & 81 240 & 241
42 & 43 202 & 203 82 & 83 242 & 243
44 & 45 204 & 205 84 & 85 244 & 245
46 & 47 206 & 207 86 & 87 246 & 247
48 & 49 208 & 209 88 & 89 248 & 249
50 & 51 210 & 211 90 & 91 250 & 251
52 & 53 212 & 213 92 & 93 252 & 253
54 & 55 214 & 215 94 & 95 254 & 255
56 & 57 216 & 217 96 & 97 256 & 257
58 & 59 218 & 219 98 & 99 256 & 259
60 & 61 220 & 221 100 & 101 260 & 261
62 & 63 222 & 223 102 & 103 262 & 263
64 & 65 224 & 225 104 & 105 264 & 265
66 & 67 226 & 227 106 & 107 266 & 267
68 & 69 228 & 229 108 & 109 268 & 269
70 & 71 230 & 231 110 & 111 270 & 271
72 & 73 232 & 233 112 & 113 272 & 273
74 & 75 234 & 235 114 & 115 274 & 275
76 & 77 236 & 237 116 & 117 276 & 277
78 & 79 238 & 239 118 & 119 278 & 279
Assembly Definition Assembly Definition

Addresses Assembly Working Addresses Assembly Working
Default Pointers Addresses Default Pointers Addresses
Registers 40 & 41 Registers 200 & 201 Registers 60 & 61 Registers 220 & 221
Pointer 1 = 1880 & 1881 Pointer 11 = 1632 & 1633

Loop Control Mode Value of Pointer 1 Alarm 4 Low Set Point Value of Pointer 11
Pointer 2 = 2160 & 2161 Pointer 12 = 2540 & 2541

Value of Pointer 2 Value of Pointer 12
Closed Loop Set Point Profile Action Request
Registers 64 & 65 Registers 224 & 225

Pointer 13 = 2520 & 2521 Value of Pointer 13
Pointer 3 = 2162 & 2163 Value of Pointer 3 Profile Start
Open Loop Set Point
Pointer 4 = 1480 & 1481 Value of Pointer 4 Heat Proportional Band
Alarm 1 High Set Point

Pointer 5 = 1482 & 1483 Pointer 15 = 1892 & 1893 Value of Pointer 15
Value of Pointer 5
Alarm 1 Low Set Point Cool Proportional Band

Pointer 16 = 1894 & 1895
Value of Pointer 16
Pointer 6 = 1530 & 1531 Value of Pointer 6 Time Integral

Pointer 17 = 1896 & 1897
Value of Pointer 7 Time Derivative
Alarm 2 Low Set Point

Pointer 18 = 1900 & 1901
Value of Pointer 8 Heat Hysteresis

Pointer 19 = 1902 & 1903
Cool Hysteresis
Alarm 3 Low Set Point Value of Pointer 9

Pointer 20 = 1898 & 1899
Value of Pointer 10 Deadband

Modbus Default Assembly Structure 80-119
Assembly Definition Assembly Definition
Addresses Assembly Working Registers Assembly Working
Default Pointers Addresses Default Pointers Registers
Pointer 21 = 360 & 361 Pointer 31 = 1882 & 1883
Analog Input 1 Process Control Mode Active
Value
Pointer 22 = 362 & 363 Pointer 32 = 1904 & 1905 Value of Pointer 32
Value of Pointer 22
Analog Input 1 Error Status Heat Power
Pointer 23 = 440 & 441 Pointer 33 = 1906 & 1907
Analog Input 2 Process Cool Power
Value

Limit State
Analog Input 2 Error Status

Profile Start
Alarm 1 State
Pointer 36 = 2540 & 2541
Pointer 26 = 1546 & 1547 Value of Pointer 26 Profile Action Request Value of Pointer 36
Alarm 2 State
Pointer 27 = 1596 & 1597 Pointer 37 = 2524 & 2525

Value of Pointer 27 Active File Value of Pointer 37
Alarm 3 State
Pointer 28 = 1646 & 1647 Pointer 38 = 2526 & 2527

Value of Pointer 28 Active Step Value of Pointer 38
Alarm 4 State
Pointer 29 = 1328 & 1329 Pointer 39 = 2528 & 2529

Value of Pointer 29 Active Set Point Value of Pointer 39
Digital Input 5 Status
Pointer 30 = 1348 & 1349 Pointer 40 = 2536 & 2537

Value of Pointer 30 Step Time Remaining Value of Pointer 40
Digital Input 6 Status

CIP Implicit Assembly Structures
CIP Implicit O to T (Originator to Target) Assembly Structure
CIP Implicit Assembly
Originator (Master) to Target (PM)
PM Assembly Parameter
Assembly PM PLC
Class, Instance, Parameter Class, Instance,
Members Data Type Data Type
Attritbute Attritbute
1 0x77, 0x01, 0x01 DINT Loop Control Mode 0x97, 0x01, 0x01 DINT
2 0x77, 0x01, 0x02 DINT Closed Loop Set Point 0x6B, 0x01, 0x01 REAL
3 0x77, 0x01, 0x03 DINT Open Loop Set Point 0x6B, 0x01, 0x02 REAL
4 0x77, 0x01, 0x04 DINT Alarm 1 - Alarm High Set Point 0x6D, 0x01, 0x01 REAL
5 0x77, 0x01, 0x05 DINT Alarm 1 - Alarm Low Set Point 0x6D, 0x01, 0x02 REAL
10 0x77, 0x01, 0x0A DINT Alarm 4 - Alarm High Set Point 0x6D, 0x04, 0x01 REAL
11 0x77, 0x01, 0x0B DINT Alarm 4 - Alarm Low Set Point 0x6D, 0x04, 0x02 REAL
12 0x77, 0x01, 0x0C DINT Profile Action Request 0x7A, 0x01, 0x0B DINT
13 0x77, 0x01, 0x0D DINT Profile Start 0x7A, 0x01, 0x01 DINT
14 0x77, 0x01, 0x0E DINT Heat Proportional Band 0x97, 0x01, 0x06 REAL
15 0x77, 0x01, 0x0F DINT Cool Proportional Band 0x97, 0x01, 0x07 REAL
16 0x77, 0x01, 0x10 DINT Time Integral 0x97, 0x01, 0x08 REAL
17 0x77, 0x01, 0x11 DINT Time Derivative 0x97, 0x01, 0x09 REAL
18 0x77, 0x01, 0x12 DINT Heat Hysteresis 0x97, 0x01, 0x0B REAL
19 0x77, 0x01, 0x13 DINT Cool Hysteresis 0x97, 0x01, 0x0C REAL
20 0x77, 0x01, 0x14 DINT Dead Band 0x97, 0x01, 0x0A REAL
CIP Implicit T to O (Target to Originator) Assembly Structure

CIP Implicit Assembly
Target (PM) to Originator (Master)
PM Assembly Parameter
Assembly PM PLC
Class, Instance, Parameter Class, Instance,
Members Data Type Data Type
Attritbute Attritbute
1 Cannot be changed Binary Device Status none DINT
2 0x77, 0x02, 0x01 DINT Analog Input 1, Analog Input Value 0x68, 0x01, 0x01 REAL
3 0x77, 0x02, 0x02 DINT Analog Input 1, Input Error 0x68, 0x01. 0x02 REAL
4 0x77, 0x02, 0x03 DINT Analog Input 2, Analog Input Value 0x68, 0x02, 0x01 REAL
5 0x77, 0x02, 0x04 DINT Analog Input 2, Input Error 0x68, 0x02, 0x02 REAL
6 0x77, 0x02, 0x05 DINT Alarm 1, Alarm State 0x6D, 0x01, 0x09 DINT
9 0x77, 0x02, 0x08 DINT Alarm 4, Alarm State 0x09, 0x04, 0x09 DINT
10 0x77, 0x02, 0x09 DINT Event Status 0x6E, 0x01, 0x05 DINT
11 0x77, 0x02, 0x0A DINT Event Status 0x6E, 0x02, 0x05 DINT
12 0x77, 0x02, 0x0B DINT Control Mode Active 0x97, 0x01, 0x02 DINT
13 0x77, 0x02, 0x0C DINT Heat Power 0x97, 0x01, 0x0D REAL
14 0x77, 0x02, 0x0D DINT Cool Power 0x97, 0x01, 0x0E REAL
15 0x77, 0x02, 0x0E DINT Limit State 0x70, 0x01, 0x06 DINT
16 0x77, 0x02, 0x0F DINT Profile Start 0x74, 0x01, 0x01 DINT
17 0x77, 0x02, 0x10 DINT Profile Action Request 0x74, 0x01, 0x0B DINT
18 0x77, 0x02, 0x11 DINT Current Profile 0x74, 0x01, 0x03 DINT
19 0x77, 0x02, 0x12 DINT Current Step 0x74, 0x01, 0x04 DINT
20 0x77, 0x02, 0x13 DINT Active Set Point 0x74, 0x01, 0x05 REAL
21 0x77, 0x02, 0x14 DINT Step Time Remaining 0x74, 0x01, 0x09 DINT
As can be seen on the previous page the PM Implicit
Assembly defaults (factory settings) to a populated
assembly structure. If it is desired to modify any of
the given assembly members there are many soft-
ware tools available to do so. It is outside of the scope
of this document to describe how to use those. What
can be found in this document is the process to build
the assembly structure. If viewing this document
electronically simply click on the link below to read
the section entitled " Modifying Implicit Assembly
Members". Otherwise, turn back to the table of con-
tents to find the above named section.
Compact Class Assembly Structure

On the next four pages the 17 available members of
the Compact Class are displayed. As an orientation
to the format as displayed in this document notice
that each member begins with header identified as
"Assembly" and below the header you will see the
member number along with parameter information
contained within. While looking at these illustrations
keep in mind that each member is actually 32-bits in

length. To better illustrate this information in this
document, the following 6 pages present these mem-
bers divided in half where the letter "A" in the page
header and assembly number represents the most
significant 16-bits where the letter "B" in the title
and assembly number represents the least significant
16-bits of each member. In the event that these pages
are printed out and then mixed up, simply match up
the page headers placing them side by side. As an
example, Compact Class 1 A through 7 A should be
paired with Class 1 B through 7 B, left to right.
For further explanation as to what the Compact
Class assembly is, navigate to the section entitled
"Compact Assembly Class"

Compact Class 1 A through 7 A
Instance i
Class,
Assembly
Instance, Attribute 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
1A C = 0x71 (113)
Analog Input I = 1 to 4 Filtered Analog Input Value
Read A=1
Bits 16 to 31, Signed 16 bits with implied tenths precision (-32768.8 to 3276.7)
Instance i
Class,
Assembly
2A C = 0x71 (113)
Control I = 1 to 4 Closed Loop Set Point
Read/Write A=2
Instance i + 1
Class,
Assembly
3A C = 0x71 (113)
Control I = 1 to 4 Closed Loop Set Point
Read/Write A=3
Instance i
Class,
Assembly
4A C = 0x71 (113)
Control I = 1 to 4 Heat Proportional Band
Read/Write A=4
Bits 16 to 31, Unsigned 16 bits with implied tenths precision (0 to 6553.5)
Instance i
Class,
Assembly
5A C = 0x71 (113)
Control I = 1 to 4 Cool Proportional Band (instance i)
Read/Write A=5
Bits 16 to 31, Unsigned 16 bits with implied tenths precision (0 to 6553.5)
Instance i + 1
Class,
Assembly
6A C = 0x71 (113) Input
Limit I = 1 to 4 Limit State Error Analog Input Value
Read A=6 Status
Bits 16 to 28, Signed 16 bits whole (-4096 to 4095)
Bit 29, Analog Input Error Status (0 = None, 1 = Error)
Bits 30 and 31, Limit State (00 =None, 01 = Low Limit, 10 = Limit High, 11 = Other)
Instance i + 1
Class,
Assembly
7A C = 0x71 (113) Limit Clear
Limit I = 1 to 4 Spare Latched Analog Input Value
Read/Write A=7 Clear Error
Bit 29, Clear Latched Input Error (0 = Ignore, 1 = Clear)
Bits 30, Limit Clear (0 = Ignore, 1 = Clear)

Compact Class 1 B through 7 B
Instance i
Assembly 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Input Loop Actual
1B Error Error Control Tune Control Loop Output Power
Status Status Mode Status
Bit 11, Loop Tuning Status (0 = Off, 1 = Anything Else)
Bits 12 and 13, Actual Control Mode (00 = Off, 01 = Manual, 10 = Auto)
Bit 14, Loop Error Status (0 = None, 1 = Error)
Bit 15, Analog Input Error (0 = None, 1 = Error)
Instance i
Assembly 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Open Initiate
2B Spare Loop Control Mode Open Loop Set Point
Tune
Clear
Bit 11, Initiate Tune (0 = No, 1 = Yes)
Bits 12 and 13, Actual Control Mode (00 = Off, 01 = Manual, 10 = Auto)
Bit 14, Open Loop Clear (0 = Ignore, 1 = Clear)
Instance i
Assembly 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3B Closed Loop Set Point
Instance i
Assembly 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
4B Integral Time
Bits 0 to 15, Unsigned 16 bits whole (0 to 65535)
Instance i
Assembly 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
5B Derivative Time
Bits 0 to 15, Unsigned 16 bits whole (0 to 65535)
Instance i
Assembly 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Input
6B Limit State Error Analog Input Value
Status
Bits 13, Analog Input Error Status (0 = None, 1 = Error)
Bit 14 and 15, Limit State (00 = None, 01 = Limit low, 10 = Limit high, 11 = Other)
Instance i
Assembly 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Limit Clear
7B Spare Limit Set Point High
Clear Latched
Error
Bit 13, Clear Latched Input Error (0 = Ignore, 1 = Clear)
Bit 14, Limit Clear (0 = Ignore, 1 = Clear)

Instance i + 15 Instance i + 14 Instance i + 13 Instance i + 12 Instance i + 11 Instance i + 10 Instance i + 9 Instance i + 8
Class,
Assembly
8A C = 0x71 (113)
Limit I = 1 to 4 Limit State Limit State Limit State Limit State Limit State Limit State Limit State Limit State
Read A=8
Bits 16 to 31, Paired bits representing the state of up to 16 limits (00 = None, 01 = Limit low,, 10 = Limit High)

Class,
Assembly
9A C = 0x71 (113) Limit Limit Limit Limit Limit Limit
Limit I = 1 to 4 Spare Spare Clear Spare
Clear Spare Clear Spare Limit Spare Clear Spare Limit Spare Clear
Read/Write Clear Clear Clear
A=9
Instance i
Class,
Assembly
10 A C = 0x71 (113) Limit Clear
Limit I = 1 to 4 Spare Latched Limit Set Point High
Read/Write A = 0x0A (10) Clear Error
Bits 16 to 28, Signed 13 bits whole (-4096 to 4095) - Bit 29, Clear Latched Input Error (0 = Ignore, 1 = Clear)
Bits 30, Limit Clear (0 = Ignore, 1 = Clear)
Instance i + 1
Class,
Assembly
11 A C = 0x71 (113)
CT I = 1 to 4 Spare Heater Current Current RMS
Read A = 0x0B (11) Error Error
Bits 16 to 28, Unsigned 11 bits (0 to 2047)
Bit 29, Current Error (00 = None, 01 = Low, 10 = High)
Bit 30, Heater Error (00 = None, 01 = Open, 10 = Shorted)

Class,
Assembly
12 A C = 0x71 (113)
Alarm I = 1 to 4 Alarm State Alarm State Alarm State Alarm State Alarm State Alarm State Alarm State Alarm State
Read A = 0x0C (12)
Bits 16 to 31, Paired bits reflecting the state of up to 16 alarms (00 = None, 01 = Alarm Low, 10 = Alarm High, 11 = Other)

Class,
Assembly
13 A C = 0x71 (113) Alarm Alarm
I = 1 to 4 Alarm
Alarm Alarm Clear Alarm Silence Alarm Clear Silence Alarm Clear Silence Alarm Clear Silence
Read/Write A = 0x0D (13)
Bits 16 to 31, Paired bits reflecting the state of up to 16 alarms (0 = Ignore, 1 = Clear)

Instance i + 7 Instance i + 6 Instance i + 5 Instance i + 4 Instance i + 3 Instance i + 2 Instance i + 1 Instance i
Assembly 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
8B Limit State Limit State Limit State Limit State Limit State Limit State Limit State Limit State
Assembly 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Spare Limit Limit Limit Spare Limit Limit Limit Limit Limit
9B Clear Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Clear
Clear Clear Clear Clear Clear Clear
Bits 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 and 14, Limit Clear for instance i to instance i ( 0 = Ignore, 1 = Clear)
Instance i
Assembly 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
10 B Spare Limit Set Point Low
Instance i
Assembly 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
11 B Spare Heater Current Current RMS
Error Error
Bits 16 to 28, Unsigned 11 bits (0 to 2047)
Bit 29, Current Error (00 = None, 01 = Low, 10 = High)
Bit 30, Heater Error (00 = None, 01 = Open, 10 = Shorted)
Assembly 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
12 B Alarm State Alarm State Alarm State Alarm State Alarm State Alarm State Alarm State Alarm State
Bits 0 to 15, Paired bits reflecting the state of up to 16 alarms (00 = None, 01 = Alarm Low, 10 = Alarm High, 11 = Other)
Assembly 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Alarm Alarm Silence
13 B Alarm Clear Alarm Silence Alarm Clear Silence Alarm Clear Alarm Silence Alarm Clear
Bits 0 to 15, Paired bits reflecting the state of up to 16 alarms (0 = Ignore, 1 = Clear)

Instance i
Class,
Assembly
14 A C = 0x71 (113)
Alarm I = 1 to 4 Alarm Alarm Set Point High
Read/Write A = 0x0E (14) Clear
Bit 31, Alarm Clear (0 = Ignore, 1 = Clear)
Instance i + 1
Class,
Assembly
15 A C = 0x71 (113) Input
Analog Input I = 1 to 4 Error Filtered Analog Input Value
Read A = 0x0F (15) Status
Instance i + 1
Class,
Assembly
16 A C = 0x71 (113)
Analog Input I = 1 to 4 Filtered Analog Input Value
Read A = 0x10 (16)

Class,
Assembly
17 A C = 0x71 (113) Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input
Analog Input I = 1 to 4 Spare Error Spare Error Spare Error Spare Error Spare Error Spare Error Spare Error Spare Error
Read A = 0x11 (17) Status Status Status Status Status Status Status Status
Bits 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, Analog Input Error Status (0 = None, 1 = Error)

Instance i
Assembly 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Alarm
14 B Silence Alarm Set Point Low
Bit 15, Alarm Silence (0 = Ignore, 1 = Silence)
Instance i
Assembly 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Input
15 B Error Filtered Analog Input Value
Status
Instance i
Assembly 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
16 B Filtered Analog Input Value
Assembly 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input
17 B Spare Error Spare Error Spare Error Spare Error Spare Error Spare Error Spare Error Spare Error
Status Status Status Status Status Status Status Status
Bits 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, Analog Input Error Status(0 = None, 1 = Error)

Specifications DIN curve (0.00385Ω/Ω/°C)
• Process, 0-20mA @ 100Ω ,or 0-10V Î(dc) @ 20kΩ input imped-
LineVoltage/Power (Minimum/Maximum Ratings) ance
• 85 to 264V~ (ac), 47 to 63Hz Voltage Input Ranges
• 20 to 28VÅ (ac), 47 to 63Hz - Accuracy ±10mV ±1 LSD at standard conditions
• 12 to 40VÎ (dc) - Temperature stability ±100 PPM/°C maximum
• 14VA maximum power consumption (PM4, 8 & 9) Milliamp Input Ranges
• 10VAmaximum power consumption (PM6) - Accuracy ±20µA ±1 LSD at standard conditions
• Data retention upon power failure via non-volatile memory - Temperature stability ±100 PPM/°C maximum
• Compliant with SEMIF47-0200,FigureR1-1 voltage sag require- Resolution Input Ranges
ments @24V ~ (ac) or higher - 0 to 10V: 200 µV nominal
Environment - 0 to 20 mA: 0.5 mA nominal
• 0 to 149°F (-18 to 65°C) operating temperature •Potentiometer: 0 to 1,200Ω
• -40 to 185°F (-40to85°C) storage temperature •Inverse scaling
• 0 to 90%RH, non-condensing
Max
Accuracy Accuracy Accuracy
Error
• Calibration accuracy and sensor conformity: ±0.1% of span, ±1°C Input Type Range Range Units
@ 25
@ the calibrated ambient temperature and rated line voltage Low High
Deg C
• Types R, S, B; 0.2%
• Type T below -50°C; 0.2% J ±1.75 0 750 Deg C
• Calibration ambient temperature @ 77 ±5°F (25±3°C) K ±2.45 -200 1250 Deg C
• Accuracy span :1000 °F (540°C) min.
T (-200 to 350) ±1.55 -200 350 Deg C
• Temperature stability: ±0.1 °F/°F (±0.1°C/°C) rise in ambient
max. N ±2.25 0 1250 Deg C
Agency Approvals E ±2.10 -200 900 Deg C
• UL® Listed to UL 61010-1 File E185611 R ±3.9 0 1450 Deg C
• UL® Reviewed to CSA C22.2 No.61010-1-04
S ±3.9 0 1450 Deg C
• UL® 50 Type 4X, NEMA 4X indoor locations, IP66 front panel
seal (indoor use only) B ±2.66 870 1700 Deg C
• FM Class 3545 File 3029084 temperature limit switches C ±3.32 0 2315 Deg C
• CE-See Declaration of Conformity RoHS and W.E.E.E.complaint
D ±3.32 0 2315 Deg C
• ODVA-EtherNet/IP™ and DeviceNet Compliance
• UL Listed to ANSI/ISA 12.12.01-2007 File E184390 F (PTII) ±2.34 0 1343 Deg C
• This equipment is suitable for use in Class 1, Div.2, Groups A, B, RTD, 100 ohm ±2.00 -200 800 Deg C
C and D or non-hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4A
RTD, 1000 ohm ±2.00 -200 800 DegC
• UL reviewed to Standard No. CSA C22.2 No.213-M1987, Cana-
dian Hazardous locations mV ±0.05 0 50 mV
• PM6 CSA C22.2 No. 24 File 158031 Class 4813-02, 1/16 DIN Volts ±0.01 0 10 Volts
CSA Approved
mAmps
Controller mAdc ±0.02 2 20
DC
• User selectable heat/cool, on-off, P, PI, PD, PID or alarm action,
not valid for limit controllers mAmps
mAac ±5 -50 50
• Auto-tune with TRU-TUNE®+ adaptive control algorithm AC
• Control sampling rates: input = 10Hz, outputs = 10Hz Potentiometer,
±1 0 1000 Ohms
Profile Ramp/Soak - Real Time Clock and Bat- 1K range
tery Back-up
• Accuracy (typical): ±30PPM at 77°F (25°C)
Operating Range
• +30/-100 PPM at -4 to 149°F (-20 to 65°C)
• Battery type: lithium (recycle properly) Input Type Range Low Range High
• Battery typical life: three cumulative years of unpowered life at J -210 1200
77°F (25°C)
K -270 1371
Isolated Serial Communications T -270 400
• EIA232/485, Modbus® RTU
• EtherNet/IP™, DeviceNet™ (ODVA certified) N -270 1300
• Modbus® TCP E -270 1000
• Profibus DP R -50 1767
Wiring Termination—Touch-Safe Terminals S -50 1767
• Input, power and controller output terminals are touch safe re-
movable 12 to 22 AWG B -50 1816
Universal Input C 0 2315

• Thermocouple, grounded or ungrounded sensors D 0 2315
• >20MΩ input impedance F (PTII) 0 1343
• 3µA open sensor detection
RTD (100 ohm) -200 800
• Max. of 2KΩ source resistance
• RTD 2 or 3 wire, platinum, 100Ω and 1000Ω @ 0°C calibration to RTD (1000 ohm) -200 800

• Switched DC
Operating Range (cont.) - Switched DC 24-32 V, 80 mA max, SELV, Limited Energy
mV -50 50 - Max. supply current source 40mA at 20VÎ (dc)
Volts 0 10 and 80mA @12VÎ (dc)
- Max.lowstate2V
mAdc 0 20
•Open Collector
mAac -50 50 - Max. switched voltage is 32VÎ (dc)
Potentiometer, 1K - Max. switched current per output is 1.5A
0 1200 - Max. switched current for all 6 outputs is 8A
range
Resistance, 5K range 0 5000 Output Hardware
• Switched dc = 22 to 32VÎ (dc) @30mA output 1 and 3, 10mA for
Resistance, 10K range 0 10000
output 2 and 4
Resistance, 20K range 0 20000 • Switched dc/open collector = 30VÎ (dc) max. @ 100mA max. cur-
Resistance, 40K range 0 40000 rent sink
• Solid State Relay (SSR), FormA, 0.5A @ 24VÅ (ac) min., 240V
Å (ac) max., 1A at 50°F linear derating to 0.5A at 149°F re-
Thermistor Input sistive, opto-isolated, without contact suppression, 120/240VÅ
Max Er- Accuracy Accuracy (ac) 20 VA pilot duty
Input • Electromechanical relay, Form C, 5A, 24 to 240VÅ (ac) or 30VÎ
ror @ 25 Range Range Units
Type (dc)max., resistive load, 100,000 cycles at rated load, 125 VA pilot
Deg C Low High
duty at 120/240VÅ (ac), 25 VA at 24VÅ (ac)
Thermis- • Electromechanical relay, FormA, 5A, 24 to 240VÅ (ac) or 30VÎ
tor, 5K ±5 0 5000 Ohms (dc) max., resistive load, 100,000 cycles at rated load, 125 VA pi
range lot duty at 120/240VÅ (ac), 25 VA at 24VÅ (ac)
• NO-ARC relay, FormA, 15A, 24 to 240VÅ (ac), noVÎ (dc), resis-
Thermis- tive load, 2 million cycles at rated load
tor, 10K ±10 0 10000 Ohms • Universal process/retransmit, Output range selectable:
range - 0 to 10V Î(dc) into a min. 1,000Ω load
Thermis- - 0 to 20mA into max. 800Ω load
tor, 20K ±20 0 20000 Ohms Resolution
range - dc ranges: 2.5mV nominal
- mA ranges: 5 µA nominal
Thermis-
Calibration Accuracy
tor, 40K ±40 0 40000 Ohms - dc ranges: ±15 mV
range - mA ranges: ±30 µA
• 0 to 40KΩ, 0 to 20KΩ, 0 to 10KΩ, 0 to 5KΩ Temperature Stability
• 2.252KΩ and 10KΩ base at 77°F (25°C) - 100 ppm/°C
• Linearization curves built in Operator Interface
• Third party Thermistor compatibility requirements • Dual 4 digit, 7 segment LED displays
• Advance, infinity, up and down keys, plus optional programmable
Base Alpha
Beta Prompt EZ-KEY(s) depending on model size
R@ Tech- YSI
THERM [``tC] • Typical display update rate 1Hz
25C niques • RESET key substituted for infinity on all models including the
2.252K Curve A 2.2K3A 004 A limit control
10K Curve A 10K3A 016 B Dimensions
10K Curve C 10K4A 006 C Size Behind Width Height Display Character
Panel Height
Current Measurement (max.)
•Accepts 0-50mA signal (user programmable range)
•Displayed operating range and resolution can be scaled and are up: 11.43 mm (0.450
user programmable in)
100.8 mm 100.3 mm 100.3 mm middle: 9.53 mm
•Requires optional current transformer 1/4
(3.97 in) (3.95 in) (3.95 in) (0.375 in)
2 Digital Input/Output Option - 2 DIO low: 7.62 mm (0.300
• Digital input update rate 10Hz in)
- DC voltage up: 10.80 mm (0.425
• Max. input 36V @ 3mA 101.6 mm 53.3 mm 53.3 mm in)
1/16
• Min. high state 3V at 0.25mA (4.00 in) (2.10 in) (2.10 in) low: 6.98 mm (0.275
• Max. low state 2V in)
- Dry contact top: 11.4 mm (0.450
• Min. open resistance 10KΩ in)
• Max. closed resistance 50Ω 1/8 101.6 mm 100.3 mm 54.8 mm middle: 9.53 mm
• Max. short circuit 20mA (H) (4.00 in) (3.95 in) (2.16 in) (0.375 in)
• Digital output update rate 10Hz bottom: 7.62 mm
- Output voltage 24V, current limit, Output 6 = (0.300 in)
10mA max., Output 5 = 3 pole DIN-A-MITE ® or 24mA max.
6 Digital Input/Output Option - 6 DIO
• Digital input or output
• Update rate 10Hz

Dimensions
Size Behind Width Height Display Character
Panel Height
(max.)
top: 11.4 mm (0.450
in)
1/8 101.6 mm 54.8 mm 100.3 mm middle: 9.53 mm
(V) (4.00 in) (2.16 in) (3.95 in) (0.375 in)
bottom: 7.62 mm
(0.300 in)
Weight
1/4 DIN (PM4) 1/8 DIN (PM8&9)
• Controller: 331 g (11.7 oz.) • Controller: 284 g (10 oz.)
1/16 DIN (PM6) User's Guide
• Controller: 186 g (6.6 oz.) • User's Guide: 284.86 g
(10.1 oz)
Modbus® is a trademark of AEG Schneider Automation Inc.
EtherNet/IP™ is a trademark of ControlNet International Ltd. used
under license by Open DeviceNet Vendor Association, Inc. (ODVA).
UL® is a registered trademark of Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
DeviceNet™ is a trademark of Open DeviceNet Vendors Associatlon.
Note:
These specifications are subject to change without prior notice.

Ordering Information for PM Integrated Controller Models
Controller P M __ __ __ __ __ - __ __ __ __ __ __ __
EZ-ZONE® Integrated Controller Models
TRU-TUNE+® Adaptive Tune, red-green 7-segment displays
Package Size
4 Panel Mount 1/4 DIN
6 Panel Mount 1⁄16 DIN
8 Panel Mount 1⁄8 DIN Vertical
9 Panel Mount 1⁄8 DIN Horizontal
Primary Function
C PID Controller with Universal Input
R PID Controller with Universal Input and Profiling Ramp and Soak
B PID Controller with Universal Input and Profiling Ramp and Soak
and Battery Backup with Real Time Clock
J PID Controller with Thermistor Input
N PID Controller with Thermistor Input and Profiling Ramp and Soak
E PID Controller with Thermistor Input and Profiling Ramp and Soak
and Battery Backup with Real Time Clock
S Custom Firmware
- Options B and E are not available with PM6
Power Supply, Digital Input/Output
1 100 to 240VÅ (ac)
2 100 to 240VÅ (ac) plus 2 Digital I/O points
3 15 to 36VÎ (dc) and 24VÅ (ac)
4 15 to 36VÎ (dc) and 24VÅ (ac), plus 2 Digital I/O points
Output 1 and 2 Hardware Options
Output 1 Output 2
CA Switched dc/open collector None
CH Switched dc/open collector NO-ARC 15 A power control
CC Switched dc/open collector Switched dc
CJ Switched dc/open collector Mechanical relay 5 A, form A
CK Switched dc/open collector Solid-state relay 0.5 A, form A
EA Mechanical relay 5 A, form C None
EH Mechanical relay 5 A, form C NO-ARC 15 A power control
EC Mechanical relay 5 A, form C Switched dc
EJ Mechanical relay 5 A, form C Mechanical relay 5 A, form A
EK Mechanical relay 5 A, form C Solid-state relay 0.5 A, form A
FA Universal process None
FC Universal process Switched dc (cannot use variable time base)
FJ Universal process Mechanical relay 5 A, form A (cannot use variable time base)
FK Universal process Solid-state relay 0.5 A, form A (cannot use variable time base)
AK None Solid-state relay 0.5 A, form A
KH Solid-state relay 0.5 A, form A NO-ARC 15 A power control
KK Solid-state relay 0.5 A, form A Solid-state relay 0.5 A, form A
Communications Options or Additional Digital I/O
A None
C 6 Digital I/O - Not available with PM6
D 6 Digital I/O and EIA-485 Modbus RTU - Not available with PM6
1 EIA 485 Modbus RTU®
2 Modbus RTU 232/485
3 EtherNet/IP™, Modbus TCP
5 DeviceNet
6 Profibus DP
- Standard Bus EIA-485 always included - all models
Auxilliary Control Functions
A None
C 2nd PID Channel with Universal Input - Not available on PM6
J 2nd PID Channel with Thermistor Input - Not available on PM6
R Auxillary 2nd input (Universal Input)
P Auxillary 2nd input (Thermistor Input)
T Current Transformer Input (The following options are Not Valid for outputs 3 & 4: FA, FC, FJ and FK)
L Integrated Limit Controller with Universal Input (Valid options for outputs 3 & 4: CJ, EJ, or AJ only)
M Integrated Limit Controller with Thermistor Input (Valid options for outputs 3 & 4: CJ, EJ, or AJ only)
- PM6 When ordering Communications Options 2 - 6, option A must be ordered above
Auxillary input can be configured for remote set point, back-up sensor, ratio, differential or wet-bulb/dry-bulb input
Output 3 and 4 Hardware Options
Output 3 Output 4
AA None None
AJ None Mechanical relay 5 A, form A
AK None Solid-state relay 0.5 A, form A
CA Switched dc/open collector None
CC Switched dc/open collector Switched dc
CH Switched dc/open collector NO-ARC 15 A power control
CJ Switched dc/open collector Mechanical relay 5 A, form A
CK Switched dc/open collector Solid-state relay 0.5 A, form A
EA Mechanical relay 5 A, form C None
EC Mechanical relay 5 A, form C Switched dc
EH Mechanical relay 5 A, form C NO-ARC 15 A power control
EJ Mechanical relay 5 A, form C Mechanical relay 5 A, form A
EK Mechanical relay 5 A, form C Solid-state relay 0.5 A, form A
FA Universal Process None
FC Universal Process Switched dc (cannot use variable time base)
FJ Universal Process Mechanical relay 5 A, form A (cannot use variable time base)
FK Universal Process Solid-state relay 0.5 A, form A (cannot use variable time base)
KH Solid-state relay 0.5 A, form A NO-ARC 15 A power control
KK Solid-state relay 0.5 A, form A Solid-state relay 0.5 A, form A
- With Communications Options 2 - 6, option AA must be ordered with PM6 above
- Output options CH,EH and KH not available with PM6
Additional Options
A Standard
C Enhanced firmware including: Compressor Control, Cascade, Ratio, Differential, Square-root, Motorized Valve Control without feedback
D Standard with isolated input 1, input 2 always isolated
F Enhanced firmware with isolated input 1, input 2 always isolated
Note: Auxiliary Control Function C or J required for cascade control.
Custom Options
AA Standard EZ-ZONE face plate
AB EZ-ZONE logo and no Watlow name
AC No logo and no Watlow name
12 Class 1, Div. 2 (Not available with Integrated Limit Controller or mechanical relay outputs)

Index
[À;bL] Alarm Blocking 86, 126 [`C;SP] Closed Loop Working Set [ìP;1] Input Point 1 69
[AC;LF] AC Line Frequency 91 Point 54 [ìP;2] Input Point 2
[À;dL] Alarm Delay 86 [`CU;r] Current Read 59 [ìP;3] Input Point 3
[A;dSP] Alarm Display 86 [CUrr] Current Menu 59, 87 [ìP;4] Input Point 4 69
[À;hi] Alarm High Set Point 58, [CUSt] Custom Menu 45 [ìP;2] Input Point 2 69
85, 125 [dAtE] Date of Manufacture 110 [ìP;3] Input Point 3 69
[À;hy] Alarm Hysteresis 85, 125 [``db] Dead Band 57, 77, 122 [ìP;4] Input Point 4 69
[`Ài] Analog Input Menu 51, 66 [`dEC] Decimal 67, 68 [ìP;5] Input Point 5 69, 70
[ai;nb] Implicit Input Assembly 97 [`dio] Digital Input/Output Menu [ìP;6] Input Point 6 70
[À;iS] Alarm Source Instance 84 53, 72 [ìP;7] Input Point 7 70
[À;LA] Alarm Latching 86, 125 [`dir] Direction 72 [ìP;8] Input Point 8 70
[AL;E1] [AL;E2] [AL;E3] [AL;E4] [`do;S] Digital Output State 53 [ìP;9] Input Point 9 71
Alarm Error 1 to 4 42 [dow] Day of Week 98 [iP;10] Input Point 10 71
[À;Lg] Alarm Logic 85 [d;prs] Display Pairs 65, 93 [iP;F1] IP Fixed Address Part 1 95,
[AL;h1] [AL;h2] [AL;h3] [AL;h4] [`d;ti] Display Time 93 111
Alarm High 1 to 4 42 [EiP;E] Ethernet/IP™ Enable 97 [iP;F2] IP Fixed Address Part 2 95,
[AL;L1] [AL;L2] [AL;L3] [AL;L4] [Èi;S] Event Input Status 53 111
Alarm Low 1 to 4 42 [ELi;o] Electrical Input Offset 111 [iP;F3] IP Fixed Address Part 3 95,
[ALM] Alarm Menu 58, 84 [ELi;S] Electrical Input Slope 112 111
[À;Lo] Alarm Low Set Point 58, 85, [ELo;o] Electrical Output Offset 112 [iP;F4] IP Fixed Address Part 4 93,
125 [Ènd] End 106 95, 96, 111
[a;loc] Profibus Address Lock 95 [Ent1] Active Event Output 1 63 [iP;M] IP Address Mode 95, 110
[ao;nb] Implicit Output Assembly 97 [Ent2] Event Output 2 104 [iP;S1] IP Fixed Subnet Part 1 96
[À;Sd] Alarm Sides 85 [Er;i1] [Er;i2] Error Input 1 or 2 [iP;S2] IP Fixed Subnet Part 2 96,
[À;Si] Alarm Silencing 86, 126 42 97
[à;st] Alarm State 59 [FAiL] Input Error Failure 79, 120 [iP;S3] IP Fixed Subnet Part 3 96
[A;tSP] Autotune Set Point 55, 78, [``Fi] Digital Output Function [iP;S3] IP Fixed Subnet Part 3 96
114 Instance 72, 74 [iP;S4] IP Fixed Subnet Part 4 96
[Attn] Attention 42, 44, 125, 126 [``Fi] Output Function Instance [``JC] Jump Count Remaining 63
[À;ty] Alarm Type 84, 125 81, 83 [``JL] Jump Loop 106
[a;unt] Altitude Units 71 [`FiL] Filter 67 [`L;dd] Open Loop Detect Devia-
[ÀUt] Autotune 56, 114 [``Fn] Function 71 tion 79
[`b;pr] Barometric Pressure 72 [``Fn] Output Function 81, 82 [`L;dE] Open Loop Detect Enable
[`C;Ag] Cool Algorithm 76, 121 [`FUn] Function Key Menu 90 79
[`CAL] Calibration Menu 111 [gLbL] Global Menu 91 [`L;dt] Open Loop Detect Time 79
[`C;Cr] Cool Output Curve 76, 119 [`gSd] Guaranteed Soak Deviation [`L;hy] Limit Hysteresis 75
[`C;Er] Current Error 42, 60, 126 92 [Li;E1] Limit Error 1 42
[C;Er1] Current Error 42 [GSd1] Guaranteed Soak Deviation [Li;h1] Limit High 1 42
[`C_F] Display Units 91, 97 1 92 [Lim] Limit Menu 53, 74
[Chan] Channel 93 [GSd2] Guaranteed Soak Deviation [`Lin] Linearization 66
[`C;hi] Current High Set Point 59, 2 92 [`LL;S] Limit Low Set Point 53, 75
126 [`gSE] Guaranteed Soak Enable [`Lnr] Linearization Menu 51, 68
[`C;hy] Cool Hysteresis 56, 77, 121 92 [`LoC] Security Setting Menu 108,
[C;led] Communications LED Activ- [`GSE] Guaranteed Soak Enable 110
ity 93 92 [loC;l] Locked Access Level 109
[`C;Lo] Current Low Set Point 59, [`h;Ag] Heat Algorithm 76, 121 [LoC;o] Lock Operations Page 108,
126 [`h;Er] Heater Error 42, 60, 126 127
[CloC] Wait for Time 101 [h;Er1] Heater Error 42 [LoC;P] Lock Profiling Page 108,
[`C;M] Control Mode 55, 81 [`h;hy] Heat Hysteresis 56, 76, 121 109, 110, 127
[C;MA] Control Mode Active 54 [hoUr] Hours 97 [LooP] Control Loop Menu 76
[Code] Public Key 110 [`h;Pb] Heat Proportional Band 56, [LooP] Loop Menu 55
[CoM] Communications Menu 93, 76, 114, 122 [LP;o1] Loop Open Error 42
97, 101, 108 [`h;Pr] Heat Power 54, 115 [LP;o1] [LP;o2] Loop Open Error 1
[`C;Pb] Cool Proportional Band 56, [ì;CA] Calibration Offset 51, 68, or 2 42
77, 114, 122 116–117 [LP;r1] Loop Reversed Error 42
[`C;Pr] Cool Power 54, 115 [ìd;S] Idle Set Point 56, 80 [LP;r1] [LP;r2] Loop Reversed Er-
[`C;SP] Closed Loop Set Point 56, [ì;Er] Input Error Latching 67 ror 1 or 2 42
80 [ì;Er] Input Error Status 51, 68 [`L;Sd] Limit Sides 74

[MAn] Manual Power 79 127 [``t;t] Valve Travel Time 90
[MAt] Math Menu 60, 88 [roll] Rolling Password 109 [tUn1] Tuning 42
[Mb;E] Modbus TCP Enable 97 [``rP] Ramp Action 80, 123 [tUn1] [tUn2] Tuning 1 or 2 42
[min] Minutes 63 [`rP1] Ramping 42 [uAL;h] Value to high 42
[Min] Minutes 97 [`rP1] [`rP2] Ramping 1 or 2 42 [ÙFA] User Failure Action 79
[Mon] Monitor Menu 54 [``r;r] Thermistor Resistance [USr;r] User Restore Set 93, 114
[`Mu] Electrical Measurement 111 Range 67 [USr;S] User Save Set 93, 114
[`nU;S] Non-volatile Save 94 [`r;rt] Ramp Rate 80, 123 [UStP] Unused Step 105
[ò;CA] Calibration Offset 84 [`r;SC] Ramp Scale 80, 123 [uAL;L] Value to low 42
[ò;Ct] Output Control 72, 82 [`rt;L] RTD Leads 66 [W;bo] Wait For Both 105
[ò;Fn] Output Function 115 [R;typ] Ramping Type 92 [WE;2] Wait Event 2 103
[oFSt] PV Offset 52 [`S;bA] Sensor Backup Enable 117 [2one] Zone 93
[òF;t] Minimum Off Time 89 [S;bLd] Software Build 110
[`seC] Seconds 63
A
[ò;hi] Output High Power Scale
73, 82 [`SEn] Sensor Type 66, 115, 117 AC Line Frequency 91, 123
[ò;Lo] Output Low Power Scale [SFn;A] Source Function A 84 Active Event Output (1 or 2) 63
73, 82 [SFn;A] Source Function A 89 Active Step 62
[òn;t] Minimum On Time 89 [SFn;b] Source Function B 89 Active Step Type 62
[`òP] Open Loop Set Point 57, 81 [SFn;e] Source Function E 88 adaptive tuning 115
[òP;2] Output Point 2 69 [`S;hi] Scale High 66, 83, 117 Address Modbus 94
[òP;3] Output Point 3 69 [`Si;a] Event Input Source Instance Address Standard Bus 93, 94, 97
[òP;4] Output Point 4 70 A 92 Administrator Password 109
[òP;5] Output Point 5 70 [`Si;A] Source Instance A 89 Advance Key 41
[òP;6] Output Point 6 70 [`Si;B] Event Input Source Instance agency approvals 4
[òP;7] Output Point 7 70 B 92 alarm blocking 126
[òP;8] Output Point 8 70 [`Si;B] Source Instance B 89 Alarm Menu 58, 84
[òP;9] Output Point 9 71 [`si;e] Source Instance 88 alarms 123
[oP;10] Output Point 10 71 [`S;Lo] Scale Low 66, 83, 117 Blocking 86, 126
[ò;tb] Output Time Base 73, 82 [SLoC] Set Lockout Security 109, deviation 125
[otPt] Output Menu 81 127 Display 86
[ò;ty] Output Type 82 [``Sn] Serial Number 110 Hysteresis 85, 125
[ò;u1] Output Value 1 61 [SoAh] Soak 105 Latching 86, 125
[ò;u2] Output Value 2 61 [`SoF] Special Output Function Logic 85
[`ò;u] Output Value 60 Menu 61 process 125
[P;Add] Profibus Node Address 95 Profile Start Step 74 set points 125
[pas;a] Administrator Password 109 [s;stp] Profile Start Step 74 Sides 85
[pas;e] Password Enable 108 [`StP] Active Step 62 Silencing 86, 126
[pass] Password 110 [S;tyP] Active Step Type 62 Source 84
[pas;u] User Password 109 [`Su;A] Source Value 1 61 Type 84
[`p;dl] Peltier Delay 78 [`Su;A] Source Value A 52 Altitude Units 64
[`P;EE] Process Error Enable 67 [`Su;b] Source Value 2 61 Analog Input Menu 51, 66
[`P;EL] Process Error Low 67 [`Su;b] Source Value B 52 Assembly Definition .
[``Pn] Part Number 110 [`Su;E] Source Value E 60 Addresses 142
[PoF;A] Power Off Level A 89 [t;Agr] User Tune Aggressiveness Assembly Definition Addresses 129
[PoF;b] Power Off level B 89 78 Assembly Definition Addresses and
[Pon;A] Power On Level A 89 [t;Agr] User Tune Aggressiveness Assembly Working Addresses
[Pon;b] Power On Level B 89 114 142
[poti] Power Out Time 65 [t;bnd] TRU-TUNE+™ Band 78 Assembly Working Addresses 129,
[P;StA] Profile Status Menu 62 [t;bnd] TRU-TUNE+™ Band 115 142
[P;tyP] Profile Type 92 [``t;C] Thermistor Curve 67 Attention Codes 42, 44
[p;unt] Pressure Units 71 [``td] Time Derivative 57, 77, 114, auto (closed loop) control 120
[``Pu] Process Value Menu 71 122 Autotune 114
[`Pu;A] Process Value Active 54 [`t;gn] TRU-TUNE+™ Gain 78, Autotune Aggressiveness 78
[rAtE] Rate 105 115 Autotune Set Point 55, 78, 114
[`r;En] Remote Enable 55, 78, 118 [``ti] Time 105 autotuning 114–115
[`rEu] Software Revision 110 [``ti] Time Integral 57, 77, 114, autotuning with TRU-TUNE+™ 115
[`r;hi] Range High 67, 83, 84, 118 122 B
[`r;Lo] Range Low 66, 83, 117, 118 [t;tUn] TRU-TUNE+™ Enable 77, Barometric Pressure 64
[rLoC] Read Lockout Security 109, 115 Baud Rate 94

Blocking 86, 126 Profile Status Menu 62 Ethernet/IP™ Enable 97
bumpless transfer 120 Special Output Function Menu 61 Event Output (1 and 2) 104, 105,
Setup Page 106
C Alarm Menu 84 Example: Using a Current Trans-
Calibration Menu 111 Analog Input Menu 66 former 28
Calibration Offset 51, 68, 84, Communications Menu 93, 97, EZ Key 126
116–117 101, 108
Cascade Control 123 Control Loop Menu 76
F
changing the set point 44 Current Menu 87 Factory Page 107
Channel 93 Digital Input/Output Menu 72 Filter Time 67, 117
chattering output 121 Global Menu 91 filter time constant 117
chemical compatibility 21 Limit Menu 74 Function 64, 115
CIP - Communications Capabilities Linearization Menu 68 Function Instance 72, 74
129 Math Menu 88 Function Key Menu 126
CIP Implicit Assemblies 130 Output Menu 81 G
CIP Implicit Assembly Structures Process Value 71
144 Global Menu 91
Cool Algorithm 76, 121 Setup Page 49, 64
CIP Implicit O to T (Originator to Tar- Cool Hysteresis 56, 77, 121
get) Assembly Structure 144 Guaranteed Soak Devia-
cool output curve 119 tion 65
CIP Implicit T to O (Target to Origi- Cool Output Curve 76, 119
nator) Assembly Structure Guaranteed Soak Deviation 92
Cool Power 54, 115 Guaranteed Soak Enable 65, 92
144 Cool Proportional Band 56, 77, 114,
Closed Loop Set Point 56, 80 122 H
Closed Loop Working Set Point 54 Current Error 60, 126 Heat Algorithm 76, 121
Common Industrial Protocol 48 Current Menu 59, 87 Heater Error 60, 126
CIP Implicit Assemblies 130 current sensing 126 Heat Hysteresis 56, 76, 121
Introduction to CIP 48 Current Sensing 126 Heat Power 54, 115
Modifying Implicit Assembly Mem- Heat Proportional Band 56, 76, 114,
bers 130 D 122
Common Industrial Protocol (CIP) Data Map 94 High Power Scale 73, 82
48 Date of Manufacture 110 high range 118
communications activity light 41 Dead Band 57, 77, 122 high scale 117
Communications Menu 93, 97, 101, Decimal 67, 68 High Set Point
108 default Home Page parameters 41, Alarm 58, 59, 85, 86, 87, 125
Setup Page 49, 64 44 Current 59, 60, 126
Compact Assembly Class 130 deviation alarms 125 Loop 80, 117
Compact Class Assembly Structure Differential Control 124 Home Page 44
145 Digital Input Function 91 Hours 101
Compressor Control 123 Digital Input/Output Menu 53, 72 Hysteresis 75, 85, 125
Control 72, 82 dimensions 16, 17, 18, 19
Control Loop Menu 76 Direction 72 I
control methods 120 Display 86 Idle Set Point 56, 80
Control Mode 55, 81, 121 Display Pairs 65, 93 Input Error Failure 79, 120
Control Mode Active 54 displays 41 Input Error Latching 67, 121
Control Module Menus Display Time 93 Input Error Status 51, 68
Factory Page Display Units 91, 97 input events 6
Calibration Menu 111 Down Key 41 Input Point 1 64
Security Setting Menu 108, 110 duplex 118 Input Point 2 64
Operations Page Duplex Control 124 Input Point 3 64
Alarm Menu 58 Input Point 4 64
E Input Point 5 64
Analog Input Menu 51
Current Menu 59 Electrical Input Offset 111 Input Point 6 64
Digital Input/Output Menu 53 Electrical Input Slope 112 Input Point 7 64
Limit Menu 53 Electrical Measurement 111 Input Point 8 64
Linearization Menu 51 Electrical Output Offset 112 Input Point 9 64
Loop Menu 55 Electrical Output Slope 112 Input Point 10 64
Math Menu 60 End 106 inputs 6
Monitor Menu 54 End Set Point Value 103 Input Sensor Type 115
Process Value Menu 52 EtherNet/IP™ 35 installation 20

Instance 91 Modbus Register Mapping 65 Power On Level A 65
Integrate 76 Modbus TCP 35 Power Out Time 65, 92
IP Address Mode 95, 110 Modbus TCP Enable 97 Pressure Units 64
IP Fixed Address Part 1 95, 111 Modbus - Using Programmable process alarms 125
IP Fixed Address Part 2 95, 111 Memory Blocks 129 Process Error Enable 67
IP Fixed Address Part 3 95, 111 Modbus Word Order 94 Process Error Low 67
IP Fixed Address Part 4 93, 95, 96, Modifying Implicit Assembly Mem- Process Value 51, 64, 68, 71
111 bers 130 Process Value Active 54, 55
IP Fixed Address Part 5 96 Monitor Menu 54 Process Value Menu 52
IP Fixed Address Part 6 96 Motorized Valve Control 124, 137 Profibus Address Lock 95
IP Fixed Subnet Part 1 96 Profibus DP 38, 48
N
IP Fixed Subnet Part 2 96, 97 Profibus Node Address 95
IP Fixed Subnet Part 3 96 navigating profile activity light 41
IP Fixed Subnet Part 4 96 Factory Page 107 Profile Status Menu 62
pages and menus 42 Profile Type 92
J Profiling Page 99 Profiling Page 99
Jump Count 103 Setup Page 49, 64 profiling parameters 100
Jump Count Remaining 63 No-arc Relay 118 proportional control
Jump Loop 106 Non-volatile Save 65 plus integral (PI) control 121, 122
Jump Step 103
O plus integral plus derivative (PID)
K ommon Industrial Protocol (CIP) control 122
keys 41 Introduction to CIP 48 Protocol 93
on-off control 121 Public Key 110
L Open Loop Detect Deviation 79 Q
Latching 86, 125 Open Loop Detect Enable 79
Level 90 Open Loop Detection 126 R
Limit Menu 53, 74 Open Loop Detect Time 79 Ramp Action 80
Linearization 64, 66 Open Loop Set Point 57, 81 Ramp Rate 80, 123
Linearization Menu 51, 68 Operations Page 49 Ramp Scale 80, 123
Locked Access Level 109 ordering information Range High 67, 83, 84, 118
Lock Operations Page 127 integrated controller models 155 Range Low 66, 83, 118
Lockout Menu 127 output activity lights 41 Rate 105
Lock Profiling Page 127 output configuration 120 Ratio Control 124
Logic 85 Output Function 82 Read 59
Loop Menu 55 Output Menu 81 Read Lockout Security 127
Low Power Scale 73, 82 Output Point 1 64 Real Time Clock 65
low range 118 Output Point 2 64 receiving a remote set point 118
low scale 117 Output Point 3 64 Remote Enable 55, 78, 118
Low Set Point Output Point 4 64 restoring user settings 114
Alarm 58, 85, 125 Output Point 5 64 retransmit 119
Current 59, 126 Output Point 6 64 Retransmit Source 83
Limit 53, 75 Output Point 7 64 Reverse Bumpless 120
Loop 80, 117 Output Point 8 64 Rolling Password 109
M Output Point 9 64 RTD Leads 66
Manual Control Indicator Light 121 Output Point 10 64
S
manual (open loop) control 120 output power scaling 119
outputs 6 saving user settings 114
manual tuning 114 Scale High 66, 83, 117
Math 65 Output State 53
Output Type 82 Scale Low 66, 83, 117
Math Menu 60, 88 Seconds 102
Message Action 42 P secure settings 127, 128
message, display 42 P3T armor sealing system 4 Security Setting 108, 110
Minimum Off Time 65 Parameter 1 to 20 108 sensor backup 117
Minimum On Time 65 Parity 94 Sensor Backup Enable 117
Minutes 101, 102 Part Number 110 sensor selection 117
Modbus Default Assembly Structure Password 110 Sensor Type 66, 115, 117
80-119 143 Peltier Delay 65, 78 Serial Number 110
Modbus - Programmable Memory percent units indicator light 41 Set Lockout Security 127
Blocks 48, 142 Power Off Level A 65 set point high limit 117

Set Point High Limit Open Loop 81 EIA-232/485 Modbus RTU communications 35
set point low limit 117 high power 25
Set Point Low Limit Open Loop 80 input 1 process 27
Setup Page 64 input 1 RTD 26
Sides input 1 thermocouple 26
Alarm 85 input 2 current transformer 27
Limit 74 input 2 thermocouple 27
Silencing 86, 126 low power 25
single set point ramping 123 Modbus RTU or standard bus EIA-485 communications
Soak 105 34
Software Build 110 output 1 mechanical relay, form C 31
Software Configuration 132 output 1 switched dc/open collector 28, 29
Software Revision 110 output 1 universal process 31
Source 84 output 2 mechanical relay, form A 33
Source Function A 65 output 2 no-arc relay, form A 33
Source Function E 65 output 2 solid-state relay, form A 33
Source Instance A 65 output 2 switched DC/open collector 32
Source Instance E 65 standard bus EIA-485 communications 34
Special Output Function Menu 61
System Security 128
X
T Y
Target Set Point 101 Z
temperature units indicator lights 41 zone display 41
Ten Point Linearization 118
Thermistor 66
Time 105
Time Base 73, 82
Time Derivative 57, 77, 114, 122
Time Integral 57, 77, 114, 122
TRU-TUNE+™ Band 78, 115
TRU-TUNE+™ Enable 77, 115
TRU-TUNE+™ Gain 78, 115
tuning the PID parameters 114
Type 84, 125
U
Unused Step 105
Up Key 41
upper display 41
User Failure Action 79
User Password 109
User Restore Set 93, 114
User Save Set 93, 114
User Tune Aggressiveness 114
Using EZ-ZONE® Configurator Software 132
using the software 127
V
Valve Travel Time 65
variable time base 122
W
Wait Event (1 and 2) 102, 103
Wait For Both 105
Wait For Process Instance 102
Wait For Time 101
weight 154
wiring
digital input or output 5 25, 26
digital input or output 6 26

Declaration of Conformity
Series EZ-ZONE® PM
WATLOW an ISO 9001 approved facility since 1996.
1241 Bundy Blvd.
Winona, MN 55987 USA
Declares that the following product:

Designation: Series EZ-ZONE® PM (Panel Mount)
Model Numbers: PM (3, 6, 8, 9 or 4)(Any Letter or number) – (1, 2, 3 or 4)(A, C, E, F or
K) (A, C, H, J or K)(Any letter or number) – (Any letter or number)(A, C,
E, F or K)(A, C, H, J or K) (Any three letters or numbers)
Classification: Temperature control, Installation Category II, Pollution degree 2, IP66
Rated Voltage and Frequency: 100 to 240 V~ (ac 50/60 Hz) or 15 to 36 VÎ dc/ 24 V~ac 50/60 Hz
Rated Power Consumption: 10 VA maximum PM3, PM6 Models.
14 VA maximum PM8, PM9, PM4 Models
Meets the essential requirements of the following European Union Directives by using the relevant
standards show below to indicate compliance.
2004/108/EC Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive

EN 61326-1 2006 Electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory
use – EMC requirements (Industrial Immunity, Class B
Emissions).
EN 61000-4-2 1996 +A1,A2 Electrostatic Discharge Immunity
EN 61000-4-3 2006 Radiated Field Immunity 10V/M 80–1000 MHz, 3 V/M 1.4–2.7 GHz
EN 61000-4-4 2004 Electrical Fast-Transient / Burst Immunity
EN 61000-4-5 2006 Surge Immunity
EN 61000-4-6 1996 +A1,A2,A3 Conducted Immunity
EN 61000-4-11 2004 Voltage Dips, Short Interruptions and Voltage Variations Immunity
EN 61000-3-2 2006 Harmonic Current Emissions
EN 61000-3-31 2005 Voltage Fluctuations and Flicker
SEMI F47 2000 Specification for Semiconductor Sag Immunity Figure R1-1
1
For mechanical relay loads, cycle time may need to be extended up to 160 seconds to meet flicker
requirements depending on load switched and source impedance.
2006/95/EC Low-Voltage Directive

EN 61010-1 2001 Safety Requirements of electrical equipment for measurement,
control and laboratory use. Part 1: General requirements
Compliant with 2002/95/EC RoHS Directive
Per 2002/96/EC W.E.E.E Directive Please Recycle Properly.
Raymond D. Feller III Winona, Minnesota, USA

Name of Authorized Representative Place of Issue
General Manager June 2009

Title of Authorized Representative Date of Issue
Signature of Authorized Representative
CE DOC EZ-ZONE PM-06-09

How to Reach Us
Corporate Headquarters Europe
Watlow Electric Manufacturing Company Watlow France Watlow Ibérica, S.L.U.
12001 Lackland Road Tour d'Asnières. C/Marte 12, Posterior, Local 9
St. Louis, MO 63146 4 Avenue Laurent Cély E-28850 Torrejón de Ardoz
Sales: 1-800-WATLOW2 92600 Asnières sur Seine Madrid - Spain
Manufacturing Support: 1-800-4WATLOW France T. +34 91 675 12 92
Email: info@watlow.com Tél: + 33 (0)1 41 32 79 70 F. +34 91 648 73 80
Website: www.watlow.com Télécopie: + 33(0)1 47 33 36 57 Email: info@watlow.es
From outside the USA and Canada: Email: info@watlow.fr Website: www.watlow.es
Tel: +1 (314) 878-4600 Website: www.watlow.fr
Watlow UK Ltd.
Fax: +1 (314) 878-6814
Watlow GmbH Linby Industrial Estate
Postfach 11 65, Lauchwasenstr. 1 Linby, Nottingham, NG15 8AA
Latin America D-76709 Kronau United Kingdom
Watlow de México S.A. de C.V. Germany Telephone: (0) 115 964 0777
Av. Fundición No. 5 Tel: +49 (0) 7253 9400-0 Fax: (0) 115 964 0071
Col. Parques Industriales Fax: +49 (0) 7253 9400-900 Email: info@watlow.co.uk
Querétaro, Qro. CP-76130 Email: info@watlow.de Website: www.watlow.co.uk
Mexico Website: www.watlow.de From outside The United Kingdom:
Tel: +52 442 217-6235 Tel: +44 115 964 0777
Fax: +52 442 217-6403 Watlow Italy S.r.l. Fax: +44 115 964 0071
Viale Italia 52/54
20094 Corsico MI
Italy
Tel: +39 024588841
Fax: +39 0245869954
Email: italyinfo@watlow.com
Website: www.watlow.it
Asia and Pacific

Watlow Singapore Pte Ltd. Watlow Korea Co., Ltd.
16 Ayer Rajah Crescent, #1406, E&C Dream Tower, 46, Yangpyeongdong-3ga
#06-03/04, Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul 150-103
Singapore 139965 Republic of Korea
Tel: +65 6773 9488 Fax: +65 6778 0323 Tel: +82 (2) 2628-5770 Fax: +82 (2) 2628-5771
Email: info@watlow.com.sg Website: www.watlow.com.sg Website: www.watlow.co.kr
Watlow Australia Pty., Ltd. Watlow Malaysia Sdn Bhd

4/57 Sharps Road 1F-17, IOI Business Park
Tullamarine, VIC 3043 No.1, Persiaran Puchong Jaya Selatan
Australia Bandar Puchong Jaya
Tel: +61 3 9335 6449 47100 Puchong, Selangor D.E.
Fax: +61 3 9330 3566 Malaysia
Website: www.watlow.com Tel: +60 3 8076 8745 Fax: +60 3 8076 7186
Email: vlee@watlow.com
Watlow Electric Manufacturing Company (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. Website: www.watlow.com
Room 501, Building 10, KIC Plaza
290 Songhu Road, Yangpu District 瓦特龍電機股份有限公司
Shanghai, China 200433 80143 高雄市前金區七賢二路189號 10樓之一
China 電話: 07-2885168 傳真: 07-2885568
Phone:
Watlow Electric Taiwan Corporation
Local: 4006 Watlow (4006 928569)
10F-1 No.189 Chi-Shen 2nd Road Kaohsiung 80143
International: +86 21 3381 0188
Taiwan
Fax: +86 21 6106 1423
Email: vlee@watlow.cn Tel: +886-7-2885168 Fax: +886-7-2885568
Website: www.watlow.cn Your Authorized Watlow Distributor
ワトロー・ジャパン株式会社
〒101-0047 東京都千代田区内神田1-14-4
四国ビル別館9階
Tel: 03-3518-6630 Fax: 03-3518-6632
Email: infoj@watlow.com Website: www.watlow.co.jp
Watlow Japan Ltd.
1-14-4 Uchikanda, Chiyoda-Ku
Tokyo 101-0047
Japan
Tel: +81-3-3518-6630 Fax: +81-3-3518-6632 TOTAL
Email: infoj@watlow.com Website: www.watlow.co.jp CUSTOMER
SATISFACTION
3 Year Warranty

EZ PMI - Rev K PDF

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

EZ PMI - Rev K PDF

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

EZ-ZONE PM ®

Integrated Controller Models

1241 Bundy Boulevard., Winona, Minnesota USA 55987 Registered Company

0600-0059-0000 Rev. K Made in the U.S.A.

Return Material Authorization (RMA)

The EZ-ZONE PM User's Guide is copyrighted by Watlow

Chapter 2: Install and Wire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Chapter 3: Keys and Displays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Chapter 4: Home Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Chapter 5: Operations Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Chapter 6: Setup Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 1 • Table of Contents

Chapter 7: Profiling Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Chapter 8: Factory Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Chapter 9: Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Chapter 10: Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Chapter 11: Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 3 • Table of Contents

Ten Point Linearization Curve

Remote Set Point Operation

Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 5 • Chapter 1 Over view

Wat low EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 6 • Chapter 1 Over view

Operations Page After setting up the EZ-ZONE PM Default Configuration

and down keys (¿ ¯) equipment, the Op- Function Value PID

(See the Operations be used to monitor or Off

Page for further infor- change runtime settings.

RUI, EZ-ZONE EIA-485 Communication Slot C

Current Analog Input 2

Wat low EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 8 • Chapter 1 Over view

RUI, EZ-ZONE EIA-485 Communication Slot C

Remote Set Point Operation

Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 9 • Chapter 1 Over view

RUI, EZ-ZONE EIA-485 Communication

Limit Controller Output 3

If Limit, this output must

Integrated PID and Limit Controller

Wat low EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 10 • Chapter 1 Over view

EIA-485 Communication Slot C

Serial Communication Capabilities

Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 11 • Chapter 1 Over view

Slots A 0.5A SSR (form A)

Supervisory & 1 2 Indicates Zone

Power Supply 100 to 240Vac

Wat low EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 12 • Chapter 1 Over view

RUI, EZ-ZONE 1 2 Indicates Zone

Power Supply 100 to 240Vac 7 8

Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 13 • Chapter 1 Over view

Slots A 0.5A SSR (form A)

Supervisory & 1 2 Indicates Zone

Power Supply 100 to 240Vac

Wat low EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 14 • Chapter 1 Over view

Digital Output (or Input) 5 & 6 off, heat, cool,

Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 15 • Chapter 1 Over view

1/16 DIN (PM6) Recommended Panel Spacing

Recommended panel spacing

Wat low EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 16 • Chapter 2 Install and Wire

1/8 DIN (PM8) Vertical Recommended Panel Spacing

Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 17 • Chapter 2 Install and Wire

1/8 DIN (PM9) Horizontal Recommended Panel Spacing

Wat low EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 18 • Chapter 2 Install and Wire

1/4 DIN (PM4) Recommended Panel Spacing

21.6 mm Panel thickness 1.53 to 9.52 mm

Watlow EZ-ZONE ® PM Integrated Controller • 19 • Chapter 2 Install and Wire